ECE_IDP_2017_18_09092017

ACADEMIC REGULATIONSCOURSE STRUCTURE AND DETAILED SYLLABUS ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING For 5 YEAR INTEGRATED DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM (I.D.P) Leading to (B.TECH. & M.Tech. / MBA ) (Applicable for the batches admitted from 2017-2018) JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD (Autonomous) Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500085 Telangana, India IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD (Autonomous) Kukatpally, Hyderabad-500 085 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 2017 for CBCS Based 5 YEAR INTEGRATED DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM (B.Tech. & M.Tech/MBA) (Effective for the students admitted into I year from the Academic Year 2017-18 and onwards) 1.0 5 Year Integrated Dual Degree Program in Engineering & Technology (IDP) JNTUH offers 5 Year (10 Semesters) Integrated Dual Degree (IDP) Programme, under Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) at its Constituent Autonomous College - JNTUH College of Engineering Hyderabad, with effect from the Academic Year 2017 - 18 onwards, in the following Branches of Engineering S.No. UG Program PG Program M.Tech. MBA (Specialization)* (Specialization) 1) B.Tech. in M.Tech. MBA (Human Resources / Electronics & (Communications & Finance/ Marketing/ Systems) Communication Signal Processing) Engineering 2) B.Tech. in Computer M.Tech. (Computer MBA (Human Resources / Science & Science) Finance/ Marketing/ Systems) Engineering 3) B.Tech. in Electrical M.Tech. (Power MBA (Human Resources / & Electronics Electronics) Finance/ Marketing/ Systems) Engineering 4) B.Tech. in M.Tech. MBA (Human Resources / Mechanical (Manufacturing Finance/ Marketing/ Systems) Engineering Systems) 5) B.Tech. in Civil M.Tech. (Structural MBA (Human Resources / Engineering Engineering) Finance/ Marketing/ Systems) (* A Minimum of 15 students is necessary for any specialization to be offered.) A student would be conferred the B.Tech Degree and M.Tech or MBA Degree in this IDP, after the successful completion of all the requirements for th 10 semesters of study and earning the appropriate credits. 2.0 Eligibility for Admission 2.1 Admission to the IDP shall be made either on the basis of the merit rank obtained by the qualifying candidate at an Entrance Test conducted by the Telangana State Government (EAMCET), OR the University, OR on the basis of any other order of merit approved by the University, subject to reservations as prescribed by the Government from time to time. 2.2 The medium of instructions for the entire IDP in E&T will be ENGLISH only. 2.3 Students opting for the 5 year integrated IDP must specify their choice for M.Tech. (with in the specializations given above) or MBA as the case may be, after choosing the appropriate Branch of Engineering, at the time of Admissions only. Option thus exercised is final, and cannot be changed during the study period. 1 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year 2.4 Students opting for 5 years integrated IDP have to study for the specified period, to earn the relevant credits for the award of both the B.Tech. and M.Tech. / MBA Degrees, and they will not be permitted to have a choice for B.Tech. Degree alone after 4 years study. 3.0 IDP Structure 3.1 The IDP Programmes of JNTUH-CEH are of Semester Pattern, with 10 Semesters constituting 5 Academic Years, each Academic Year having TWO Semesters (First/Odd and Second/Even Semesters). Each Semester shall be of 22 Weeks duration (inclusive of Examinations), with a minimum of 90 Instructional Days per Semester. 3.2 UGC/ AICTE specified Definitions/ Descriptions are adopted appropriately for various terms and abbreviations used in these Academic Regulations, which are as listed below. 3.3 Semester Scheme: Each Semester having - ‘Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE)’ and ‘Semester End Examination (SEE)’. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Credit Based Semester System (CBSS) as denoted by UGC. 3.4 Credit Courses: All Subjects/ Courses are to be registered by a student in a Semester to earn Credits. Credits shall be assigned to each Subject/ Course in a L: T: P: C (Lecture Periods: Tutorial Periods: Practicals Periods : Credits) Structure, based on the following general pattern .. • One Credit - for One hour/ Week/ Semester for Theory/ Lecture (L) Courses; and, • One Credit - for Two hours/ Week/ Semester for Laboratory/ Practical (P) Courses or Tutorials (T). Other student activities like NCC, NSS, NSO, Study Tour, Guest Lecture etc., and identified Mandatory Courses will not carry Credits. 3.5 Subject/ Course Classification: All Subjects/ Courses offered for the UGP are broadly classified as : (a) Foundation Courses (FnC), (b) Core Courses (CoC), and (c) Elective Courses (EℓC). - Foundation Courses (FnC) are further categorized as : (i) HS (Humanities and Social Sciences), (ii) BS (Basic Sciences), and (iii) ES (Engineering Sciences); - Core Courses (CoC) and Elective Courses (EℓC) are categorized as PS (Professional Subjects), which are further subdivided as – (i) PC (Professional/ Departmental Core) Subjects, (ii) PE (Professional/ Departmental Electives) , (iii) OE (Open Electives); and (iv) Project Works (PW); - Minor Courses (1 or 2 Credit Courses, belonging to HS/ BS/ ES/ PC as per relevance); and - Mandatory Courses (MC - non-credit oriented). 3.6 Course Nomenclature: The Curriculum Nomenclature or Course-Structure Grouping for the each of the IDP E&T is as listed below : S.No UG/PG Group/Category/Co Description . Program mponent 1) UG BS – Basic Sciences Includes - Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry Subjects 2) UG ES - Engineering Include fundamental engineering subjects Arts and Sciences 2 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year 3) UG HS – Humanities Includes subjects related to Humanities, and Social Sciences Social Sciences and Management 4) UG PC – Professional Includes core subjects related to the parent Core discipline, department or branch of engineering 5) UG PE – Professional Includes Elective subjects related to the Electives parent discipline, department or branch of engineering 6) UG OE – Open Elective subjects which include inter- Electives disciplinary subjects or subjects in an area outside the parent discipline, department or branch of engineering 7) UG Project B.Tech. Project or UG Project or UG Major Project 8) UG Industrial Training/ Industrial Training/ Internship/ UG Mini Mini Project Project/ Mini Project 9) PG PGC PG Core Subjects related to the M.Tech. Specialization / MBA 10) PG PGE PG Elective Subjects related to the M.Tech. Specialization / MBA 11) PG Project PG Project M.Tech. / MBA 12) PG Seminar Seminar / Colloquium at PG level, in M.Tech. / MBA 13) PG Comprehensive Viva Comprehensive Viva based on all Subjects Total 254 4.0 Course Work 4.1 A student, after securing admission, shall pursue the IDP (B.Tech+M.Tech or MBA) in a minimum period of 5 Academic Years, and a maximum period of 10 Academic Years (starting from the Date of Commencement of I Year). The entire course of study is of five academic years, comprising of 10 semesters. All the I, II, III, IV and V years are on two-semester pattern. 4.2 Each student shall Register for and Secure the specified number of Credits required for the completion of the IDP and Award of the B.Tech+M.Tech / MBA. Degree in respective Branch of Engineering. 4.3 The student must secure a total of 260 credits for the IDP - 174 credits for the B.Tech. Degree Program, plus 86 credits for the M.Tech./ MBA Program. 4.4 The course work and curriculum for first 3 years (6 Semesters) would be same as that the Regular B.Tech ( 4 year) in the relevant branch of Engineering. 5.0 Course Registration 5.1 A ‘Faculty Advisor or Counselor’ shall be assigned to each student, who will advise him about the IDP, its Course Structure and Curriculum, Choice/Option for Subjects/ Courses, based on his competence, progress, pre-requisites and interest. 5.2 Academic Section of the College invites ‘Registration Forms’ from students before the beginning of the Semester, through ‘ON-LINE SUBMISSIONS’, ensuring ‘DATE and TIME Stamping’. The ON-LINE Registration Requests for any ‘CURRENT SEMESTER’ shall be completed BEFORE the commencement of SEEs (Semester End Examiantions) of the ‘PRECEDING SEMESTER’. 5.3 A Student can apply for ON-LINE Registration, ONLY AFTER obtaining the ‘WRITTEN APPROVAL’ from his Faculty Advisor, which should be submitted to the College Academic Section through the Head of Department (a copy of the same being retained with Head of Department, Faculty Advisor and the Student). 3 2017-2018 Academic Year 5. permitted deviation being ± 14%). 5. if it is already listed under any category of the Subjects offered by parent Department in any Semester. However. which needs the specific approval and signature of the Faculty Advisor/ Counselor. permitted deviation being ± 17%). 5.Tech. permitted deviation being ± 14%). a MINIMUM of 20 Credits per Semester must be registered to ensure the ‘STUDENTSHIP’ in any Semester. in the Department Course Structure and Syllabus contents. in the Department Course Structure and Syllabus contents. and CAN NOT be inter-changed. However. based on his PROGRESS and SGPA/ CGPA. if the Subject/ Course that has already been listed for Registration (by the Head of Department) in a Semester could not be offered due to 4 . A Student may be permitted to Register for his Subjects/ Course of CHOICE in IV year II semester with a typical total of 28 Credits per Semester (Minimum being 24 C and Maximum being 32 C.IDP (B.10 If the Student submits ambiguous choices or multiple options or erroneous entries - during ON-LINE Registration for the Subject(s) / Course(s) under a given/ specified Course Group/ Category as listed in the Course Structure.9 Choice for ‘additional Subjects/ Courses’ to reach the Maximum Permissible Limit of 28/32/34 Credits (above the typical 24/28/30 Credit norm) must be clearly indicated. based on his PROGRESS and SGPA/ CGPA.7 Each Student shall Register the UG Project Work during the IV Year II Semester. a MINIMUM of 24 Credits per Semester must be registered to ensure the ‘STUDENTSHIP’ in any Semester. and completion of the ‘PRE-REQUISITES’ as indicated for various Subjects/ Courses. based on his PROGRESS and SGPA/ CGPA. /MBA) w.ECE & M.Tech. further. and shall continue through V Year I and II Semesters as per the instructions of the Project Guide/ Project Supervisor assigned by the Head of Department and registered after approval from PRC. However. from the list of Open Electives given. However. in collaboration with an Industry of the relevant specialization. to be registered immediately after III year II semester examinations. as per the instructions of the Project Guide/ Project Supervisor assigned by the Head of Department. 5. Students can not opt for an Open Elective Subject offered by their own (parent) Department. one (OE-II) during III Year II Semester . 5.4 A Student may be permitted to Register for his Subjects/ Course of CHOICE upto III year II semester with a typical total of 24 Credits per Semester (Minimum being 20 C and Maximum being 28 C. a MINIMUM of 26 Credits per Semester must be registered to ensure the ‘STUDENTSHIP’ in any Semester. only the first mentioned Subject/ Course in that Category will be taken into consideration.6 There shall be an Industry oriented Mini-Project.11 Subject/ Course Options exercised through ON-LINE Registration are final and CAN NOT be changed. A Student must Register for his Subjects/ Course in V year II semester with a total of 22 Credits per Semester. and completion of the ‘PRE- REQUISITES’ as indicated for various Subjects/ Courses.5 Open Electives: Students are to register One Open Elective (OE-I) during III Year I Semester. 5.8 The PG Project shall start immediately after the completion of the IV Year II Semester.e. alternate choices will also not be considered. and completion of the ‘PRE-REQUISITES’ as indicated for various Subjects/ Courses. 5. . A Student may be permitted to Register for his Subjects/ Course of CHOICE in IV year I semester and V year I semester with a typical total of 30 Credits per Semester (Minimum being 26 C and Maximum being 34 C. and taken up during the summer vacation for about eight weeks duration. in the Department Course Structure and Syllabus contents. However.f. 5. selection choice for students will be based on . The Maximum Strength of a class is limited to 80 (60 + 1/3 of the class Strength). based on the student’s representation with supporting evidence.e. will be on CGPA of the student).Tech.3 If more entries for Registration of a Subject come into picture. by seeking re-admission for that Semester as and when offered. /MBA) w. 6.. with due notification and time-framed schedule. ONLY IF a Minimum of 1/3 of the class Strength opt for the same. 7. whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any Semester.1 A Subject/ Course may be offered to the Students.0 Subjects/ Courses to be offered 6. which may be considered.2 More than ONE TEACHER may offer the SAME SUBJECT (Lab. 5. 6. 7. however. or for another existing Subject (subject to availability of seats). 7. ONLY AFTER obtaining prior approval from the Faculty Advisor (subject to retaining a minimum of required credits) ‘within 15 Days of Time’ from the beginning of the current Semester. if he acquires a minimum of 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the Subjects/ Courses (excluding Mandatory or Non-Credit Courses) for that Semester. whether to offer such a Subject/ Course for TWO (or multiple) SECTIONS or NOT . 5 . then the Student shall be allowed to have alternate choice . PRIORITY shall be given to the student of the ‘Parent Department’ first. They may seek re-registration for all those Subjects registered in that Semester in which he got detained. However. if needed.4 Shortage of Attendance below 65% shall in NO case be condoned. if he acquires a minimum of 75% of attendance in that subject. and below 75%) in each Semester may be granted by the College Academic Committee on genuine and valid grounds./ Practicals may be included with the corresponding Theory Subject in the same Semester) in any Semester. They will not be promoted to the next Semester.IDP (B.‘FIRST COME FIRST SERVE Basis and CGPA Criterion’ (ie.ECE & M. 6. within the FIRST WEEK from the commencement of Class-work for that Semester. A student shall be eligible to appear for the End Semester Examinations in IV and V year . the same may also be re-registered if offered.1 A student shall be eligible to appear for the End Semester Examinations upto III year II semester. 7. I Semester and II Semester. in case if there are any Professional Electives and/ or Open Electives.4 In case of options coming from Students of other Departments/ Branches/ Disciplines (not considering OPEN ELECTIVES). then alternate Electives may be chosen from the SAME set of Elective Subjects offered under that category.2 Condoning of shortage of attendance is up to 10% (65% and above. if those Electives are not offered in later Semesters. and the second focus. the first focus shall be on early ON- LINE ENTRY from the student for Registration in that Semester. then the concerned Head of Department shall take necessary action. they get detained and their registration for that Semester shall stand cancelled. 2017-2018 Academic Year any unforeseen or unexpected reasons.either for a new Subject (subject to offering of such a Subject).f. 6. are not eligible to take their End Examinations of that Semester. Such alternate arrangements will be made by the Head of Department.Tech. . 7.3 A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condoning of shortage of attendance.5 Students.0 Attendance Requirements 7.12 Cancelation of Registration of Subjects/ Courses may be permitted. (b) PG Part A Student shall be deemed to have satisfied the Academic Requirements and earned the Credits allotted to each Subject/ Course.Seminar. in terms of Letter Grades. and Comprehensive Viva-voce. 50% credits up to first year second semester from all the relevant regular and supplementary examinations. and a minimum of 50% of Marks in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together. whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any Subjecr. or (ii) does not present the Seminar as required. if he secures not less than 50% of the total Marks to be awarded for each. whether the student takes those examinations or not. The Student would be treated as failed. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the Academic Requirements and earned the Credits allotted to . if he . 2017-2018 Academic Year 7.2 A Student will not be promoted from I Year to II Year. as and when scheduled. or (iii) secures less than 40% of marks (40 marks) in Industry oriented Mini-Project/ Seminar evaluations. 8.IDP (B. 6 . are not eligible to take their End Examinations of that Subject. and a minimum of 40% of marks in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.e. this implies securing P Grade or above in that Subject/ Course.e. by seeking re-regiter for that Subjects as and when offered. 8. or (ii) secures less than 50% of Marks ( < 50 Marks) in Seminar/ Comprehensive Viva-voce evaluations. if he . 8.Industry oriented Mini-Project/ Seminar.6 Students from IV year I semester onwards.0 Academic Requirements The following Academic Requirements have to be satisfied. in terms of Letter Grades.f. or does not make a presentation of the same before the Evaluation Committee as per schedule. if he secures not less than 35% marks (25 out of 70 marks) in the End Semester Examination.(i) does not submit a report on his Industry oriented Mini-Project. /MBA) w. 8. unless he fulfils the Attendance and Academic Requirements and secures a total of 24 Credits out of 48 Credits i.(i) does not attend the Comprehensive Viva-voce as per the schedule given. 60% credits up to second year second semester from all the relevant regular and supplementary examinations. when they are scheduled again. He may reappear for comprehensive viva where it is scheduled again. if he fails in such ‘one reappearance’ evaluation also. they get detained and their registration for that Subject shall stand cancelled. The student would be treated as failed. A Student shall be deemed to have satisfied the Academic Requirements and earned the Credits allotted to . unless he fulfils the Attendance and Academic Requirements and secures a total of 58 Credits out of 96 Credits i. . or (ii) does not present the Seminar as required in the IV year II Semester.e. he has to reappear in the next subsequent Semesters.7. this implies securing B Grade or above in that Subject.1 (a) UG Part A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the Academic Requirements and earned the Credits allotted to each Subject/ Course.ECE & M. if he secures not less than 40% of the total marks (40 marks) to be awarded for each. He may reappear once for each of the above evaluations.Tech. as and when it is scheduled.Tech. whether the student takes those examinations or not. They may seek re- registration for all those Subjects registered in which they got detained. For seminar. if he secures not less than 40% Marks (28 out of 70 Marks) in the End Semester Examination. he has to reappear for the same in the next subsequent Semester.3 A Student will not be promoted from II Year to III Year. in addition to the Attendance Requirements mentioned in Item No. with the Academic Regulations of the Batch into which he gets readmitted. and added to the Marks to be obtained in the supplementary examination/SEE.7 Students who fail to earn 254 Credits as per the Course Structure. the distribution shall be 30 marks for CIE.register for all Subjects covering 254 Credits as specified and listed (with the relevant Course/ Subject Classifications as mentioned) in the Course Structure. as and when offered. with the Academic Regulations of the Batch into which he gets readmitted.0/ 6. to successfully complete the UGP and PGP.ECE & M. 8.9 When a Student is detained due to lack of Credits in any year.6 If a Student registers for some more ‘extra Subjects’ (in the parent Department or other Departments/Branches of Engg.1 The performance of a student in each Semester shall be evaluated Subject-wise (irrespective of Credits assigned) with a maximum of 100 marks for Theory or Practicals or Seminar or Drawing/Design or Industry oriented Mini-Project or Minor Course. and as indicated above. 8. the performances in those ‘extra Subjects’ (although evaluated and graded using the same procedure as that of the required 254 Credits) will not be taken into account while calculating the SGPA and CGPA.5 A Student shall . /MBA) w. subject to completion of the Attendance and Academic Requirements as stated in Items 7 and 8. 8. % marks and Letter Grade alone will be indicated in the Grade Card. For all Subjects/ Courses as mentioned above. and CGPA (at the end of each successive Semester) ≥ 5.4 A Student will not be promoted from III Year to IV Year. For such ‘extra Subjects’ registered.4 above. but absent at it or failed (thereby failing to secure P Grade or above). 2017-2018 Academic Year 8.IDP (B.e. if the student completes the UG Project satisfactorily and earns the prescribed number of credits for UG Project by the end of IV Year II Semester. no Grade Allotments or SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for that entire Semester in which he got detained.0 / 6. whether the student takes those examinations or not. he may be readmitted in the next year.) other than those listed Subjects totaling to 254 Credits as specified in the Course Structure of his Department.Tech. put up all the Attendance and Academic requirements for 254 Credits securing a minimum of P / B Grade (Pass Grade) or above in each Subject. may reappear for that Subject/ Course at the supplementary examination / SEE as and when conducted. 9. 60% credits up to third year second semester from all the relevant regular and supplementary examinations.0 (in each Semester). unless he fulfils the Attendance and Academic Requirements and secures a total of 86 Credits out of 144 Credits i.8 When a Student is detained due to shortage of attendance in any Semester. etc. However. 8. and a Letter Grade corresponding to the % marks obtained shall be given. within 10 Academic Years from the Date of Commencement of their I Year shall forfeit their seats in IDP Programme and their admissions shall stand cancelled. In such cases..Tech. A student shall be promoted from IV Year to V Year.0.e. . 8.Distribution and Weightage of Marks (a) UG Part 9. he may be re- admitted into that Semester.10 A student eligible to appear in the End Semester Examination in any Subject/ Course. 8. the UG Project Work (Major Project) will be evaluated for 200 Marks.f. for evaluating his performance in that Subject.1 – 8.0 Evaluation . These evaluations shall be based on 30% CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and 70% SEE (Semester End Examination). However. and ‘earn ALL 254 Credits securing SGPA ≥ 5. his Internal Marks assessed earlier for that Subject/ Course will be carried over. after fulfilment of the Academic Requirements. as a performance measure. and 70 marks for the SEE. 7 . Senior faculty and Project Supervisor. 9. etc.Tech. there shall be a Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) during the Semester for 30 internal marks. 2017-2018 Academic Year 9. The Mini-Project shall be evaluated in the IV Year I Semester. plus one subjective paper for 15 marks. and the other 30 marks shall be awarded by a Departmental Committee consisting of Head of the Department and Project Supervisor. d) The first mid-term examination Marks and first Assignment Marks shall make one set of CIE Marks .7 For NCC/ NSS/ NSO types of Courses. and/or any other Mandatory Non-Credit Course offered in a Semester. 9. Out of 60 marks allocated for CIE. based on the work carried out and the presentation made by the Student at the time of Viva-voce Examination. there will be an allocation of 5 marks for Assignment. day-to-day work in the laboratory shall be evaluated for 20 marks. with a duration of 120 minutes (20 minutes for objective and 100 minutes for subjective papers). 30 marks shall be awarded by the Project Supervisor (based on the continuous evaluation of student’s performance throughout the Project Work period). Further. the distribution shall be 30 marks for CIE (20 marks for day-to-day work. and 70 marks are assigned for Lab. Engineering Drawing. The Committee shall consist of Head of the Department.4 For the Subjects having Design and/or Drawing. True/ False. out of which the Student has to answer 3 questions. c) First Assignment should be submitted before the conduct of the first mid-term examinations. and a Senior Faculty Member of the Department. the supervisor of Mini-Project.2 a) For Theory Subjects (inclusive of Minor Courses). 8 . Objective paper may be set with multiple choice questions. and the second mid-term examination Marks and second Assignment Marks shall make second set of CIE Marks. (such as Engineering Graphics. and the better of these two sets of marks shall be taken as the final marks secured by the Student towards Continuous Internal Evaluation in that Theory Subject.f. Subjective paper shall contain 5 questions. 60 marks shall be for CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation and 140 marks for the SEE (End Semester Viva-voce Examination). The Assignments shall be as specified by the concerned subject teacher. b) The first mid-term examination shall be conducted for the first 50% of the syllabus. matching type questions. Each mid-term examination consists of one objective paper for 10 marks. 9. /MBA) w. only after securing ≥ 65% attendance in such a Course. a ‘Satisfactory Participation Certificate’ shall be issued to the Student from the concerned authorities.6 Out of a total 200 marks allotted for the Project Work. . and 10 marks for internal tests) and 70 marks for SEE.ECE & M. during the Semester. each for 5 marks.two internal practical tests (each of 10 marks) shall be conducted by the concerned laboratory teacher and the better of these two tests is taken into account.e. There shall be no internal marks for Industry oriented Mini-Project. and the second mid-term examination shall be conducted for the remaining 50% of the syllabus. Production Drawing Practice. and Estimation). and the Second Assignment should be submitted before the conduct of the second mid-term examinations.3 For Practical Subjects. 9. The Project Viva-voce shall be conducted by a Committee comprising of an External Examiner. No marks or Letter Grade shall be allotted for these activities. 9. fill-in the blanks. there shall be 2 mid-term examinations for 25 marks each. Out of the 30 marks for internals. and for the remaining 10 marks . and a presentation of the same shall be made before a Committee. The SEE for Practicals shall be conducted at the end of the Semester by Two Examiners appointed by Head of the Department.Tech.IDP (B. Head of the Department. There shall be two internal tests in a Semester and the better of the two shall be considered for the award of marks for internal tests. which evaluates it for 100 marks./Practical End Semester Examination (SEE).5 The Industry oriented Mini-Project shall be submitted in a Report form. Machine Drawing. The Student shall carry out the literature survey.12 i) The PGP Project shall start immediately after the completion of the IV Year II Semester. 9. Project Work Report/ Dissertation. These evaluations shall be based on 30% CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and 70% SEE (Semester End Examination). the Student shall collect the information on a specialized topic. The PRC shall be constituted by the Head of Department. there shall be a Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) during the Semester for 30 Internal Marks. After Registration. 9. prepare a Technical Report and submit to the Department at the time of Seminar Presentation. 9. and the performance evaluation shall be for 100 Marks. select an appropriate topic and submit a Project Proposal within 6 weeks (immediately after his IV Year II Semester End Examinations). 2017-2018 Academic Year (b) PG Part (M.9 For Practical Subjects. through PRC-II and PRC-III Presentations – one at the end of the V Year I Semester. and shall consist of the Head of Department.Tech.f. For the Seminar. and one before the submission of M. and Assignment Marks (for 5 Marks). The PRC will monitor the progress of the Project Work and review.11 Each Student shall appear for a Comprehensive Viva-Voce at the end of the V Year II Semester./Practical Test shall be evaluated for 10 marks. ii) During the Semester. for 100 Marks. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce shall be conducted by a Committee. The SEE for Lab. 9. and a Senior Faculty Member of the Department. and continually submit ‘a fortnightly progress report’ to his Supervisor throughout the Project period.IDP (B. In case of 9 . The Student shall present his Project Work Proposal to the PRC (PRC-I Presentation).Tech. the PRC shall evaluate the entire performance of the Student and declare the Project Report as ‘Satisfactory’ or ‘Unsatisfactory’. ii) After PRC-III presentation. The Seminar Presentation (along with the Technical Report) shall be evaluated by Two Faculty Members assigned by Head of the Department./ Practicals shall be conducted at the end of the Semester by the concerned Laboratory Teacher and another faculty member of the same Department as assigned by the Head of the Department. the Student shall carry out his work. . Each Mid-Term examination shall be for 25 Marks ( 120 minutes duration). and the performance in an internal Lab.Mid-Term Examination Marks (for 25 Marks). Out of the 30 Marks for Internals. and a Letter Grade corresponding to the % Marks obtained shall be given. there shall be 2 Mid-Term examinations.) 9./Practicals End Semester Examination (SEE). The better performance out of these two Mid-Term Examinations shall be considered for the award of 25 Marks. and to become acceptable for submission.10 There shall be a Seminar Presentation in V Year I Semester. CIE Marks shall comprise of . /MBA) w. There are no Internal Marks for the Comprehensive Viva-voce. and 70 Marks are assigned for Lab.ECE & M. There shall be no SEE or External Examination for Seminar. Every Project Work Report/ Dissertation (that has been declared ‘satisfactory’) shall undergo ‘Plagiarism Check’ as per the University/ College norms to ensure content plagiarism below a specified level of 30%. for approval by the Project Review Committee (PRC). consisting of three senior faculty members of Department nominated by the Head of the Department. i) For Theory Subjects.e.8 The performance of a Student in each Semester shall be evaluated Subject-wise (irrespective of Credits assigned) with a maximum of 100 Marks for Theory or Practicals or Seminar or Drawing/Design or Comprehensive Viva-voce etc.Tech. and shall continue through V Year I and II Semesters after approval of PRC. Project Supervisor. on whose approval he can ‘REGISTER for the PG Project’.Tech. day-to-day work assessment in the laboratory shall be evaluated for 20 Marks. as SEE).f. where the Board declared the Project Work Performance as ‘unsatisfactory’. The Board shall jointly declare the Project Work Performance as ‘satisfactory’. Subsequent actions for such Dissertations may be considered. on whose ‘approval’.Tech. only on the successful completion of all the prescribed PG Subjects (Theory and Labs. There shall be a PG Summer Internship. and delayed PRC-III dates for him may be considered as per PRC recommendations. For internal Evaluation of 100 marks.Tech.Tech. 10. iv) A total of 200 Marks are allotted for the M. or as per the time specified by the External Examiner and/ or the PRC. 9. 10. (securing B Grade or above). Project Work and Dissertation. the External Examiner shall evaluate the Student’s Project Work presentation and performance for 100 Marks (SEE). iii) In cases. The Internship Activity shall be submitted in a Report form. Dissertations will be sent to an External Examiner nominated by the Principal of the College.). and the External Examiner who adjudicate the M. at the beginning 10 . then the Student shall revise and resubmit his Dissertation after one Semester.Tech. If he fails in the second Viva-voce Examination also. after carrying out the necessary modifications/ additions to his Project Work/ Report as per his Supervisor’s advice. and he has to reappear for the Viva-voce Examination as per the Board recommendations. and Practicals / Lab. within the specified time.1 Theory Subjects are evaluated for 100 marks. Subjects are also evaluated for 100 marks. Project Work. both the Report and the Seminar shall be evaluated for 100 marks each by the PEC. preferably in an industry. immediately after the IV year II Semester End Examinations.IDP (B. In such cases. as suggested by the PRC. 2017-2018 Academic Year unacceptable plagiarism levels.Tech. Project Supervisor shall evaluate for 60 marks based on the continuous Internal Evaluation(CIE) of the student’s performance and combined PRC-I. which shall be conducted by a Board. then that Dissertation will be summarily rejected. to be taken up during the vacation. Any Student is allowed to submit his M.e. consisting of the PG Project Supervisor.3. the student shall resubmit the Project Work Report. Seminar and Comprehensive Viva-voce shall be evaluated for100 marks each. II & III performance evaluation will be for 40 marks ( to be awarded by PRC. and in successful cases. or ‘unsatisfactory’.13 i) The Student shall be allowed to submit his Project Dissertation. ii) If the adjudication report of the External Examiner is ‘not favourable’ .ECE & M. Seminar. the M. Comprehensive Viva-voce etc. Project Dissertation ‘only after completion of 40 weeks from the date of approval/registration’ of his Project. and the student shall also deliver a Seminar (based on the PG Summer Internship) before the MBA Project Evaluation Committee (PEC). unless he is asked to revise and resubmit his Project Work by the Board within a specified time period (within 5 years from the date of commencement of his I Year I Semester). (c) PG Part (MBA) 10. ( out of which 100 Marks are allotted for internal evaluation and 100 Marks for external evaluation). he will not be considered eligible for the Award of the Degree.Tech. and after obtaining all approvals from the PRC. and after obtaining all approvals from PRC. Head of the Department. /MBA) w. If the resubmitted report is again evaluated by the External Examiner as ‘not favourable’. the Student is deemed to have failed in the Project Viva-voce Examination. his submission and presentation at the PRC-III time (or at any other PRC specified dates) may be treated as PRC-II peformance evaluation. . the Student can appear for the M.2 PG Summer Internship. only on the specific recommendations of the External Examiner and/ or PRC.Tech. iii) If any Student could not be present for PRC-II at the scheduled time (after approval and registration of his Project Work at PRC-I). Project Viva-voce Examination. and after obtaining all approvals from PRC.IDP (B. as suggested by the PRC. or Principal/Director of the College/School. after carrying out the necessary modifications/ additions to his Project Work/ Report as per his Supervisor’s advice. within the 6 weeks of time-frame as specified above. (out of which 100 Marks are allotted for internal evaluation and 100 Marks for external evaluation).f. and continually submit ‘a fortnightly progress report’ to his Supervisor throughout the Project period. under the guidance of the Supervisor assigned to him by the Head of Department. and shall continue through V Year II Semesters. as SEE). the PRC shall evaluate the entire performance of the Student and declare the Project Report as ‘Satisfactory’ or ‘Unsatisfactory’. 10. the student shall resubmit the Project Work Report. In case of unacceptable plagiarism levels. After Registration. The PRC will monitor the progress of the Project Work and review. only on the successful completion of all the prescribed PG Subjects (Theory and Labs. 10. and to become acceptable for submission. iv) A total of 200 Marks are allotted for the MBA Project Work. the distribution shall be 30 marks for Internal Evaluation and 70 marks for the End-Examination. The Student shall present his Project Work Proposal to the PRC (PRC-I Presentation). through PRC-II and PRC-III Presentations – one at the end of the V Year II Semester. (securing B Grade or above). ii) After PRC-III presentation. select an appropriate topic and submit a Project Proposal within 6 weeks (immediately after his V Year I Semester End Examinations). Every Project Work Report/ Dissertation (that has been declared ‘satisfactory’) shall undergo ‘Plagiarism Check’ as per the University/ College norms to ensure content plagiarism below a specified level of 30%.Tech. and a Senior Faculty Member of the Department. and after obtaining all approvals from the PRC. and shall consist of the Head of the Department.5 i) Every PGP Student shall be required to execute his MBA Project. Comprehensive Viva-voce etc. the MBA. there shall be 2 internal examinations during the Semester. and delayed PRC-III dates for him may be considered as per PRC recommendations. for approval by the Project Review Committee (PRC).e. Dissertations will be sent to an External Examiner nominated by the Principal of the College.ECE & M. Every Student must compulsorily register for his MBA Project Work. The PEC shall be constituted by the Head of Dept. /MBA) w. Project Supervisor shall evaluate for 60 marks based on the continuous Internal Evaluation(CIE) of the student’s performance and combined PRC-I. the Student shall carry out his work. The PGP Project shall start immediately after the completion of the V Year I Semester.). II & III performance evaluation will be for 40 marks ( to be awarded by PRC. 2017-2018 Academic Year of the V Year I Semester.6 i) The Student shall be allowed to submit his Project Dissertation. his submission and presentation at the PRC-III time (or at any other PRC specified dates) may be treated as PRC-II peformance evaluation. The remaining 5 sessional marks. The PRC shall be constituted by the Head of Department. the 11 . Seminar.Tech. on whose ‘approval’. Project Supervisor. each of which shall be evaluated for 25 marks. the Supervisor of PG Summer Internship Program/Seminar/PG Project and a Senior Faculty Member of the Department. In such cases. and the better of these two internals shall be considered for awarding the 25 sessional marks. one at the middle of the Semester and the other immediately after the completion of instructions. and one before the submission of MBA Project Work Report/ Dissertation. within the specified time. 10. Any Student is allowed to submit his MBA Project Dissertation ‘only after completion of 24 weeks from the date of approval/registration’ of his Project.4 For theory subjects. There shall be no internal marks for this PG Summer Internship Program. . For internal Evaluation of 100 marks. on whose approval he can ‘REGISTER for the PG Project’. The Student shall carry out the literature survey. For the award of the 30 Internal (sessional) marks for theory subjects. and shall consist of the Head of Department. will be awarded based on the student’s performance in the Assignments. iii) If any Student could not be present for PRC-II at the scheduled time (after approval and registration of his Project Work at PRC-I). and he has to reappear for the Viva-voce Examination as per the Board recommendations. and a corresponding Letter Grade shall be given. Project Viva-voce Examination. or Project.. then the Student shall revise and resubmit his Dissertation after one Semester. the External Examiner shall evaluate the Student’s Project Work presentation and performance for 100 Marks (SEE). The Comprehensive Viva is aimed to assess the student’s understanding in various subjects studied during the PG part of Dual Degree Program. unless he is asked to revise and resubmit his Project Work by the Board within a specified time period (within 5 years from the date of commencement of his I Year I Semester). which shall be conducted by a Board. based on the % marks obtained in CIE + SEE (Continuous Internal Evaluation + Semester End Examination.ECE & M.Tech.f. 11. If he fails in the second Viva-voce Examination also. 10. the Student is deemed to have failed in the Project Viva-voce Examination. The Board shall jointly declare the Project Work Performance as ‘satisfactory’. Minor Course etc. If the resubmitted report is again evaluated by the External Examiner as ‘not favourable’. or Lab/Practicals.e. ii) If the adjudication report of the External Examiner is ‘not favourable’ . There are no internal marks for the Comprehensive Viva. consisting of the PG Project Supervisor. . for the award of 100 marks.Tech. or ‘unsatisfactory’. Subsequent actions for such Dissertations may be considered. only on the specific recommendations of the External Examiner and/ or PRC. or as per the time specified by the External Examiner and/ or the PRC. then that Dissertation will be summarily rejected. where the Board declared the Project Work Performance as ‘unsatisfactory’. Head of the Department. or Seminar.7 There shall be a Comprehensive Viva at the end of the V year II Semester. 2017-2018 Academic Year Student can appear for the MBA. .IDP (B. both taken together) as specified in Item 9 above. and in successful cases. a 10-point Absolute Grading System using the following Letter Grades (UGC Guidelines) and corresponding percentage of marks shall be followed … 12 .0 Grading Procedure 11. iii) In cases.1 Marks will be awarded to indicate the performance of each student in each Theory Subject. and the External Examiner who adjudicated the MBA Project Work and Dissertation.2 As a measure of the student’s performance. with the addition of one more Senior Faculty Member of the Department/School. 11. or Mini-Project. he will not be considered eligible for the Award of the Degree. /MBA) w. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce shall be conducted by the PRC. /MBA) w.8. as and when offered. he has to repeat all the Subjects/ Courses pertaining to that Semester. < 55% ) (above Average) Below 50% F 0 ( < 50% ) (FAIL) Absent Ab 0 11. < 80% ) (Excellent) Below 70% but not less than 60% A 8 ( ≥ 60% . 2017-2018 Academic Year (a) For UG % of Marks Secured in a Subject / Course Letter Grade Grade As per UGC Guidelines Points More than or equal to 90% O 10 (Outstanding) 80 and less than 90% A+ 9 (Excellent) 70 and less than 80% A 8 (Very Good) 60 and less than 70% B+ 7 (Good) 50 and not less than 60% B 6 (Average) 40 and not less than 50% C 5 (Pass) Below 40% F 0 (Fail) Absent Ab 0 (b) For PG % of Marks Secured in a Subject / Course Letter Grade Grade As per UGC Guidelines Points 80% and above O 10 ( ≥ 80% . . on the basis of the Letter Grade obtained by him in that Subject/ Course (excluding Mandatory non-credit Courses). 11. However.Tech.f. In such cases.ECE & M.7 The Student passes the Subject/ Course only when he gets GP ≥ 5 (for UG) / 6 (for PG) 13 .Tech. For a Course 11.IDP (B. < 60% ) (Good) Below 55% but not less than 50% B 6 ( ≥ 50% .4 A Letter Grade does not imply any specific % of Marks. Credit Points (CP) = Grade Point (GP) x Credits …. < 70% ) (Very Good) Below 60% but not less than 55% B+ 7 ( ≥ 55% . his Internal Marks (CIE Marks) in those Subject(s) will remain same as those he obtained earlier. 11. when he is detained (as listed in Items 8. Then the corresponding ‘Credit Points’ (CP) are computed by multiplying the Grade Point with Credits for that particular Subject/ Course.3 A student obtaining F Grade in any Subject shall be considered ‘failed’ and will be required to reappear as ‘Supplementary Candidate’ in the End Semester Examination (SEE).5 In general. ≤ 100% ) (Outstanding) Below 80% but not less than 70% A+ 9 ( ≥ 70% .6 A student earns Grade Point (GP) in each Subject/ Course.8.9). a student shall not be permitted to repeat any Subject/ Course (s) only for the sake of ‘Grade Improvement’ or ‘SGPA/ CGPA Improvement’. 11.e. subject to the condition that he secures a GP ≥ 5 (for UG) / 6 (for PG) in every registered Subject/ Course in each Semester (during the entire UGP/PGP) for the Degree Award.Tech. and the Credits of such Subjects/ Courses will also be included in the multiplications and summations. 11. only when he gets a SGPA ≥ 5.00 at the end of such a Semester.00 (at the end of that particular Semester). of Credits allotted to the ith Subject. performance in failed Subjects/ Courses (securing F Grade) will also be taken into account. However. and G୨ represents the Grade Points (GP) corresponding to the Letter Grade awarded for that jth Subject.00 and/ or CGPA < 5. 2017-2018 Academic Year 11.IDP (B. of Subjects (as specifically required and listed under the Course Structure of the parent Department) the Student has ‘REGISTERED’ from the 1st Semester onwards upto and inclusive of the Semester S ( obviously M > N ).10. Mandatory Courses will not be taken into consideration. as per the formula where ‘M’ is the TOTAL no. ii) In spite of securing P Grade or above in some (or all) Subjects/ Courses in any Semester. and a student shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in the entire UGP. and the Total Number of Credits registered in ALL the Semesters.11 For Calculations listed in Item 11.00 / 6.00/ 6.f.e. . After registration and completion of I Year I Semester however. at the end of each Semester.10 For Merit Ranking or Comparison Purposes or any other listing. and G୧ represents the Grade Points (GP) corresponding to the Letter Grade awarded for that ith Subject. SGPA is rounded off to TWO Decimal Places.00/ 6. ‘N’ is the no.9 The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is a measure of the overall cumulative performance of a student over all Semesters considered for registration. The CGPA is the ratio of the Total Credit Points secured by a student in ALL registered Courses in ALL Semesters.12 Passing Standards: i) A student shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in a Semester. /MBA) w. of Subjects ‘REGISTERED’ for the Semester (as specifically required and listed under the Course Structure of the parent Department). CGPA is rounded off to TWO Decimal Places. the SGPA of that Semester itself may be taken as the CGPA.8 The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated by dividing the Sum of Credit Points (ΣCP) secured from ALL Subjects/ Courses registered in a Semester. by the Total Number of Credits registered during that Semester. 14 .00. ‘j’ is the Subject indicator index (takes into account all Subjects from 1 to S Semesters). ONLY the ‘ROUNDED OFF’ values of the CGPAs will be used. 11. C୨ is the no. as there are no cumulative effects. SGPA is thus computed as where ‘i’ is the Subject indicator index (takes into account all Subjects in a Semester).ECE & M. CGPA is thus computed from the I Year Second Semester onwards.00/ 6. then he ‘may be allowed’ (on the ‘specific recommendations’ of the Head of the Department and subsequent approval from the Principal) - (a) to go into the next subsequent Semester (subject to fulfilling all other attendance and academic requirements as listed under Items 7-8). as required. if a Student receives a SGPA < 5. only when gets a CGPA ≥ 5.Tech. 11. of Credits allotted to the jth Subject. C୧ is the no.6 – 11. 11. (ii) should have secured a CGPA ≥ 8.6 – 11.75. indicating the Letter Grades and Credits earned. of Credits.Tech. Students having final CGPA (at the end of IDP) for both UGP/ PGP ≥ 8.1 A Student who registers for all the specified Subjects/ Courses as listed in the Course Structure. and fulfilling the following conditions - (i) should have passed all the Subjects/Courses in ‘FIRST APPEARANCE’ within the first 5 Academic Years (or 10 Sequential Semesters) from the Date of Commencement of his First Academic Year. only if there is an improvement.0).4 Students with final CGPA (at the end of the IDP) for UGP/ PGP ≥ 6.Tech.e. Title. . Grade Earned etc.10. his Internal Marks (CIE Marks) in those Subject(s) will remain same as those he obtained earlier. starting from the I Year I Semester onwards.+M.00 or above’. and CGPA.00/ 7. 2017-2018 Academic Year (b) to ‘improve his SGPA of such a Semester (and hence CGPA) to 5. at the Supplementary Examinations to be held in the next subsequent Semester(s). the following formula may be used … % of Marks = (final CGPA – 0.00/ 6.13 After the completion of each Semester. /MBA) w.75. It will show the details of the Courses Registered (Course Code. (iii) A Student shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in any Non-Credit Subject/ Course. if he secures a ‘Satisfactory Participation Certificate’ for that Mandatory Course.75.Tech.f. Credits earned.IDP (B. the newly secured Letter Grades will be recorded and taken into account for calculation of SGPA and CGPA. 13. and passes all the examinations prescribed in the entire IDP E&T Programme and secures the required number of 174 for UGP and 80 Credits for PGP (with CGPA ≥ 5. (iii) should not have been detained or prevented from writing the End Semester Examinations in any Semester due to shortage of attendance or any other reason. satisfies all the Course Requirements. shall be placed in ‘FIRST CLASS’.00/ 7. 13. a Grade Card or Grade Sheet (or Transcript) shall be issued to all the Registered Students of that Semester.00/ 7. 12.ECE & M. In such cases. but not fulfilling the above conditions shall be placed in ‘FIRST CLASS’. 11.0 Declaration of Results 12. SGPA.Tech /MBA Degree(UGP and PGP) in the chosen Branch of Engineering as selected at the time of Admission. shall be declared to have ‘QUALIFIED’ for the Award of the B.00/ 7.2 A Student who qualifies for the Award of UG + PG Degree as listed in Item 13. shall be placed in ‘FIRST CLASS with DISTINCTION’.75.0 Award of Degree 13. 12.2 For Final % of Marks equivalent to the computed final CGPA. at the end of each of the 10 Sequential Semesters.0/ 6. No. 15 .3 Students with final CGPA (at the end of the IDP) for both UGP/ PGP ≥ 8.1 shall be placed in the following Classes … 13.50/ 6.5) x 10 13.). within 10 Academic Years from the Date of Commencement of the First Academic Year.75 but < 8. In these considerations. by reappearing for ONE or MORE (as per Student’s choice) of the same Subject(s) / Course(s) in which he has secured P Grade(s) in that Semester.1 Computation of SGPA and CGPA are done using the procedure listed in 11. 0 Scope i) Where the words “he”. and same Professional Electives/ Open Electives (or from set/category of Electives or equivalents suggested.1 If the student has not paid fees to University/ College at any stage. or has pending dues against his name due to any reason whatsoever.00 will not be eligible for the Award of the M. or has been detained for want of attendance or lack of required credits as specified.9 Students fulfilling the conditions listed under Item 13. 2017-2018 Academic Year 13.6 All other Students who qualify for the Award of the Degree (as per Item 13. they also imply “Course” or “Courses”.Tech. 16. Course Structure or Syllabi at any time. shall be placed in ‘PASS CLASS’. or if any case of indiscipline is pending against him. 15. the result of the student may be withheld. occur in the write-up of regulations.‘University Rank’ and ‘Gold Medal’ considerations.75.0 Withholding of Results 14. “hers”.f. shall be placed in ‘SECOND CLASS’. may be considered eligible for readmission to the same Subjects/ Courses (or equivalent Subjects/ Courses. 14. 13. iv) In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules. 16 .1 There shall be no Branch transfers after the completion of Admission Process.ECE & M. iii) The Academic Regulations should be read as a whole.IDP (B. 13.7 A student with final CGPA (at the end of the IDP) for UGP < 5.2 There shall be no transfer among the Constituent Colleges and Units of Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University Hyderabad.00 but < 6. ii) Where the words “Subject” or “Subjects”.50/ 6. and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all Students with effect from the dates notified by the College Authorities.50/ 6.1 alone will be eligible candidates for . 13. Tech Degree. .1 Student who has discontinued for any reason. 16. occur in these regulations. as the case may be).00 will not be eligible for the Award of the B.Tech. the decision of the Vice-Chancellor/ Principal is final. 13.0 Transitory Regulations 15. Tech / MBA Degree. or who has failed after having undergone the Degree Programme.00 but < 5. “her”.50. 17.5 Students with final CGPA (at the end of the IDP) for both UGP/ PGP ≥ 5. “his”.8 A student with final CGPA (at the end of the IDP) for PGP < 6.e. “him”. The Award or issue of the Degree may also be withheld in such cases.0 Student Transfers 16. as the case may be) as and when they are offered (within the time-frame of 10 years from the Date of Commencement of his I Year I Semester). with final CGPA (at the end of the IDP) for UGP ≥ 5.1). v) The College may change or amend the Academic Regulations. for the purpose of any interpretation. /MBA) w. they include “she”. and he will not be allowed to go into the next higher Semester. phones with any candidate or persons in or outside the exam hall in respect of any matter. book. appearing. 3 Impersonates any other candidate The candidate who has impersonated shall be in connection with the examination. 2017-2018 Academic Year MALPRACTICE RULES The following Malpractice rules are applicable to both Internal Examinations/SEE/Supplementory Examinations: Nature of Malpractices Punishment If the candidate: 1 (a) Possesses or keeps accessible in Expulsion from the examination hall and examination hall. 2 Has copied in the examination hall Expulsion from the examination hall and from any paper. cancellation of the performance in that subject programmable calculators. only. project work and shall not be permitted for the during or after the examination. The candidate is also debarred for two consecutive semesters from class work and all examinations. remaining examinations of the subjects of that 17 . If the imposter is an outsider. In case of an body language methods or outsider. /MBA) w. palm and all other subjects the candidate has already computers or any other form of appeared including practical examinations and material relevant to the subject of project work and shall not be permitted to appear the examination (theory or for the remaining examinations of the subjects of practical) in which the candidate is that Semester/year. The continuation of the course by the candidate is subject to the academic regulations in connection with forfeiture of seat.Tech.e.f. . Cell phones. palm computers or any other form of material concerned with or related to the subject of the examination (theory or practical) in which he is appearing but has not made use of (material shall include any marks on the body of the candidate which can be used as an aid in the subject of the examination) 1 (b) Gives assistance or guidance or Expulsion from the examination hall and receives it from any other cancellation of the performance in that subject candidate orally or by any other only of all the candidates involved. he will be handed over to the police and a case is registered against him.IDP (B. he will be handed over to the police and communicates through cell a case is registered against him. programmable calculators. shall be cancelled in all the subjects of the examination (including practicals and project work) already appeared and shall not be allowed to appear for examinations of the remaining subjects of that semester/year. The Hall Ticket of the candidate is to be cancelled.ECE & M. pager.Tech. any paper. 4 Smuggles in the Answer book or Expulsion from the examination hall and additional sheet or takes out or cancellation of performance in that subject and all arranges to send out the question the other subjects the candidate has already paper during the examination or appeared including practical examinations and answer book or additional sheet. note cancellation of the performance in that subject book. The candidate is also debarred and forfeits the seat. The performance of the original candidate who has been impersonated. expelled from examination hall. 9 If student of the college. 2017-2018 Academic Year semester/year. they officer-in charge or any person on will be handed over to the police and a police duty in or outside the examination case is registered against them. abusive or Cancellation of the performance in that subject. The candidate is also debarred for two consecutive semesters from class work and all examinations. The candidate is also debarred for two consecutive semesters from class work and all examinations. /MBA) w. or indulges in any other act of misconduct or mischief which result in damage to or destruction of property in the examination hall or any part of the College campus or engages in any other act which in the opinion of the officer on duty amounts to use of unfair means or misconduct or has the tendency to disrupt the orderly conduct of the examination. The continuation of the course by the candidate is subject to the academic regulations in connection with forfeiture of seat. 6 Refuses to obey the orders of the In case of students of the college. assaults the officer- in-charge.Tech. either spoken or written or by signs or by visible representation.IDP (B. or threatens the and forfeit their seats.Tech. The continuation of the course by the candidate is subject to the academic regulations in connection with forfeiture of seat.ECE & M. they shall be Chief Superintendent / Assistant – expelled from examination halls and cancellation Superintendent / any officer on of their performance in that subject and all other duty or misbehaves or creates subjects the candidate(s) has (have) already disturbance of any kind in and appeared and shall not be permitted to appear for around the examination hall or the remaining examinations of the subjects of that organizes a walk out or instigates semester/year.f. 5 Uses objectionable. In case of outsiders. cancellation of the performance in that subject and all other subjects the candidate has already appeared including practical examinations and project work and shall not be permitted for the remaining examinations of the subjects of that semester/year. or any person on duty in or outside the examination hall or any of his relations. who is not Student of the colleges expulsion from the 18 . The candidates also are debarred others to walk out. .e. project work and shall not be permitted for the remaining examinations of the subjects of that semester/year. 7 Leaves the exam hall taking away Expulsion from the examination hall and answer script or intentionally tears cancellation of performance in that subject and all of the script or any part thereof the other subjects the candidate has already inside or outside the examination appeared including practical examinations and hall. 8 Possess any lethal weapon or Expulsion from the examination hall and firearm in the examination hall. The candidate is also debarred and forfeits the seat. hall of any injury to his person or to any of his relations whether by words. offensive language in the answer paper or in letters to the examiners or writes to the examiner requesting him to award pass marks. f.e.Tech. during and all other subjects the candidate has appeared valuation or during special scrutiny. 12 If any malpractice is detected which is not covered in the above clauses 1 to 11 shall be reported to the College / University for further action to award suitable punishment. including practical examinations and project work of that semester / year examinations. the subjects of that semester/year. cancellation of the performance in that subject and all other subjects the candidate has already appeared including practical examinations and project work and shall not be permitted for the remaining examinations of the subjects of that semester/year. 19 . 2017-2018 Academic Year a candidate for the particular examination hall and cancellation of the examination or any person not performance in that subject and all other subjects connected with the college the candidate has already appeared including indulges in any malpractice or practical examinations and project work and shall improper conduct mentioned in not be permitted for the remaining examinations of clause 6 to 8. /MBA) w. . 10 Comes in a drunken condition to Expulsion from the examination hall and the examination hall.ECE & M. such as. The candidate is also debarred and forfeits the seat.IDP (B. Person(s) who do not belong to the College will be handed over to police and. a 8police case will be registered against them. 11 Copying detected on the basis of Cancellation of the performance in that subject internal evidence.Tech. No. .Tech.f.Tech.Tech.No. + M.IDP (B.Tech.No. Group Subject L T P Credits 1 BS Mathematics–II 3 1 0 3 2 ES Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 4 0 0 4 3 BS Applied Physics 3 1 0 3 4 BS Engineering Chemistry 3 1 0 3 5 ES Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 3 6 BS Computational Mathematics 2 0 0 2 7 ES Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Lab 0 0 3 2 8 HS Applied Physics Lab 0 0 3 2 9 BS Computational Mathematics Lab 0 0 3 2 NSS/NCC/NSO Total Credits 18 4 9 24 II YEAR I SEMESTER S. . Group Subject L T P Credits 1 BS Mathematics .III 4 0 0 4 2 PC Signals and Systems 4 1 0 4 3 PC Electrical Technology 4 0 0 4 4 PC Analog Electronics 4 0 0 4 5 ES Network Analysis 4 1 0 4 6 HS Gender Sensitization Lab . /MBA) w. . 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD (AUTONOMOUS) 5 Year Integrated Dual Degree Program (IDP) (B.e.) ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING COURSE STRUCTURE (Applicable from the batch admitted from the Academic Year 2017-18 and onwards) I YEAR I SEMESTER S. Group Subject L T P Credits 1 BS Mathematics .I 4 1 0 4 2 HS English 3 0 0 3 3 ES Computer Programming and Data Structures 4 1 0 4 4 ES Engineering Graphics 3 0 3 4 5 ES Environmental Science 3 0 0 3 6 ES Computer Programming and Data Structures Lab 0 0 3 2 7 HS English Language Communication Skills Lab 0 0 3 2 8 ES Engineering Workshop 0 0 3 2 NSS/NCC/NSO Total Credits 17 2 12 24 I YEAR II SEMESTER S. - 7 PC Analog Electronics Lab-I 0 0 3 1 8 PC Electrical Technology Lab 0 0 3 2 9 ES Basic Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1 Total Credits 20 2 9 24 20 .ECE & M. IDP (B. /MBA) w. 2017-2018 Academic Year II YEAR II SEMESTER S.Tech.I Open Elective –I 3 0 0 3 5 HS Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis 4 0 0 4 6 PC Linear IC Applications Lab 0 0 3 2 7 PC Digital Communications Lab 0 0 3 2 8 PC Design Lab 0 0 3 2 Total Credits 18 1 9 24 III YEAR II SEMESTER S.f.No. .e.No. Group Subject L T P Credits 1 OE-II Open Elective-II 3 0 0 3 2 PE-I Professional Elective-I 4 0 0 4 3 PE-II Professional Elective-II 4 0 0 4 4 PC Microprocessors and Microcontrollers 4 0 0 4 5 PC Digital Signal Processing 4 0 0 4 6 HS Advanced English Language and Communication 0 0 3 1 Skills Lab 7 PC Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 3 2 8 PC Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Lab 0 0 3 2 Total Credits 19 0 9 24 During Summer Vacation between III and IV Years: Industry Oriented Mini Project 21 . Group Subject L T P Credits 1 PC Switching Theory and Logic Design 3 1 0 3 2 PC Pulse and Digital Circuits 3 1 0 3 3 PC Electromagnetic Theory and Transmission Lines 4 0 0 4 4 PC Analog Communications 3 1 0 3 5 PC Control Systems 3 1 0 3 6 PC Analog Communications Lab 0 0 3 2 7 PC Pulse and Digital Circuits Lab 0 0 3 2 8 PC Analog Electronics Lab-II 0 0 3 2 9 HS Human Values and Professional Ethics 2 0 0 2 Total Credits 18 4 9 24 III YEAR I SEMESTER S.No.Tech. Group Subject L T P Credits 1 PC Linear and Digital IC Applications 4 0 0 4 2 PC Antennas and Wave Propagation 4 0 0 4 3 PC Digital Communications 3 1 0 3 4 OE .ECE & M. V PG Elective .II 4 0 0 4 6 PGE .III 4 0 0 4 PC (UG) 7 Microwave Engineering Lab 0 0 3 2 Lab 8 PGC Lab Advanced Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 4 2 9 CoC(UG) Industrial Training / Mini Project Evaluation 2 Total Credits 24 0 7 30 IV YEAR II SEMESTER S.VI PG Elective .f.No.VII PG Elective .I PG Elective . 18 2 PG Comprehensive Viva .V 4 0 0 4 3 PGE .No.No.No.III PG Elective . Group Subject L T P Credits 1 PGC .VII 4 0 0 4 5 PG PG Project Stage .II Advanced Computer Networks 4 0 0 4 3 PGE – IV PG Elective . Group Subject L T P Credits 1 PC Microwave Engineering 4 0 0 4 PE-III 2 Professional Elective .I 4 0 0 4 5 PGE .II .VI 4 0 0 4 4 PGE .IV 4 0 0 4 4 PGC Lab Advanced Computer Networks Lab 0 0 4 2 5 DC(UG) Major Project 14 Total Credits 12 0 4 28 V YEAR I SEMESTER S.ECE & M. . 4 Total Credits 22 22 . . Group Subject L T P Credits 1 HS (UG) Management Science 4 0 0 4 2 PGC . .e.III 4 0 0 4 (UG) 3 PGC -I Advanced Digital Signal Processing 4 0 0 4 4 PGE .IDP (B.Tech.III Wireless Communications and Networks 4 0 0 4 2 PGE . 2017-2018 Academic Year IV YEAR I SEMESTER S.I 4 0 0 12 6 PG Seminar 0 0 3 2 Total Credits 20 0 3 30 V YEAR II SEMESTER S. .II PG Elective .Tech. Group Subject L T P Credits 1 PG PG Project Stage . /MBA) w. . Subject Offering Department 1 Disaster Management Civil Engineering 2 Non – Conventional Power Generation 3 Electrical Engineering Materials Electrical and Electronics Engineering 4 Nano-Technology 5 Operations Research 6 Basics of Thermodynamics Mechanical Engineering 7 Fabrication Processes Electronics and Communication 8 Electronic Measuring Instruments Engineering 9 OOPS through JAVA Computer Science and Engineering 10 Computer Graphics 11 Engineering Materials Metallurgical Engineering 12 Metallurgy for Non Metallurgists 13 Industrial Pollution Control Engineering Chemical Engineering OPEN ELECTIVE.f.ECE & M. 2017-2018 Academic Year OPEN ELECTIVE.Tech. .No. Subject Offering Department 1 Estimation.II S.I S.IDP (B.Tech. /MBA) w. Quantity Survey and Civil Engineering Valuation 2 Design Estimation and Costing of Electrical Systems 3 Electrical and Electronics Engineering Energy Storage Systems 4 Mechatronics 5 Jet propulsion and Rocket Engineering 6 Ergonomics Mechanical Engineering 7 Mechatronics Principles of Electronic Electronics and Communication 8 Communications Engineering 9 Cyber Security Computer Science and Engineering 10 Database Management Systems 11 Corrosion Engineering Metallurgical Engineering 12 Testing of Materials 13 Solid Waste Management Chemical Engineering 23 .e.No. f. Spread Spectrum Communications PG E –VII 1. RF Circuit Design PG E – II 1. Speech and Audio Signal Processing 3. Computer Organization and Operating Systems 3. Software Defined Radio 3. Radar Signal Processing 24 . Computer Networks 2. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation 4.ECE & M. Digital System Design 3. Detection and Estimation Theory PG E – III 1. Network Security and Cryptography PG E – V 1.Tech. . Image and Video Processing 2. Radar Systems 2. Advanced Data Communications 3. Random Processes and Queuing Theory 3. Coding Theory and Techniques 2. Scripting Languages PE-III 1. Optical Communications 3. /MBA) w. Cellular and Mobile Communications 2. Television Engineering PE-II 1. Adhoc Wireless and Sensor Networks 2. TCP / IP and ATM Networks PG E – IV 1. 3. Adaptive Signal Processing 2. Digital Signal Processors and Architectures 2. 2017-2018 Academic Year Professional Elective (PE) Subjects Lists PE-I 1. Satellite Communications 4. Embedded System Design 3.e. Digital Image Processing 4. Bio-Medical Signal Processing. VLSI Technology and Design 2. Transform Techniques 2.IDP (B. 4G Technologies 3.Tech. Multimedia and Signal Coding PG E – VI 1. Artificial Neural Networks PG Elective (PG E ) Subjects List PG E – I 1. Tech.Tech.No.III 4 0 0 4 (UG) 3 HS (UG) Management Science 4 0 0 4 4 PGC-I Marketing Management 4 0 0 4 5 PGC-II Human Resource Management 4 0 0 4 6 PGE-I PG Elective-I 4 0 0 4 7 PC (UG) Lab Microwave Engineering Lab 0 0 3 2 8 PGC Lab Soft Skills Lab 0 0 4 2 9 EAC (UG) Industrial Training / Mini Project Evaluation 2 (Summer Program) Total Credits 30 IV YEAR II SEMESTER S. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD (AUTONOMOUS) 5 Year Integrated Dual Degree Program (IDP) (B.Tech.Tech. / MBA) ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING COURSE STRUCTURE FOR MBA (Applicable from the batch admitted from the Academic Year 2017-18 and onwards) IV YEAR I SEMESTER S. /MBA) w.No.IDP (B.e.f.No. Group Subject L T P Credits 1 PGC-III Research Methodology and Statistical Analysis 4 0 0 4 2 PGC-IV Business Law and Regulation 4 0 0 4 3 PGE-II PG Elective-II 4 0 0 4 4 PGC Lab Statistical Analysis Lab using SPSS / Excel 0 0 4 2 5 PC (UG) Major Project 14 Total Credits 28 V YEAR I SEMESTER S. Group Subject L T P Credits 1 PC Microwave Engineering 4 0 0 4 2 PE-III Professional Elective . Group Subject L T P Credits 1 PGC-V Strategic Management 4 0 0 4 2 PGE-III PG Elective-III 4 0 0 4 3 PGE-IV PG Elective-IV 4 0 0 4 4 PGE-V PG Elective-V 4 0 0 4 5 PG PG Project Stage – I 12 6 PG Seminar 0 0 3 2 Total Credits 30 V YEAR II SEMESTER S. Group Subject L T P Credits 1 PG PG Project Stage-II 18 2 PG Comprehensive Viva 4 Total Credits 22 25 .ECE & M. .No. + M. f.ECE & M. 26 . 2017-2018 Academic Year Core & Electives: Group Marketing/HR/Finance/Systems PGC-I Marketing Management PGC-II Human Resource Management PGE-I Sales and Distribution / Training and Development / Financial Management / Management Information System PGC Lab Soft Skills Lab PGC-III core Research Methodology & Statistical Analysis PGC-IV core Business Law & Regulation PGE-II Integrated Marketing Communications / Management of Industrial Relations / Security Analysis and Portfolio Management / Enterprise Resource Planning PGC Lab Statistical Analysis Lab using SPSS / Excel PGC –V Core Strategic Management PGE-III Retailing Management / Compensation & Reward Management / Strategic Investment and Financing Decisions/E-Business PGE-IV Services Marketing / Management of Change / International Financial Management/Cyber Security PGE-V International Marketing / Performance Management / Derivatives / Information System Control and Audit
Students are advised to take prior approval from the Mentor of the Department of H&SS before selecting and finalizing the Electives.Tech.e. /MBA) w. .IDP (B.Tech. UNIT–IV: First Order Ordinary Differential Equations (10 lectures) Linear and exact differential equations Applications of first order differential equations – Newton’s Law of cooling. /MBA) w. • Attain the abilities to use mathematical knowledge to analyze. Multiple integrals – double and triple integrals – change of order of integration. Sin ax. 27 . cylindrical and spherical) .f. verification of the Theorems and testing the applicability of these theorem to the given function. UNIT–II: Improper Integrals. homogeneous and non. • To prepare students for lifelong learning and successful careers using mathematical Concepts of differential and integral calculus. ordinary differential equations and vector calculus to engineering problems. Gradient.Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables with constraints and without constraints-Method of Lagrange multipliers. formulate and solve problems in engineering applications. orthogonal trajectories and electrical circuits UNIT-V: Higher Order Ordinary Differential Equations (10 lectures) Linear. . UNIT–I: Differential calculus (12 lectures) Rolle’s Mean value Theorem – Lagrange’s Mean Value Theorem – Cauchy’s mean value Theorem – (all theorems without proof but with geometrical interpretations). Applications: Bending of beams. • To develop the skill pertinent to the practice of the mathematical concepts including the students abilities to formulate and modeling the problems. Cos ax. x V(x).Divergence. Finding potential function. Solenoidal and irrotational vectors. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. Multiple Integration (12 lectures) Gamma and Beta Functions –Relation between them.Curl and their related properties.IDP (B. and x . their properties – evaluation of improper integrals using Gamma / Beta functions.homogeneous differential equations of second and higher order with ax n ax n constant coefficients. Curve tracing – Equations given in Cartesian.e. polar and parametric forms. the student will be able to: • Become familiar with the application of differential and integral calculus. Functions of several variables – Functional dependence. to think creatively and to synthesize information. e V(x).change of variables (polar. Electrical circuits and simple harmonic motion.ECE & M. Law of natural growth and decay.Tech. /MBA) I Year I-Sem L T P C 4 1 0 4 MATHEMATICS – I (Common to all Branches) Pre Requisites: NIL Course Objectives: • To train the students thoroughly in mathematical concepts of ordinary differential equations and their applications. UNIT–III: Vector Calculus (12 lectures) Vector Calculus: Scalar point function and vector point function. Stoke’s theorem and Gauss’s Divergence Theorems (Statement & their Verification). Method of variation of parameters. ordinary differential equations and vector calculus. . 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Non-homogeneous term of the type e . Line integral – Work done – Surface integrals –Volume integral.Jacobian. ECE & M. Green’s Theorem.Tech.Laplacian operator.Tech. Finding the area of a region using Double integration and volume of a region in space using triple integration.Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year Text books: 1) HIGHER ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS BY B S GREWAL. /MBA) w.e. 2) ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS BY ERWIN KREYSZIG. 2) ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS BY PETER V O’NEIL. 3) VECTER ANALYSIS BY GHOSG & MAITY. .Tech. Oxford University Press.Tech.f.IDP (B. Bhunia. KHANNA PUBLICATIONS. NEW CENTRAL BOOK AGENCY. W IELY PUBLICATIONS. References: 1) Engineering Mathematics By Srimantapal & Subodh C. 28 .ECE & M. CENGAGE LEARNING. The text for non-detailed study is for extensive reading/reading for pleasure. For example. listening and speaking and for this the teachers should use the text prescribed for detailed study. promotional material. • To equip the students to study academic subjects more effectively using the theoretical and practical components of the English syllabus. it is suggested that they read the topics selected for discussion on their own in the class. • To enable students to express themselves fluently and appropriately in social and professional contexts.Tech. fostering ideas and practice of language skills. • To make students aware of the role of speaking in English and its contribution to their success.Tech. the focus should be on the skills of reading. Hence.Tech.IDP (B. the stress in this syllabus is on skill development. 2. OBJECTIVES: • To improve the language proficiency of the students in English with emphasis on LSRW skills. advertisements. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. the syllabus has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative competencies of Engineering students. Use of English Language . LEARNING OUTCOMES: 1. In the English classes. 2. INTRODUCTION: In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and the consequent emphasis on training students to acquire communicative competence. • To develop an awareness in the students about the significance of silent reading and comprehension.ECE & M. The prescribed books and the exercises are meant to serve broadly as students’ handbooks.f. Enrichment of comprehension and fluency 3. • To equip them with the components of different forms of writing. • To develop the ability of studnts to guess the meanings of words from context and grasp the overall messages of the text.Tech. Gaining confidence in using language in verbal situations. writing. • To enable students to develop their listening skill so that they may appreciate its role in the LSWR skills approach to language and improve their pronunciation • To equip students with necessary training in listening so that they can comprehend the speech of people of different backgrounds and regions. The teachers can ask comprehension questions to stimulate discussion and based on the discussions students can be made to write short paragraphs/essays etc. 29 .written and spoken. from newspaper articles. . /MBA) w. • To develop an awareness in the students about writing a an exact and formal skill. The time should be utilized for working out the exercises given after each section. • To develop the study skills and communication skills in formal and informal situations. /MBA) I Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 ENGLISH 1. However. ECE & M. etc.e. the students should be encouraged to read the texts/selected paragraphs silently. as also for supplementing the exercises with authentic materials of a similar kind for example. beginning with the lower order ones. draw inferences etc. To equip students with necessary training in listening. 2. To develop an awareness in the students about the significance of silent reading and comprehension. To develop the ability of students to guess the meanings of words from context and grasp the overall message of the text. to be able to recognize them. 2. beginning with the lower order ones.IDP (B. To develop an awareness in the students about writing as an exact and formal skill 2.Tech. They will be examined in reading and answering questions using ‘unseen’ passages which may be taken from authentic texts. • Skimming the text • Understanding the gist of an argument • Identifying the topic sentence • Scanning • Inferring lexical and contextual meaning • Understanding discourse features • Recognizing coherence/sequencing of sentences NOTE: The students will be trained in reading skills using the prescribed text for detailed study.e.f.ECE & M. so that they can comprehend the speech of people of different backgrounds and regions Students should be given practice in listening to the sounds of the language. to mark stress and recognize and use the right intonation in sentences. Reading Skills: Objectives 1. • Listening for general content • Listening to fill up information • Intensive listening • Listening for specific information Speaking Skills: Objectives 1. • Oral practice • Describing objects/situations/people • Role play – Individual/Group activities (Using exercises from the five units of the prescribed text: Skills Annexe–Functional English for Success) • Just A Minute (JAM) Sessions. • Writing sentences • Use of appropriate vocabulary • Paragraph writing • Coherence and cohesiveness 30 . /MBA) w. To make students aware of the role of speaking in English and its contribution to their success. to distinguish between them. etc. such as magazines/newspaper articles. To enable students express themselves fluently and appropriately in social and professional contexts.Tech. draw inferences. 2017-2018 Academic Year SYLLABUS: Listening Skills: Objectives 1. To equip them with the components of different forms of writing. To enable students develop their listening skills so that they may appreciate the role in the LSRW skills approach to language and improve their pronunciation 2. Writing Skills: Objectives 1. . events G . Published by Maruthi Publications. Hyderabad. Hyderabad For Non-detailed study Second Textbook “Epitome of Wisdom”.Greeting and Taking Leave. are prescribed: For Detailed study: First Textbook: “Skills Annexe -Functional English for Success”.Tech. Chapter entitled ‘Risk Management’ from “Skills Annexe -Functional English for Success” Published by Orient Black Swan. Report Writing (First & Second Textbooks) L .Verb forms V . Verb.The 1 Thing Every Business Executive Must Understand about Social Media by Dave Kerpen from Skills Annexe is for Reading Comprehension W .Reading for Subject/ Theme. Unit –I 1. requesting and making polite conversation R.Reading for details. places. Chapter entitled “Cyber Age” from “Skills Annexe -Functional English for Success” Published by Orient Black Swan.Sivakasi: Who to Blame for the Frequent Fire Accidents in India’s Largest Fireworks Industry Hub? by Amrutha Gayathri from Skills Annexe & Forensic Science from Epitome of Wisdom are for Reading Comprehension W . Hyderabad L . 2. Hyderabad 2.Describing people.f.Homonyms. • The course content and study material is divided into Five Units.Types of Nouns and Pronouns V . objects. Published by Orient Black Swan. Chapter entitled ‘Mokshagundam Visvesvaraya’ from “Epitome of Wisdom”.Tech.IDP (B. interrupting.Synonyms and Antonyms 31 . Adjective and Adverb Unit –III 1.Reading for theme and gist. Introducing Oneself and Others (Formal and Informal Situations) R .Listening for main points and sub-points for note taking S . Chapter entitled ‘Wit and Humour’ from ‘Skills Annexe’ -Functional English for Success. Homophones & Homographs Unit –II 1. Chapter entitled ‘Leela’s Friend’ by R. Hyderabad 2. 2017-2018 Academic Year • Narration / description • Note Making • Formal and informal letter writing • Describing graphs using expressions of comparison TEXTBOOKS PRESCRIBED: In order to improve the proficiency of the student in the acquisition of the four skills mentioned above.Giving instructions and directions. Published by Maruthi Publications. Stress and Intonation S . Published by Orient Black Swan. L . /MBA) w.Note-making. Punctuation G .K. Hyderabad. Information transfer. the following texts and course content.Listening for themes and facts S .Noun. Speaking of hypothetical situations R . divided into Five Units.Writing Paragraphs G . Published by Maruthi Publications.e.ECE & M.The Palm Islands from Epitome of Wisdom is for Reading Comprehension W . Narayan from “Epitome of Wisdom”.Apologizing. .Listening for Sounds.Present tense V . Hyderabad. 2010. Effective Technical Communication. Cambridge University Press.Past and Future tenses V . Orient Longman. Srinivasa Sastri from Skills Annexe & Choose How to Start Your Day from Epitome of Wisdom are for Reading Comprehension W .Reading for specific details and information. Project Reports and Research Papers G . Everyday Dialogues in English. Raj N Bakshi. Letter Writing – Writing formal letters. Tata Mc Graw –Hill.Collocations and Technical vocabulary. Mark Lester and Larry Beason. Murphy’s English Grammar with CD. Orient Longman. 10..f. Shivendra K. Practical English Usage. /MBA) w. 14. 2017-2018 Academic Year Unit –IV 1.Tech. Oxford University Press 5. Published by Maruthi Publications. Cengage Publications. Renuvolcuri Mario.Adjectives. Technical Communication by Daniel Riordan. MacMillan Publishers. Verma and Hemlatha Nagarajan .What I Cherish Most by V. expressing opinions and telephone interactions L . Grammar Games.Vocabulary .Group discussion and Making presentations R . New Delhi.K. Meenakshi Raman. Technical Communication. 9.IDP (B. Basic Vocabulary Edgar Thorpe & Showick Thorpe. ABC of Common Errors Nigel D Turton.Critical Listening and Listening for speaker’s tone/ attitude S .Critical reading. 2. Contemporary English Grammar Structures and Composition by David Green. Michael Swan.Project proposals.Tech. Listening for specific details and information S . Chapter entitled ‘The Last Leaf’ from “Epitome of Wisdom”. Handbook of English Grammar& Usage. edited by T Samson. Prepositions and Concord V . Tata Mc Graw –Hill.Writing e-mails G . 13. Published by Maruthi Publications. Spoken English. Chapter entitled ‘Sports and Health’ from “Skills Annexe -Functional English for Success” Published by Orient Black Swan. Murphy. Mac Millan Publishers.ECE & M. R. Hyderabad L. 8. REFERENCES: 1. Chapter entitled ‘The Convocation Speech’ by N. Dixson. Narayanmurthy’ from “Epitome of Wisdom”. Foundation Books. Hyderabad 2. Bansal & JB Harrison. Cambridge University Press. An Interactive Grammar of Modern English. English Grammar Practice. Oxford University Press 6. 7.Idioms and Phrasal verbs Unit –V 1.e. M Ashraf Rizvi. Prentice Hall India Pvt Ltd. S.Narrating. Frank Bros & CO 32 . Hyderabad L . 2011. reading for reference . Robert J. Innovate with English: A Course in English for Engineering Students.R. letter of application along with curriculum vitae (First & Second Textbooks) 2. 3. New Delhi.Benefits of Physical Activity from Skills Annexe & What is meant by Entrepreneurship? from Epitome of Wisdom are for Reading Comprehension W . . 4. Using words appropriately Exercises from the texts not prescribed shall be used for classroom tasks. 12. 11. Pearson Education 15. Algorithms.Tech. user defined functions. for. /MBA) w. programming applications. Pointers – Introduction (Basic Concepts). array applications. definition and initialization of structures. Simple C Programming examples. Introduction to C Language – Background. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. do-while statements. static. Variables. compatibility. /MBA) I Year I-Sem L T P C 4 1 0 4 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES Prerequisites: There are no prerequisites for this course. Bit wise operators. Identifiers.e. accessing structures. structures and functions. Loop examples. ECE & M. String Input / Output functions. functions. Input / Output. Operators. inter function communication. Simple C programs. Designing Structured Programs. two – dimensional arrays.Functions. string / data conversion. Statements. Pseudo code. type qualifiers.I Introduction to Computers – Computer Systems. array of pointers. arrays of strings. bit fields. queues and linked lists. pointers and strings. continue. scope rules. extern. inter function communication. UNIT . Pointers for inter function communication. pointers to pointers. and data structures like stacks. Constants. . Expression Evaluation. applying the software development method.Tech. using arrays in C. Precedence and Associatively.ECE & M. string manipulation functions. • It covers various concepts of C programming language • It introduces searching and sorting algorithms • It provides an understanding of data structures such as stacks and queues. command –line arguments. UNIT – II Statements – if and switch statements. Expressions. Preprocessor commands. C Strings.recursive functions. Repetition statements – while. arrays. Storage classes-auto. arrays of structures. pointers to functions. pointers to structures. C program examples.Tech. 33 . Simple C Programming examples. unions. the student will be able to: • Develop C programs for computing and real life applications using basic elements like control statements. Creating and running programs. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. typedef. other statements related to looping – break. Computer Languages. Course Objectives: • This course starts from the basics of computers and program development. nested structures.IDP (B.IV Derived types – Structures – Declaration. enumerated types. Scope. Software Development Method. • Implement searching and sorting algorithms UNIT . except that anyone who wants to learn C should have analytical skills and logical reasoning. memory allocation functions.f. register. recursion. Basic data types. C programming examples. Computing Environments. pointers to void. go to. flow charts.Tech. C program examples. multidimensional arrays. Type conversions. basics. Concepts. self referential structures. example C programs UNIT – III Arrays and Strings – Concepts. B. Dey. S. J. /MBA) w. P. file input / output operations. Y. 34 . insertion sort. abstract data types. Data Structures using C – A. TEXT BOOKS: 1.Balagurusamy.Ritchie. Pearson Education / PHI 6. bubble sort. insertion. Koffman.Graw-Hill International Edition 5. Pearson Eductaion. J. formatted input / output functions. stack applications. 2.TMH. H. Mc. C Programming & Data Structures.J.S.Tanenbaum.Forouzan and R. standard input / output functions. text files and binary files.W.A. Kochan. Hanly and E.f.M. PHI/Pearson Education REFERENCES: 1. The C Programming Language. Augenstein. array and linked representations of stacks. 2017-2018 Academic Year Input and Output – Concept of a file. C & Data structures – P. file status functions (error handling). Fifth Edition. Publications. Oxford University Press 8. Padmanabham. streams.e. C for Engineers and Scientists. Data Structures – Introduction to Data Structures.ECE & M. Kernighan and Dennis M. Harrow. B. Jones & K. and M. C Programming & Data Structures. III Edition. Stacks-Operations.Tech.Cheng. linear and binary search methods.A. B.IDP (B. Third Edition. Cengage Learning. Queues-operations. array and linked representations. Pearson Education.Langsam. UNIT – V Sorting and Searching selection sort.Chand & Co. M Ghosh R Thereja. B. 2. Problem Solving and Program Design in C. 7.R. . 4. C program examples.E. deletion and searching operations on linear list. Linear list – singly linked list implementation. Gilberg. Third Edition. C Programming with problem solving. C & Data structures – E V Prasad and N B Venkateswarlu. 3.Tech. dreamtech Press 3 Programming in C – Stephen G. C Programming & Data Structures.F. IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) I Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 3 4 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS Pre-requisites: Nil Course objectives: • To provide basic concepts in engineering drawing. • To impart knowledge about standard principles of orthographic projection of objects. • To draw sectional views and pictorial views of solids. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to: • Preparing working drawings to communicate the ideas and information. • Read, understand and interpret engineering drawings. UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DRAWING : Principles of Engineering Graphics and their Significance, Conic Sections including the Rectangular Hyperbola – General method only. Cycloid, Epicycloid and Hypocycloid, Involute. Scales – Plain, Diagonal and Vernier Scales. UNIT- II ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS: Principles of Orthographic Projections – Conventions – Projections of Points and Lines Projections of Plane regular geometric figures.—Auxiliary Planes. UNIT – III Projections of Regular Solids – Auxiliary Views. UNIT – IV Sections or Sectional views of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary views – Sections of Sphere. Development of Surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid and Cone UNIT – V ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS : Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric Views – Conventions – Isometric Views of Lines, Plane Figures, Simple and Compound Solids – Isometric Projection of objects having non- isometric lines. Isometric Projection of Spherical Parts. Conversion of Isometric Views to Orthographic Views and Vice-versa – Conventions Auto CAD: Basic principles only TEXT BOOKS: 1. Engineering Drawing N.D. Bhatt / Charotar 2. Engineering Drawing and Graphics Rane and Shah/ Pearson Edu. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. A Text Book of Engineering Drawing / Dhawan R K / S. Chand 2. Engineering Graphics With Auto CAD / James D Bethune / Pearson Edu. 3. Engineering Graphics / K R Mohan / Dhanpat Rai. 4. Text book on Engineering Drawing / KL Narayana/ P Kannaih/ Scitech 35 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) I Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Prerequisites : NIL Objectives: • Creating the awareness about environmental problems among students. • Imparting basic knowledge about the environment and its allied problems. • Developing an attitude of concern for the environment. • Motivating students to participate in environment protection and environment improvement. Outcomes: At the end of the course, it is expected that students will be able to: • Identify and analyze environmental problems as well as the risks associated with these problems • Understand what it is to be a steward in the environment • Studying how to live their lives in a more sustainable manner UNIT- I MULTIDISCIPLINARY NATURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES: Definition, Scope and Importance – Need for Public Awareness. NATURAL RESOURCES : Renewable and non-renewable resources – Natural resources and associated problems – Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation, deforestation, case studies – Timber extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal people – Water resources – Use and over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams – benefits and problems - Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies. - Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. - Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non- renewable energy sources use of alternate energy sources. Case studies. Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles. UNIT - II ECOSYSTEMS : Concept of an ecosystem. - Structure and function of an ecosystem. - Producers, consumers and decomposers. - Energy flow in the ecosystem - Ecological succession. - Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids. - Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following ecosystem: a. Forest ecosystem b. Grassland ecosystem c. Desert ecosystem d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries) UNIT - III BIODIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION : Introduction - Definition: genetic, species andecosystem diversity. - Bio-geographical classification of India - Value of biodiversity: consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values - . Biodiversity at global, National and local levels. - . India as a mega-diversity nation - Hot-sports of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts. - Endangered and endemic species of India – Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity. UNIT - IV ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of: a. Air pollution b. Water pollution c. Soil pollution d. Marine pollution 36 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year e. Noise pollution f. Thermal pollution g. Nuclear hazards SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes. - Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. - Pollution case studies. - Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides. UNIT - V SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT : From Unsustainable to Sustainable development - Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management -Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case Studies -Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions. -Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies. -Wasteland reclamation. –Consumerism and waste products. -Environment Protection Act. - Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. -Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act -Wildlife Protection Act -Forest Conservation Act -Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation. -Public awareness. HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT: Population growth, variation among nations. Population explosion - Family Welfare Programme. -Environment and human health. -Human Rights. -Value Education. -HIV/AIDS. -Women and Child Welfare. -Role of information Technology in Environment and human health. –Case Studies. FIELD WORK : Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River /forest grassland/hill/mountain -Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/industrial/ Agricultural Study of common plants, insects, birds. -Study of simple cosystemspond, river, hill slopes, etc. TEXT BOOK: 1 Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for University Grants Commission.,UniversitiesPress 2 Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press. REFERENCE: 1. Textbook of Environmental Sciences and Technology by M. Anji Reddy, BS Publication. 37 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) I Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES LAB Week 1: 1. Write a C program to find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer. 2. Fibonacci sequence is defined as follows: the first and second terms in the sequence are 0 and 1. Subsequent terms are found by adding the preceding two terms in the sequence. Write a C program to generate the first n terms of the sequence. 3. Write a C program to generate all the prime numbers between 1 and n, where n is a value supplied by the user. 4. Write a C program to find the roots of a quadratic equation. Week 2: 5. Write a C program to find the factorial of a given integer. 6. Write a C program to find the GCD (greatest common divisor) of two given integers. 7. Write a C program to solve Towers of Hanoi problem. 8. Write a C program, which takes two integer operands and one operator from the user, performs the operation and then prints the result. (Consider the operators +,-,*, /, % and use Switch Statement) Week 3: 9. Write a C program to find both the largest and smallest number in a list of integers. 10. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following: i) Addition of Two Matrices ii) Multiplication of Two Matrices Week 4: 11.Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations: i) To insert a sub-string in to a given main string from a given position. ii) To delete n Characters from a given position in a given string. 12. Write a C program to determine if the given string is a palindrome or not 13. Write a C program that displays the position or index in the string S where the string T begins, or – 1 if S doesn’t contain T. 14. Write a C program to count the lines, words and characters in a given text. Week 5: 15. Write a C program to generate Pascal’s triangle. 16. Write a C program to construct a pyramid of numbers. 17. Write a C program to read in two numbers, x and n, and then compute the sum of this geometric progression: 1+x+x2+x3+………….+xn For example: if n is 3 and x is 5, then the program computes 1+5+25+125. Print x, n, the sum Perform error checking. For example, the formula does not make sense for negative exponents – if n is less than 0. Have your program print an error message if n<0, then go back and read in the next pair of numbers of without computing the sum. Are any values of x also illegal ? If so, test for them too. Week 6: 18. 2’s complement of a number is obtained by scanning it from right to left and complementing all the bits after the first appearance of a 1. Thus 2’s complement of 11100 is 00100. Write a C program to find the 2’s complement of a binary number. 19.Write a C program to convert a Roman numeral to its decimal equivalent. Week 7: 20. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations: 38 the contents of the first file followed by those of the second are put in the third file) Week 9: 23. Write C programs that use both recursive and non recursive functions to perform the following searching operations for a Key value in a given list of integers: i) Linear search ii) Binary search 39 . Write C programs that implement Queue (its operations) using i) Arrays ii) Pointers Week 11: 26. Write C programs that implement stack (its operations) using i) Arrays ii) Pointers 25.Tech.) Week 8: 21. (Note: The file name and n are specified on the command line.IDP (B.f. /MBA) w. i) Write a C program to display the contents of a file..ECE & M. 2017-2018 Academic Year i) Reading a complex number ii) Writing a complex number iii) Addition of two complex numbers iv) Multiplication of two complex numbers (Note: represent complex number using a structure.) 22. i) Write a C program which copies one file to another.e. .Tech.: i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal Week 10: 24. Write a C program that implements the following sorting methods to sort a given list of integers in ascending order i) Bubble sort ii) Selection sort Week 12: 27. ii) Write a C program to merge two files into a third file (i. ii) Write a C program to reverse the first n characters in a file. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on singly linked list.e. /MBA) w. Exercise – IV CALL Lab: Intonation and Common errors in Pronunciation. ICS Lab: Situational Dialogues – Role-Play.Tech.visual experience and group activities • Neutralization of accent for intelligibility • Speaking with clarity and confidence thereby enhancing employability skills of the students SYLLABUS English Language Communication Skills Lab shall have two parts: a. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. word accent. ICS Lab: Extempore.confused/misused Exercise .Narrations. Concord (Subject in agreement with verb) and Words often misspelt. Objectives • To facilitate computer-aided multi-media instruction enabling individualized and independent language learning • To sensitise the students to the nuances of English speech sounds.Tech. Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab The following course content is prescribed for the English Language Communication Skills Lab Exercise – I CALL Lab: Introduction to Phonetics – Speech Sounds – Vowels and Consonants ICS Lab: Ice-Breaking activity and JAM session Articles.IDP (B.Past Tense Marker and Plural Marker – Weak Forms and Strong Forms . ECE & M.e. –Common Errors in English. Prepositions.Listening Comprehension.Tech. ICS Lab: Descriptions.Consonant Clusters.Tech.Giving Directions and guidelines. Question Tags and One word substitutes.ECE & M.Prefixes & Suffixes. group discussion and public speaking Learning Outcomes • Better Understanding of nuances of language through audio. .f. Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab b. Synonyms & Antonyms Exercise – II CALL Lab: Structure of Syllables .Expressions in Various Situations – Self-introduction and Introducing Others – Greetings – Apologies – Requests – Social and Professional Etiquette - Telephone Etiquette. Idioms and Phrases 40 . Sequence of Tenses.Word accent and Stress Shifts.Public Speaking Active and Passive Voice. Word formation. intonation and rhythm • To bring about a consistent accent and intelligibility in their pronunciation of English by providing an opportunity for practice in speaking • To improve the fluency in spoken English and neutralize mother tongue influence • To train students to use language appropriately for interviews. /MBA) I Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB The Language Lab focuses on the production and practice of sounds of language and familiarises the students with the use of English in everyday situations and contexts.III CALL Lab: Minimal Pairs. A Handbook for English Language Laboratories. 8 Edition • DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice. by Dreamtech • TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN. Harrison. P. OUP SUGGESTED READING: 1. LAN facility and English language software for self. 2011.V. New Delhi: Foundation nd 3. Tata McGraw Hill 5. et al. Rama Krishna Rao. • Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider. K. Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.f. Suresh Kumar. Cambridge: CUP nd 7. OUP • Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata. Hyderabad.Tech. Spoken English: A Manual of Speech and Phonetics by R.Oral Presentation Skills Reading Comprehension and Job Application with Resume preparation.study by learners. Jan Bell. Nambiar. Sasi Kumar. English Pronunciation in Use. Intermediate & Advance). 2017-2018 Academic Year Exercise – V CALL Lab: Neutralization of Mother Tongue Influence and Conversation Practice ICS Lab: Information Transfer. V & Dhamija. Technical Communication.C. Advanced) Cambridge University Press • Raman. V. B. Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab: The Computer aided Language Lab for 40 students with 40 systems. Herbert Puchta and Jeff Stranks with Meredith Levy. Chris Redston. P. New Delhi : Foundation 41 . E. a T. Speaking Accurately. Delhi. A Course in International Communication. 2011. Chennai: Anuradha Publishers 2. 6. Communication Skills.ECE & M. Face to Face (2 Edition). 2009. Minimum Requirement of infrastructural facilities for ELCS Lab: 1. Bansal & J.8 GHZ b) RAM – 512 MB Minimum c) Hard Disk – 80 GB ii) Headphones of High quality 2. one master console.IDP (B. • Grammar Made Easy by Darling Kindersley • Punctuation Made Easy by Darling Kindersley • Clarity Pronunciation Power – Part I • Clarity Pronunciation Power – part II th • Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass. 2013. (Elementary. System Requirement (Hardware component): Computer network with Lan with minimum 60 multimedia systems with the following specifications: i) P – IV Processor a) Speed – 2.e. Intermediate. Suggested Software: • Cambridge Advanced Learners’ English Dictionary with CD. P. 2011. Speaking English Effectively 2 Edition by Krishna Mohan and N. 4. Singh. A. How to Prepare for Group Discussion and Interviews. Cambridge University Press 8. Orient Blackswan. Cambridge • English Pronunciation in Use (Elementary.Tech.. . 2011. S. Cracking GRE by CLIFFS) • English in Mind (Series 1-4). English Language Communication Skills – A Reader cum Lab Manual Course Content and Practice. a digital stereo –audio & video system and camcorder etc. /MBA) w. USA. K. AARCO & BARRONS. M & Sharma. Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab : The Interactive Communication Skills Lab: A Spacious room with movable chairs and audio-visual aids with a Public Address System. & Sreehari. Gillie Cunningham. Balasubramanian (Macmillan) DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS English Language Laboratory Practical Examination: 1. Of the 30 marks.IDP (B. 2012.ECE & M. The year. Soundararaj. ***** 42 . New Delhi: Macmillan 10.f. 2. Basics of Communication in English.end Examination shall be conducted by the teacher concerned with the help of another member of the staff of the same department of the same institution. For the Language lab sessions. /MBA) w.Tech. Francis. .e. there shall be a continuous evaluation during the year for 30 sessional marks and 70 semester-end Examination marks. 2017-2018 Academic Year 9.Tech. A textbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students by T. The practical examinations for the English Language Laboratory shall be conducted as per the University norms prescribed for the core engineering practical sessions. 20 marks shall be awarded for day-to-day work and 10 marks to be awarded by conducting Internal Lab Test(s). equipments and processes those are common in the engineering field. • Identify and apply suitable tools for different trades of Engineering processes including drilling. • It explains the construction. Assembly of computer to working condition.Tech. measuring equipment and to work to prescribed tolerances. chiseling. /MBA) w. use and application of different working tools. • To understanding the computer hardware and practice the Assembly of computer parts. function. Plumbing II. fitting. Machine Shop III. • To practice the process of Installation of operating system windows. • Identify and use marking out tools. tools. identification of parts. uses and their demonstration. precision and safety at work place.Tech.IDP (B.f. Foundry 7. Disassembly. 43 . team working.e. • To develop a right attitude. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. TRADES FOR EXERCISES : (Any six trades from the following with minimum of two exercises in each trade) 1. foundry. Carpentry 2. measuring. equipment and machines. simple diagnostic exercises. • To gain a good basic working knowledge required for the production of various engineering products. Welding 3. I. /MBA) I Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 ENGINEERING WORKSHOP Pre-requisites: Practical skill Objectives: • To Study of different hand operated power tools. • To study commonly used carpentry joints. . Black Smithy 5. the student will be able to: • Better understanding the process of assembly of computer parts and installation of different software’s. Demonstration of power tools & wiring 2. Outcomes: At the end of the course. carpentry. • To have practical exposure to various welding and joining processes. house wiring and welding. IT Workshop II: Installation of operating system windows and linux simple diagnostic exercises. Fitting 3. • Study and practice on machine tools and their operations • Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including pluming. Tin-Smithy 4. ECE & M.Tech. hand tools. House-wiring 6. IT Workshop I: Computer hardware.ECE & M.Tech. • To provide hands on experience about use of different engineering materials. Trades for Demonstration & Exposure 1. material removing. • Apply basic electrical engineering knowledge for house wiring practice. 2) ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS BY ERWIN KREYSZIG. Fourier. – Unit step function – second shifting theorem – Dirac’s delta function. KHANNA PUBLICATIONS.ECE & M. Bessel functions properties: – Recurrence relations. UNIT–III: Laplace Transform (8 lectures) Definition of Integral transform. Determination of Fourier coefficients – Fourier series of even and odd functions – Fourier series in an arbitrary interval – even and odd periodic continuation – Half-range Fourier sine and cosine expansions. /MBA) w.Tech. Transformation of non-zero singular point to zero singular point. 2π . Series solutions to differential equations around zero. Inverse Laplace Transforms of derivatives and integrals of functions.one dimensional wave equation. Z and Laplace transforms and solution of partial differential equations. various transforms and partial differential equations. Fourier expansion of periodic functions in a given interval of length. Orthogonality. Text books: 1) HIGHER ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS BY B S GREWAL. Frobenius Method about zero. WIELY PUBLICATIONS References: 1) ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS BY SRIMANTAPAL & SUBODH C. Ordinary point and Regular singular point of a differential equation. Motivation for series solutions. Generating function. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. UNIT–I: Linear ODE with variable coefficients and series solutions (8 lectures) Equations reducible to constant coefficients-Cauchy’s and Legendre’s differential equations. Applications of Partial differential equations. 2) ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS BY PETER V O’NEIL. /MBA) I Year II-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 MATHEMATICS – II (Common to all Branches) Pre Requisites: NIL Course Objectives: • Our emphasis will be more on conceptual understanding and application of Fourier series. the student will be able to: • gains the knowledge to tackle the engineering problems using the concepts of Fourier series. Unit-II: Special Functions (8 lectures) Bessel’s Differential equation.f.Tech. BHUNIA. Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals of functions. first shifting Theorem. Method of separation of variables for second order equations.. Periodic function – Inverse Laplace transform by Partial fractions( Heaviside method) Inverse Laplace transforms of functions when they are multiplied or divided by ”s”.IDP (B. UNIT-V: Partial Differential Equations (10 lectures) Introduction and Formation of partial differential equation by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions. Convolution theorem-solving differential equations by Laplace transforms UNIT – IV: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms (8 lectures) Definition of periodic function. Fourier transforms – Fourier sine and cosine transforms – properties – inverse transforms – Finite Fourier transforms. Domain of the function and Kernel for the Laplace transforms. Laplace transform of standard functions. Laplace transform of functions when they are multiplied or divided by “t”. ECE & M.Tech. Fourier integral theorem – Fourier sine and cosine integrals.e.Tech. Trigonometric expansions involving Bessel functions. CENGAGE LEARNING 44 . . solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equation and non-linear equations (Charpit’s method). 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Heat equation. OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS. Voltage divider bias. Collector to Emitter feedback bias. Common Emitter. characteristics and applications of electrical & electronic components. Emitter Feedback Bias. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. L. the student will be able to: • To analyze and solve electrical circuits using network laws and theorems. RC and RLC Combinations for Various Parameters. Ripple Factor . UNIT. Millman’s and Compensation theorems for DC and AC excitations.ECE & M. Locus Diagrams for RL. CB and CC configurations. • To introduce the characteristics of various electronic devices.Full Wave Rectifier. Kirchoff’s Laws.e. Voltage and Current. Source Transformation – V-I relationship for passive elements. UNIT. Amplifying Action. concept of bandwidth and Q factor. . Volt-Ampere Characteristic.Half Wave Rectifier. impedance. Volt-Ampere characteristics. parallel. Common Base and Common Collector configurations.section Filters. Bridge Rectifier.Tech. Determination of h-parameters from transistor characteristics. Reciprocity. Principle of Operation. Pinch-Off Voltage. 45 .I ELECTRICAL and SINGLE PHASE AC CIRCUITS Electrical Circuits: R-L-C Parameters. Network reduction techniques – series. Harmonic components in Rectifier Circuits. Small Signal Model. Load line analysis. Comparison of BJT and FET. Tellegen’s. Transistor Biasing And Stabilization . Norton’s. π. concept of reactance.II RESONANCE and NETWORK THEOREMS Resonance: Series resonance and Parallel resonance circuits. Independent and Dependent Sources. /MBA) w.f. Superposition. • To impart the knowledge of various configurations.M. and Average values. Capacitor Filters. Bias stability. diodes. susceptance and admittance – phase and phase difference. Form Factor. steady state analysis of series. Comparison of CE. Symbol. Stabilization against variations in VBE and β. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. delta-to-star transformation. Temperature dependence. j-notation.IV BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT): Construction. UNIT. • To design & analyse various circuits using electronic components viz.IDP (B. Maximum Power Transfer. Energy Band diagram.Tech. ECE & M.S. Bias Compensation using Diodes and Transistors.section Filters. Rectifiers and Filters: P-N junction as a rectifier . series-parallel. Hybrid model. UNIT. CB and CC configurations using h-parameters. Static and dynamic resistances. Network Theorems: Thevenin’s. Diffusion and Transition Capacitances. UNIT. DC & AC load lines.Fixed Bias. transistors & other special purpose devices. Biasing FET. complex and polar forms of representation. Principle of Operation. /MBA) I Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING Pre-requisite: Nil Course Objectives: • To introduce the concept of electrical circuits and its components.III P-N JUNCTION DIODE & DIODE CIRCUITS P-N Junction Diode: Diode equation. Ideal versus practical. star-to-delta. Nodal Analysis.Operating point. Equivalent circuit. Filters – Inductor Filters. Concept of power factor. parallel and series-parallel combinations of R. Symbol. Single Phase AC Circuits: R. Biasing . Analysis of CE.Tech. L and C with sinusoidal excitation. Transistor Configurations: BJT modeling.V JUNCTION FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR & SPECIAL PURPOSE DEVICES Junction Field Effect Transistor: Construction.Tech. Paynter.ECE & M. 2005.K. 9 Ed.f. Pearson Education. 2006. 7.C.Millman and C. Kemmerly. Cengage Learning. 46 . Mc Graw Hill Company. Network Theory by Sudhakar. Varsha Agarwal – 4. 2/e. 6. B. nd 2.Jagan & C.IDP (B. 6th edition.e. Use of Zener diode as simple regulator.C. nd 8. 3. Principle of operation and Characteristics of Tunnel Diode (With help of Energy band diagram) and Varactor Diode. Maini. Wiley India Pvt. Shyam Mohan Palli.Lakshminarayana. 2. Satyabratajit. Ltd. Zener diode characteristics. Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. REFERENCES: 1.2 edition by Raymond A. Lal Kishore. TMH. B.by William Hayt and Jack E.L. Introduction to Electronic Devices and Circuits-Rober T. Electronic Devices and Circuits . Publications. PEI/PHI. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R. TMH. 2 Edition. Oxford University Press-2004. Principle of Operation of SCR.Tech. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky. Electronic Devices and Circuits – 2 Edition by Muhammad H. Network Theory by N. DeCarlo and Pen-Min-Lin. 1/e 2009. .Halkias. 2017-2018 Academic Year Special Purpose Devices: Breakdown Mechanisms in Semi-Conductor Diodes.S. Linear circuit analysis (time domain phasor and Laplace transform approaches). Engineering circuit analysis. Publications.Rashid. 3. 1998. Electronic Devices and Circuits – Anil K.Tech. nd 5. TEXT BOOKS: th 1. /MBA) w.S. Fiber Optic communication system. Physical Significance of the Wave Function. Semiconductor Physics: Position of Fermi Level. LCD and Photo Diodes. Electronic. fourth. seventh and tenth chapters the different natures of the solid matter are taken as the main task discuss. Relaxation Time. Matter Waves. 2. Piezo-electricity. Dielectric Properties: Basic definitions.electricity. Ionic (Quantitative) and Orientation Polarizations(Qualitative) and Calculation of Polarizabilities .e. 4. Mean collision Time. Electron theory of Metals: Introduction. Heisenberg’s Uncertainty principle. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics (Qualitative).Tech. LED. Particle in One Dimensional Potential Box.Principles of Quantum & Statistical Mechanics: Waves and Particles. G. Direct and Indirect Band gap Semiconductors. Estimation of Carrier concentration in Intrinsic and Extrinsic (p-type & n-type) Semiconductors. Solar Cells. ECE & M.electricity and Ferro . /MBA) I Year II-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 APPLIED PHYSICS Prerequisites: Nil Course Objectives: The course primarily aims at understanding the behavior of matter in the condensed state and tries to explore the causes with reference to micro level mechanism of the solid matter. Course Outcomes: The understanding of properties of matter is an essential part to utilize them in various applications in different walks of life. fifth. Pyro.f.Tech. Diode Equation.ECE & M. The nineth chapter is explicitly aimed at to study an advanced communication system presently ruling the world throughout i. /MBA) w. Classical Free Electron Theory of metals. The quantum mechanism in phenomena can best be understood and analyzed by estimating the statistics of the phenomena.Tech. Quantum Free Electron Theory. Density of States. Mean Free Path. The study of chapters on Laser and fiber optics forms basis for understanding an advanced communication system. Physics of Semiconductor Devices: Formation of PN Junction. In the third. . Hall Effect. Semiconductors and insulators. Classification of Materials into Conductors. UNIT-III 5. Other chapters establish a strong foundation on the different kinds of characters of several materials and pave a way for them to use in at various technical and engineering applications. 47 . Draw backs of Classical Free Electron Theory. Electrical Resistivity. The second chapter aims at to assess the draw backs of the free electron theory leading to the introduction of the Band Theory of Solids. De Broglie Hypothesis. operation and classification etc. UNIT-II 3. Clausius - Mossotti Equation.Internal Fields in Solids. Concept of Effective Mass of an Electron. mechanism. Energy band Diagram and I-V Characteristics of PN Junction Diode. In most of the cases. structure and characters. Drift Velocity. By studying first few chapters the students as graduates can acquire the knowledge of the connection between the micro level behavior of the matter as fundamental particles and the macro level real time characters of the material bodies. UNIT-I 1. sixth. Schrodinger’s Time -Independent Wave Equation.e. Equation of Continuity. Root Mean Square (RMS )velocity. Thomson Experiment. The objective of the first chapter is to study the micro level behavior of the quantum particles of the matter and their nature as wave and particle and hence to estimate the statistics of the phenomenon arising out of their nature of existence. Electron in a periodic Potential. the behavior of matter as solid material body purely depends upon the internal micro level nature. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. In the eighth chapter.IDP (B. Calculation of Fermi energy. Maxwell-Boltzmann.Tech. Kronig-Penny Model (Qualitative Treatment). Origin of Energy Band Formation in Solids. Davisson and Germer’s Experiment. it is expected to understand the basic principles behind the coherent artificial light source (LASER) with reference to their construction.P. S. Applied Physics for Engineers by P. Lasing Action.GUPTA. UNIT-V 10. Nanotechnology: Origin of Nanotechnology.e. Modern Engineering Physics by Dr. I K International Publishers 3. Chandralingam. Meissner Effect. Bohr Magneton. Engineering Physics by Sanjay D Jain. Semiconductor Diode Laser and Applications of Lasers. Quantum Confinement. Losses in Optical Fibers and Applications of Optical Fibers in communication. 7. Top-Down Fabrication: Chemical Vapor Deposition. Girish G Sahasrbudha: University Press. Properties of Superconductors.Mittal.Poole. Magnetic Properties: Basic definitions . Dr. Jr. Walker. Numerical Aperture.IDP (B. 9th Edition. Meta- Stable state. Wiley India Pvt Ltd.L. /MBA) w. Characterization Techniques(XRD. Superconductivity: Introduction to Superconductivity.Neon Laser.Tech. UNIT-IV 8. 2017-2018 Academic Year 6. Soft and Hard Magnetic Materials.CHAND & COMPANY LTD 2. Classification of Dia. Combustion Methods. Precipitation. Resnick. Engineering Physics by R. BCS theory. Population Inversion. Text books: 1. 2. 7th Edition 3. Helium. Spontaneous and stimulated Emission of Radiation.K.Vijaya Kumar.K. Dhanpat Rai Publications. Palanisamy :Scitech publishers 4. Physical Vapor Deposition.Tech. MACMILLAN INDIA LTD. Ruby Laser.K. Type-I and Type –II Superconductors. References: 1. Fiber Optics: Principle & construction (structure) of an Optical Fiber. Types of Optical Fibers. . Applied Physics by P. Lasers: Characteristics of Lasers. Properties of Anti – Ferro and Ferri Magnetic Materials. Surface to Volume Ratio.K. SEM &TEM) and Applications of Nanotechnology. Domain Theory of Ferro magnetism on the basis of Hysteresis Curve . Nano Scale. Madusudana Rao. Solid State Physics by A J Dekker. Introduction to Solid State Physics by Charles Kittel.Frank J ownes. 4. Einstein’s Coefficients and Relation between them. Acceptance Angle.GAUR & S. John Wiley & sons 5. Wiley India Pvt Ltd. S. Applied Physics by P. Para and Ferro Magnetic Materials on the basis of Magnetic Moment. Magnetic Levitation and Applications of Superconductors. Principles of Physics by Halliday. 9. Academic Publishing Company 6.ECE & M. Bottom-up Fabrication: Sol-Gel. 48 . Introduction to Nanotechnology by Charles P. Origin of Magnetic Moment.f. The analysis of raw water and its treatment to provide soft water.e. Boiler feed water and its treatment – Calgon conditioning – Phosphate conditioning . electro less plating of Nickel . Treatment of sewage. ECE & M. Nylon 6:6 and terylene (Dacron). the student will be able to: • Gain knowledge of various skills to control the corrosion of huge structures. The principles of electrochemistry and batteries are clearly understood by the students. compounding of plastics. Plastics – thermoplastic and thermosetting plastics. Rubber – Natural rubber . Factors affecting rate of corrosion. Numerical problems – Sewage water .f. • The latest techniques and skills for the treatment of raw water. Unit-IV: Chemistry of Energy sources Fuels :Classification of fuels .Specific.Causes and effects of corrosion – theories of chemical and electrochemical corrosion - mechanism of electrochemical corrosion. Desalination of water – Reverse osmosis. Teflon. The technologies to result polymers with multiple applications are understood.electrode potential. Conducting polymers – Classification with examples.definition and characteristics. facing the endanger of corrosion of structures and producing the polymers in varied applications. Ionic mobilities – Relationship between ionic conductance and ionic mobilities. Plastics.Steps involved ( Primary.– Concept of concentration cell –Numerical problems. fibres and elastomers . Unit-II: Electrochemistry and corrosion Electrochemistry: Conductance . Unit-I: Water and its treatment Introduction – hardness of water – causes of hardness – types of hardness : temporary and permanent – expression and units of hardness – Estimation of hardness of water by complexometric method.Petroleum and its refining. step growth polymerization. Bakelite. butyl and thiokol rubbers. Fibre reinforced plastics. secondary & tertiary treatments). . Corrosion. Solid fuels: Coal – Analysis of coal by proximate and ultimate methods. /MBA) w. Unit-III: High Polymers Definition – Classification of polymers with examples – Types of polymerisation – Chain growth (free radical addition mechanism).Colloidal conditioning – External treatment of water – ion-exchange processes.electrochemical series and its applications. types of electrodes – Standard hydrogen electrode. Potable water and its specifications. Steps involved in treatment of potable water - Disinfection of potable water by chlorination and Ozonization.Organic coatings: Paints – their constituents and functions. Nernst equation . Characteristics and uses of 49 . Liquid fuels. standard electrode potential.IDP (B. Biodegradable polymers – concept and advantages - Polylactic acid and its applications.Tech.Tech.COD. properties and applications of Styrene butadiene. water-line and pitting corrosion. Elastomers: Preparation.ECE & M. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Electro Chemical cells . Surface coatings – metallic coatings – methods of application of metallic coatings – Hot dipping . /MBA) I Year II-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Prerequisites: Nil Course objectives: • To inculcate the basic concepts of Chemistry required to make the student to develop the innovative materials for the development of technological arena. equivalent and molar conductance and their interrelationship . calomel and glass electrode. BOD definitions and their significance.Tech. Preparation. mechanism of conduction in trans-polyacetylene and applications of conducting polymers. cementation.characteristics of a good fuel . properties and Engineering applications of PVC.Tech. Types of corrosion : Galvanic. Corrosion control methods – Cathodic protection - sacrificial anode and impressed current cathodic methods. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. its processing and vulcanization. electroplating of copper. fuel cells (H2-O2 and Methanol –O2 fuel cell). Carbon nano fibres. Cengage Learning. characteristics and applications.Applications of nanomaterials. (15 Edition. HCV and LCV.. 5. Calculation of air quantity required for combustion of a fuel . 2005). Unit-V : Batteries and Materials Batteries : Cell and battery . VGS Booklinks. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd. Fluid bed catalytic cracking. Synthetic petrol. Chennai 2012. New Delhi 2008. 2. Dhanpat Rai & Co. th 6.trans-esterification . S. 2006. . Sci tech. Lakshminarayana.IDP (B.. LPG and CNG . B. Insulators. 3. Engineering Chemistry by B.Primary battery (dry cell. A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry by S.S.C. Jyotsna. Preparation of nanomaterials by top down and bottom up approaches. Alternate Energy sources :Biodiesel . Dara. Thirumala Chary and E. 2012..ECE & M.Numerical problems. Reference Books: 1.(3rd Edition. properties and uses of Natural gas. (10 Edition .S.Fischer-Tropsch’s process. 2017-2018 Academic Year petrol.Rama Devi & Ch. Gaseous fuels – Composition. A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry by Shashi Chawla. Engineering Chemistry by B. 50 . Secondary battery ( lead acid. alkaline cell and Lithium cell).2007). Cracking – thermal cracking and catalytic cracking.Jain & M. Engineering Chemistry by P.Publications. Ltd.Characteristics and applications of thermal and electrical insulators. and fullerenes . diesel and kerosene.e.Tech.Sivasankar.Tech. Naidu. Publications Pvt.. Bharathi Kumari and C. 4. Ni-Cd and lithium ion cell) Liquid crystal polymers : classification. Engineering Chemistry by M.Chand Publications. Knocking . Text book of Engineering Chemistry by C P Murthy. Engineering Chemistry by Y. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 2.octane and cetane numbers. /MBA) w. C V Agarwal and A. Combustion – Definition. 2012. Text Books: 1. 2003).f. calorific value.Jain. Nanomaterials : Introduction. New Delhi. New th Delhi.advantages of biodiesel.Venkata Ramana Reddy . UNIT – I INTRODUCTION OF ENGINEERING. • solve friction problems and determine moments of Inertia and centroid using intergration methods.Support reactions different beams for different types of loading – concentrated. ECE & M.Tech. • Understand the meaning of centers of gravity (mass)/centroids and moments of Inertia using integration methods. uniformly distributed and uniformly varying loading .ECE & M. /MBA) w.Coplanar Forces – Components in Space – Resultant.Instantaneous centre.f. • Communicate the solution to all problems in an organized and coherent manner and elucidate the meaning of the solution in the context of the problem. physical and engineering mechanical principles to the system to solve and analyze the problem. UNIT – III CENTROID AND CENTER OF GRAVITY: Centrods – Theorem of Pappus. • Apply pertinate mathematical.Area moment of Inertia: – polar Moment of Inertia – Transfer – Theorems .Transfer Formula for Moments of Inertia . UNIT – IV KINEMATICS: Introduction – Rectilinear motion – Motion with uniform and variable acceleration – Curvilinear motion – Components of motion – Circular motion – Projectiles.Tech.Tech. 51 .Moment of Forces and its Application – Couples and Resultant of Force System . MOMENT OF INERTIA: Moment of Inertia of Areas and Masses . block and Ladder – Screw jack – Differential screw jack . /MBA) I Year II-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 ENGINEEERING MECHANICS Prerequisites: Nil Course Objectives: During this course. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. UNIT – II FRICTION: Types of friction – Limiting friction – Laws of Friction – static and Dynamic Frictions – Angle of Friction –Cone of limiting friction– Friction of wedge.e. MECHANICS – Basic concepts System of Forces.Tech. • solve beam and cable problems and understand distributed force systems.Moment of inertia of composite areas and masses. students should develop the ability to: • Work comfortably with basic engineering mechanics concepts required for analyzing static structures • Identify an appropriate structural system to studying a given problem and isolate it from its environment.Motion of Bodies.Free body diagrams-Direction of Force Equations of Equilibrium of Coplanar Systems and Spatial Systems – Vector cross product.IDP (B. • Model the problem using good free-body diagrams and accurate equilibrium equations • Identify and model various types of loading and support conditions that act on structural systems.Equilibrium of System of Forces. the student will be able to: • solve problems dealing with forces in a plane or in space and equivalent force Systems. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course.Centroids of Composite figures – Centre of Gravity of Bodies . • understand and know how to solve three-dimension force and moment problems. • understand and know how to use vector terminology. .Moments of Inertia of Composite Figures. f. Printice Hall of India.Tech. 6. REFERENCES: 1. TEXT BOOKS: 1.Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT – V KINETICS: Kinetics of a particle – D’Alembert’s principle – Motion in a curved path – work. rotation – work done – Principle of work-energy – Impulse-momentum. Singer – Harper Collings Publishers. S. Engineering Mechanics (Statics and Dynamics) by Hibbler. K. Engineering Mechanics by shames & Rao .e. Pearson Education. S. S. K. energy and power. 3. 52 . Tayal.Pearson Education. Umesh Publication. 2. /MBA) w. Seshagiri rao and Durgaih. A text book of engineering mechanics by R. Engineering Mechanics – G. . Engineering Mechanics by M. Bhattacharya . Engineering Mechanics by A. 5. Engineering Mechanics by R. Laxmi publications. 4.ECE & M. University Press. Principle of conservation of energy – Kinetics of a rigid body in translation. 2.IDP (B.V. Engineering Mechanics – B. 3. Sawhney. Engineering Mechanics by Fedrinand L. Bansal. Khurmi .Oxford University Publications. Chand & Co. Forward Differences. Oxford University Press.Errors in Polynomial Interpolation – Finite differences.Difference Equations – Differences of a polynomial-Newton’s formulae for interpolation – Interpolation with unevenly spaced points-Lagrange’s Interpolation formula. Numerical integration – Trapezoidal rule. Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a matrix. Finding inverse of a matrix and powers of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton theorem. the student will be able to: • analyze engineering problems using the concepts of Matrices and Numerical Methods. UNIT – V: Numerical solutions of First order differential equations (5 lectures) Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series method –Picard’s Method of successive Approximation. Rank – Positive definite. Analysis And Algorithms By Srimantapal & Subodh C. Consistency of system of linear equations (homogeneous and non. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.single step methods-Euler’s Method-Euler’s modified method. numerical techniques and curve fitting. Finding rank of a matrix by reducing to Echelon and Normal forms. 53 .Tech. Solving system of non-homogeneous equations by L-U Decomposition method(Crout’s Method)Jacobi’s and Gauss-Seidel Iteration method UNIT. Bhunia.IV: Numerical Differentiation.Tech.Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form. Linear dependence and Independence of Vectors. orthogonal. skew – symmetric. Principles. 3) Numerical Methods. UNIT-I: Matrices and Linear Transformations (8 lectures) Real matrices – Symmetric. Scitec Publishers. Runge-Kutta Methods. Introduction – Graphical interpretation of solution of equations .Tech. Curve fitting: Fitting a straight line –Second degree curve-exponential curve-power curve by method of least squares. negative definite – semi definite – index – signature of quadratic form. UNIT–III: Numerical techniques (5 lectures) Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations and Linear system of equations. Integration: (5 lectures) Numerical differentiation. Skew- Hermitian and Unitary Matrices. ECE & M. Text Books: 1) Introductory Methods Of Numerical Analysis By Ss Sastry 2) Numerical And Statistical Methods With Programming In C By Sujatha Sinha And Subhabrada Dinda.Tech. Properties of Eigen values and Eigen vectors of matrices. Linear Transformation – Orthogonal Transformation.The Bisection Method – The Method of False Position – The Iteration Method – Newton-Raphson Method . Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without Proof) – Verification.homogeneous) using the rank of a matrix. Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8 Rule .IDP (B. Complex matrices: Hermitian. /MBA) I Year II-Sem L T P C 2 0 0 2 COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS (Common to all Branches) Pre Requisites: NIL Course Objectives: • This course aims at providing the student with the concepts of matrices. UNIT–II: Interpolation and Curve fitting (5 lectures) Interpolation: Introduction. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. Idempotent matrix.Backward differences –Central differences – Symbolic relations and separation of symbols.f. /MBA) w.e.ECE & M. . Generalized Quadrature. Diagonolization of matrix – Quadratic forms upto three variables. New Age Publishers 3) Numerical Methods In Science And Engineering –Apractical Approach By S.Chand Publications 54 . S.Rajasekharan.e.Tech.ECE & M.f.Dukkipati.IDP (B.V.Tech. /MBA) w. 2017-2018 Academic Year References: 1) Advanced Engineering Mathematics By Alan Jeffery 2) Applied Numerical Methods Using Matlab By Rao. . CC configurations 7. 55 . Relays. Potentiometers. 11.e. UJT. Verification on DC. 9. /MBA) w.IDP (B. PART B: (For Laboratory examination – Minimum of 09 experiments to be conducted) 1. Verification of Superposition and Reciprocity theorems. and DIP). 10. Bandwidth and Q-factor determination for RLC network. Diodes. Power Transistors.Tech. Serial and Parallel Resonance – Timing. 2. SCR Characteristics.ECE & M. MOSFET’s. Input and Output characteristics of FET in CS configuration 6. Gang Condensers. PN Junction diode characteristics A) Forward bias B) Reverse bias. LED’s. Verification of KVL and KCL. 8.f. Input & Output characteristics of Transistor in CB / CE configuration 4. Switches (SPDT. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. SCR. /MBA) I Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB PART A: ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP PRACTICE (in 3 lab sessions): • Identification. ECE & M. . L. Verification of maximum power transfer theorem. Measurement of h-parameters of transistor in CB. Experimental determination of Thevenin’s and Norton’s equivalent circuits and verification by direct test. CE. 12. BJT’s. C Components (Color Codes). Study and operation of • Multimeters (Analog and Digital) • Function Generator • Regulated Power Supplies • CRO.Tech.Tech. Specifications and Testing of Active Devices. Low power JFET’s. Coils. DPDT. Zener diode characteristics and Zener as voltage Regulator 3. Bread Boards. Resonant frequency. Testing of R. Full Wave Rectifier with & without filters 5. PCB’s • Identification. verification on AC with Resistive and Reactive loads. Specifications. LCD’s. Characteristics of solar cell 56 . /MBA) I Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 APPLIED PHYSICS LAB LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. /MBA) w.e.junction. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 10.IDP (B.f. Energy gap of material of PN. 5.Tech. . 7.Tech. Torsional pendulum. Time constant of an R-C Circuit. Determination of frequency of A. 4. 8.Tech. Bending Losses of Fibers & Evaluation of numerical aperture of given fiber. 3. 9. 6.ECE & M. Study of characteristics of LED and LASER sources. L-C-R circuit.Tech. Magnetic field along the axis of current carrying coil-Stewart and Gee’s method. 2.C Mains-Sonometer. ECE & M. Study of characteristics of p-i-n diode detectors. U decomposition method. (Write this program such that the initial values given to the system are not usable. ECE & M. C) Write a program to find the solution of given system of equations using Gauss sidel iteration method.(using Lagrange ’s interpolation) C) Write a program to determine y for a given x.III: Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations Programming Tasks: A) Write a program to find the root of a given equation using bisection method. D) Write a program to solve a given differential equation using Ruge-Kutta method. UNIT. D) Write a program to find the solution of given system of equations using Gauss Jordan elimination method. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.I: Interpolation Programming Tasks: A) Write a program to determine y for a given x.II: Curve fitting Programming Tasks: A) Write a program to find a line of best fit from the given two arrays of x and y of same size.IDP (B.Tech. /MBA) I Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS LAB (Common to all Branches) UNIT. B) Write a program to find the root of a given equation using method of false position(regula false position). . then the system should ask us to give new set of initial values). if two arrays of x and y of same size are given. B) Write a program to solve a given differential equation using Taylor’s series.Tech.(using Gauss interpolation) (Selection criteria of the interpolation formula are important.f. /MBA) w.ECE & M. C) Write a program to find a curve of the form y = Ax B from the given two arrays of x and y of same size. if two arrays of x and y of same size are given (using Newton’s interpolation both forward and backward) B) Write a program to determine y for a given x. UNIT. C) Write a program to solve a given differential equation Euler’s and modified Eulers method. 57 . B) Write a program to find the solution of given system of linear equations using jacobi’s method.Tech. if two arrays of x and y of same size are given. B) Write a program to find a curve of the form y = Ae Bx from the given two arrays of x and y of same size. Integration and Numerical solutions of First order differential equations Programming Tasks: A) Write a program to evaluate definite integral using trapezoidal rule. Simpson’s 1/3rd rule and 3/8th rule.Tech.) UNIT. UNIT-V:Numerical Differentiation. D) Write a program to find a curve of the form y = Ax 2 + Bx + C from the given two arrays of x and y of same size. D) Write a program to find the root of a given equation using Newton Rophson method.e.IV: Linear system of equations Programming Tasks: A) Write a program to find the solution of given system of linear equations using L. C) Write a program to find the root of a given equation using iteration method. Central moments Moment generating function of probability distribution.f. Marginal probability mass / density functions. Small sample tests: Student t-distribution. Parameter estimations – likelihood estimate. and testing of hypothesis. Course Outcomes: • The student achieves the knowledge to testing the hypothesis and form the probability distributions to make inferences.Regression Coefficient. Mathematical Expectation. ECE & M. Standard error.Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Level of significance. difference between means of two small samples Snedecor’s F. . sampling. Sampling distribution of means and sampling distribution of varience. UNIT-II: Multiple Random variables. parameter.its properties. One sided test.ECE & M. Probability distributions.Tech. Correlation -Coefficient of correlation. Harmonic functions – Milne – Thompson method.D. /MBA) II Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MATHEMATICS – III Pre Requisites: Nil Course Objectives: • To enable the students to understand the concepts of probability distributions. UNIT-IV: Functions of Complex Variables Complex functions and its representation on Argand plane. Correlation & Regression Joint probability distributions. /MBA) w.Tech. The lines of regression and multiple correlation & regression.distribution and it’s properties. Binomial . Differentiability.Tech. UNIT-III: Sampling Distributions and Testing of Hypothesis Sampling: Definitions of population. Laurent series of functions of complex variables. it’s properties. Test of significance difference between sample mean and population mean. The rank correlation.D and population S. • To enable the students to understand the key concepts of Complex functions and the calculus of complex functions.Joint probability mass / density function. & type II errors – critical region. Two sided test. and hence finding the mean and variance. UNIT-I: Single Random variables and probability distributions. Cauchy-Riemann conditions. confidence interval. mass function/ density function of a probability distribution. Analyticity. sampling distribution. (iii) Tests of significance difference between sample proportion and population proportion & difference between two sample proportions. statistical Inferences. Alternate hypothesis.e. Covariance of two random variables. 58 .IDP (B. Random variables – Discrete and continuous. • The students can study some problems of engineering using the concepts of residue theorem. Concepts of limit Continuity. Poisson & normal distributions and their properties . Regression. Testing of hypothesis: Null hypothesis. equal and unequal variances) (ii) Tests of significance of difference between sample S. interval estimations . Test of equality of two population variences Chi-square distribution . Moment generating functions of the above three distributions. Expected values of Sample mean and varience. type I. Chi-square test of goodness of fit. Moment about origin. Types of sampling. statistic. Large sample tests: (i) Test of Equality of means of two samples equality of sample mean and population mean (cases of known varience & unknown varience. Tech.Tech. Conformal transformation. statistics and stochastic process by prof. cengage publications 6) Advanced engineering mathematics for engineers by prof. wiely india 59 .v. cengage learning th 6) Engineering mathematics by erwin kreyszig.a r k prasad.k. 5) Advanced engineering mathematics by peter v o’neil. log z. /MBA) w.datta and m. wiely india 3) Advanced engineering mathematics by sahanaz bathul. Transformations like e z . 4) Higher engineering mathematics by b s grewal. z2.10 edition wiely publications References: 1) Mathematics for engineers series –probability statistics and stochastic process by k.cengage publications 2) Probability.srinivas.srinivas.a r k prasad.Translation. Magnification and rotation. 2017-2018 Academic Year Line integral – Evaluation along a path and by indefinite integration – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Generalized integral formula. Maclaurin’s series and Laurent series.IDP (B. sin θ )dθ Conformal mapping.iyengar &b. Properties of Bilinear transformation.krishna gandhi etel 5) Mathematics for engineers series.academic press 3) Probability and statistics for engineering and the sciencec by jay l.f. determination of bilinear transformation when mappings of 3 points are given . Text Books: 1) Fundamentals of mathematical statistics by s c gupta and v.b.. Radius of convergence – Expansion in Taylor’s series.ECE & M. . and Bilinear transformation.advanced mathematics for engineers by k.devore.kapoor 2) Probability and statistics for engineers and scientists by sheldon m. Evaluation of integrals of the type ∞ c + 2π (a) Improper real integrals ∫ −∞ f ( x)dx (b) ∫ c f (cos θ .a s.e. inversion and reflection. phi publication 4) Probability and statistics by t..datta and m.a s. Singular point –Isolated singular point – pole of order m – essential singularity UNIT – V: Contour Integration Residue – Evaluation of residue by formula and by Laurent series – Residue theorem. Transformation of z-plane to w-plane by a function.ross.b.k. Standard transformations. Dirichlet’s conditions. sampling theorem and its effects. UNIT -II: Fourier Transforms and Sampling Fourier Transforms: Deriving Fourier Transform from Fourier Series. Fourier Transform of arbitrary signal. • Understand the response of linear time Invariant system for a Random Processes. Closed or complete set of Orthogonal functions. Signal approximation using Orthogonal functions. Concepts of Impulse function. Signum function. Laplace Transform of certain signals using waveform synthesis. Constraints on ROC for various classes of signals. Z–Transforms: Fundamental difference between Continuous and Discrete time signals. /MBA) w. Discrete time signal representation using Complex exponential and Sinusoidal components.Tech. Exponential and Sinusoidal signals. the student will be able to • Represent any arbitrary analog or Digital time domain signal in frequency domain.Tech. Reconstruction of signal from its samples.Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. UNIT -III: Laplace Transforms and Z-Transforms Laplace Transforms: Review of Laplace Transforms (L. Mean Square Error. • Understand the concepts of Random Process and its Characteristics.f. Fourier Transforms involving Impulse function and Signum function. UNIT-I: Signal Analysis Signal Analysis: Analogy between Vectors and Signals. Concept of Z. 60 . Fourier Series: Representation of Fourier series.ECE & M. Sampling: Sampling theorem – Graphical and analytical proof for Band Limited Signals. ECE & M.T. Course Outcomes: Upon completing his course.Transform of a Discrete Sequence. Partial fraction expansion. Unit Step function. Periodicity of Discrete time signal using complex exponential signal. Properties of L. Orthogonal Signal Space. Properties of Z-transforms. • Understand the importance of sampling. Region of Convergence in Z-Transform.T and F. Fourier Transform of Periodic Signals. Effect of under sampling – Aliasing. Trigonometric Fourier Series and Exponential Fourier Series.e. /MBA) II Year I-Sem L T P C 4 1 0 4 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS Prerequisite: Mathematics – II Course Objectives: • This gives the basics of Signals and Systems required for all Electrical Engineering related courses. Inverse Z-transform. Fourier Transform of standard signals. Continuous time periodic signals. Constraints on ROC for various classes of signals. Inverse Laplace Transform. Properties of Fourier Transform. Complex Fourier spectrum. Properties of Fourier Series. Fourier and Z Transforms.IDP (B. • Understand the characteristics of linear time invariant systems.T). Relation between L. . • This gives concepts of Signals and Systems and its analysis using different transform techniques.Tech. • Determine the conditions for distortion less transmission through a system.T of a signal. Orthogonality in Complex functions. Concept of Region of Convergence (ROC) for Laplace Transforms. • This gives basic understanding of random process which is essential for random signals and systems encountered in Communications and Signal Processing areas. Distinction between Laplace. Oppenheim. 2. Impulse response. Satya Prasad.ECE & M. Linear Time Variant (LTV) System.S.Rama Krishna Rao – 2008. Signals and Signals – Iyer and K. 5.P. 2 Ed. BSP. Properties. Graphical representation of Convolution. First-Order Stationary Processes. Cengage Learning 3.e. Willsky and S. HPF and BPF characteristics. 2 Ed. Probability.Michel J. Covariance Functions. PHI. Random Signal . TEXT BOOKS: 1. autocorrelation Function of Response. Signals and Systems . Signals. Cengage Learning. Filter characteristics of Linear Systems. 2008. Deterministic and Nondeterministic Processes.A. 3 Ed. 2013.Tech.. System bandwidth.B.V : RANDOM PROCESSES – TEMPORAL CHARACTERISTICS: The Random Process Concept. Concept of convolution in Time domain and Frequency domain.Tech. . Signals. Systems & Communications . Nawab.Peyton Z. Cross-Correlation Function and Its Properties. PE. 2.C.V. Ideal LPF. TMH. Lathi. Relationship between Cross-Power Spectrum and Cross-Correlation Function. Philips. Convolution property of Fourier Transforms UNIT. Classification of Processes. Second. 6. MGH International Edition. Random Variables & Random Signal Principles . 2004. concept of Stationarity and Statistical Independence.Parr and Eve A.Wiley. Signal bandwidth. TMH. Autocorrelation Function and Its Properties. Distribution and Density Functions. Distortion less transmission through a system. Transfer function of a LTI system.IDP (B. Time Averages and Ergodicity. Cross-Power Density Spectrums of Input and Output.Gopalan 2009. 61 . Gaussian Random Processes. Spectral Characteristics of System Response: Power Density Spectrum of Response. RANDOM PROCESSES – SPECTRAL CHARACTERISTICS: The Power Spectrum: Properties. Poisson Random Process.M. Causality and Paley-Wiener criterion for physical realization.Simon Haykin and Van Veen.Riskin. Robert. Systems and Transforms . Relationship between Power Spectrum and Autocorrelation Function.f. Signals & Systems . L. 3. A. Signals and Systems – A..The Cross-Power Density Spectrum.Order and Wide-Sense Stationarity. Cross-Correlation Functions of Input and Output. 2001 REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. J. Peebles.H. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT -IV: Signal Transmission Through Linear Systems Linear System. Linear Time Invariant (LTI) System. /MBA) w. Introduction to Signal and System Analysis – K. 4th Edition. Relationship between Bandwidth and Rise time. (N-Order) and Strict-Sense Stationarity. Mean and Mean-squared Value of System Response. 4. Response of a Linear System. Fundamentals of Signals and Systems . Nagasarkar and M.Tech.C Generators and DC Motors: Principle of operation of DC Machines.EMF equation – Types of generators – Magnetization and load characteristics of DC generators. Synchros.Shaded pole motors – Capacitor motors. the student • To analyze the performance of DC generators and motors. JR.f. Oxford University Press. • To Understand the basic principle of three-phase induction motor and alternators. • To Know the basic principle of Single Phase Transformers. Stepper Motors – Characteristics.Tech. /MBA) II Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY Pre-requisite: None Course Objectives: Objectives of this course are • To Know the basic principle of DC Generators and motors.Basic Principles of indicating instruments – Moving Coil and Moving iron Instruments (Ammeters and Voltmeters).V. Essentials of Electrical and Computer Engineering . • To analyze the performance of Transformers.S Naidu and S. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. . /MBA) w.Tech. Nagarath amd D.e. • To understand the basic principle of special motors and electrical instruments.David V. TMH Publ. Losses and Efficiency of transformer and Regulation – OC and SC tests – Predetermination of efficiency and regulation (Simple Problems).Chand Publications.K. • To analyze the performance of special motors and electrical instruments in real time applications. Introduction to Electrical Engineering – M. AC tachometers. • To learn the in-depth knowledge on three phase induction motors.ECE & M. Theory and Problems of basic electrical engineering .EMF Equation – Distribution and Coil span factors – Predetermination of regulation by Synchronous Impedance Method – OC and SC tests. UNIT III Three Phase Induction Motor: Principle of operation of three-phase induction motors –Slip ring and Squirrel cage motors – Slip-Torque characteristics – Efficiency calculation – Starting methods. David Irwin 62 . UNIT V Special Motors & Electrical Instruments : Principle of operation .T. ECE & M. Kerns. J. UNIT II Transformers & Performance: Principle of operation of single phase transformer – types – Constructional features – Phasor diagram on No Load and Load – Equivalent circuit. DC Motors – Types of DC Motors – Characteristics of DC motors – 3-point starters for DC shunt motor – Losses and efficiency – Swinburne’s test – Speed control of DC shunt motor – Flux and Armature voltage control methods.Tech. UNIT I D.I. 2. Course OUTCOMES: After this course.K Mehta.Sukhija.IDP (B. 2005 REFERENCES 1.S. AC servomotor. S. Kamakshaiah. 2. UNIT IV Alternators: Alternators – Constructional features – Principle of operation – Types . Basic Electrical Engineering . TEXT BOOKS 1.J. PHI Publications 3.P Kothari. Principles of Electrical Engineering . Current series and Current shunt Feedback configurations – Simple problems.Tech. • To familiarize the Concept of feedback in amplifiers so as to differentiate between negative and positive feedback. • Cascade different amplifier configurations to obtain the required overall specifications like Gain. single stage CE transistor amplifier response. Analysis of CS. Transistor Power Dissipation. Heat Sinks. Basic Concepts of MOS Amplifiers.e.IDP (B. Condition for oscillations. CG JFET Amplifiers. Source follower. Analysis of CE. Design of single stage RC coupled amplifier Different coupling schemes used in amplifiers. CE short circuit current gain. Gain-bandwidth product UNIT – II: FET AMPLIFIERS Analysis of JFET Amplifiers. Bandwidth. Cascode and Folded Cascode Amplifier – frequency response. large signal and tuned amplifiers. current gain with resistive load. UNIT – IV: LARGE SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS Class A Power Amplifier. /MBA) w. cascaded. –MOSFET – MOSFET Characteristics in Enhancement and Depletion mode – MOS Small signal model.Tech. and CB Amplifiers and CE Amplifier with emitter resistance. Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the Course. Input and Output interfacing Impedances.Tech. . Hartley. • To give understanding of various types of amplifier circuits such as small signal. Maximum Value of Efficiency of Class – A Amplifier. Frequency response of BJT amplifier – Analysis at low and high frequencies. Transformer Coupled Amplifier. low frequency response of BJT Amplifiers. CC.ECE & M. ECE & M. BJTs and transistors studied earlier. Common source amplifier with resistive. /MBA) II Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ANALOG ELECTRONICS Pre Requisites: Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering. CD. Voltage shunt.Tech. Cascode amplifier. RC and LC type Oscillators – Frequency and amplitude stability of oscillators – Generalized analysis of LC oscillators. Concepts of feedback – Classification of feedback amplifiers – General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers – Effect of Feedback on Amplifier characteristics – Voltage series. Diode connected and Current source loads. Common Gate Stage. 63 . • Utilize the Concepts of negative feedback to improve the stability of amplifiers and positive feedback to generate sustained oscillations. comparison of performance with BJT Amplifiers. the students will be able to : • Design and analyze small signal amplifier circuits applying the biasing techniques learnt earlier.pi ( π ) – Common Emitter transistor model. Course Objectives: • To introduce circuit realizations with components such as diodes. • Design and realize different classes of Power Amplifiers and tuned amplifiers useable for audio and Radio applications. effect of coupling and bypass capacitors. Quartz. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. and Colpitts Oscillators – RC- phase shift and Wien-bridge oscillators.f. UNIT – I: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF SMALL SIGNAL LOW FREQUENCY BJT AMPLIFIERS Classification of Amplifiers – Distortion in amplifiers. Push Pull and Complimentary Symmetry Class B and Class AB Power Amplifiers – Principle of operation of class –C Amplifier. Darlington pair. Analysis of Cascaded RC Coupled amplifiers. The Hybrid. UNIT –III: POSITIVE & NEGATIVE FEEDBACK IN AMPLIFIERS Classification of amplifiers. 64 . 2. A Vallvaraj. 1st Edition. Varsha Agrawal. Lal Kishore. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory. Salivahanan.K. 5. TMH 2.Suresh Kumar. S. Paynter. Electronic Devices and Circuits. Louis Nashelsky. 2009 4. David A. Introductory Electronic Devices and Circuits (Conventional flow version) – Robert T. Oxford. Christos C Halkias. Jacob Millman. Small Signal Tuned Amplifiers. REFERENCES: 1.f. th 3. Robert L. 9 Edition. Q-Factor.IDP (B. Bell – 5th Edition. Microelectronic Circuits – Sedra / Smith – 5 Edition – Oxford. Pearson Education. Maini. TMH. PEI. Integrated Electronics.Boylestad. th 6. 7th Edition. Anil. Stagger Tuned Amplifiers. BS Publications. Effect of Cascading single Tuned amplifiers on Bandwidth. 2nd Edition. . Stability of Tuned amplifiers TEXT BOOKS: 1. WILEY. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT – V: TUNED AMPLIFIERS Introduction. 2009.ECE & M. /MBA) w. Electronic Circuit Analysis – K.Tech. 2004.e. Electronic Devices and Circuits. N.Tech. Effect of Cascading Double Tuned amplifiers on Bandwidth. Electronic Devices and Circuits. TEXT BOOKS 1. response due to periodic excitation. RMS and average value of periodic waveforms. impedance. TMH. RC.JD Ryder. 2. • To understand the properties of LC networks and filters. Ideal Transformer. Netrwork Topology.Nahvi – Schaum’s Outlines. Prentice Hall of India.C.S. LC Networks and Filters: Properties of LC Networks. reactance concept. B. equivalent T for Magnetically coupled circuits. Characteristic impedance. Root locus. ABCD. 3rd Edition. Image transfer constant. Self and Mutual inductances. Network Analysis and Synthesis – N. RL. • Analyze the performance of periodic waveforms. Lines and Fields . Impedance transformation and coupled circuits. UNIT -IV Two port network parameters. Publications. • Learns and analyze the RLC circuits behavior in detaile. 2004. dot convention. network function.Jagan and C. • To analyze the filter design concepts in real world applications. 2. 2000. 1999. UNIT -I Review of R. RLC circuits.f. ECE & M. h & g). h and g parameters. 2nd order series and parallel RLC Circuits. impedance matching network. • To know the behavior of the steady states and transients states in RLC circuits. design of constant K. Illustrative Problems. 1999. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. PHI. Characteristic impedance. damping factor.Y. driving point and transfer functions – using transformed (S) variables. 3. REFERENCES 1. UNIT -II Steady state and transient analysis of RC.e. /MBA) II Year I-Sem L T P C 4 1 0 4 NETWORK ANALYSIS Pre-requisite: Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering Course Objectives: Objectives of this course are • To understand the basic concepts on RLC circuits. T and π Conversion. 4. Engineering Circuit Analysis – William Hayt and Jack E Kemmerly. TMH. • Learns and gain the knowledge in characteristics of two port network paramenters ( Z. • To understand the two port network parameters.Tech. image transfer constants. π.IDP (B. step.Lakshminarayana. HP and BP Filters. resonance curves UNIT -III Network Analysis using Laplace transform techniques. Z. Composite filter design. Network Analysis – ME Van Valkenburg. Electric Circuits – J. Foster’s Reactance theorem. UNIT V Standard T. Basic cutest and tieset matrices for planar networks. LP. ABCD.ECE & M. Design of Attenuators.C. L Sections. 5. Networks. Y. Communication Engineering Networks – Everitt and Anner. Network Theory – Sudarshan and Shyam Mohan. MGH. RL and RLC Circuits. quality factor and bandwidth for series and parallel resonance. . 65 . Poles and Zeros. Circuits with switches. /MBA) w. impulse and exponential excitation. under damped. Course OUTCOMES: After this course • Gains the knowledge on Basic network elements.Tech. 2nd Edition. image and iterative impedance. critically damped cases.Tech.Edminister and M. L. step response. • To know the basic Laplace Transforms techniques in periods waveforms.Tech. co- efficient of coupling. 5th Edition. Terminology. Magnetic Circuits. over damped. 1993. Unit – IV: ISSUES OF VIOLENCE Sexual Harassment: Say No! (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -6) Sexual Harassment.Tech. Domestic Violence: Speaking Out (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -8) Is Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film].f.  Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of life. sociological. everyday life. literature and film.. /MBA) w. Thinking about Sexual Violence (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -11) Blaming the Victim-“I Fought for my Life…. Demographic Consequences. 66 . This will be achieved through discussion of materials derived from research.IDP (B. Growing up Male. • To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work. • To introduce students to information about some key biological aspects of genders. • To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women. Unit-I: UNDERSTANDING GENDER Gender: Why Should We Study It? (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -1) Socialization: Making Women. Additional Reading: New Forums for Justice. /MBA) II Year I-Sem L T P C .” . . Learning Outcomes:  Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues related to gender in contemporary India. Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -10) Two or Many? Struggles with Discrimination.  Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society and how to counter it.- GENDER SENSITIZATION LAB (Common to All Branches) (An Activity-based Course) Objectives of the Course: • To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary India. Rebuilding Lives.Additional Reading: The Caste Face of Violence. • To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work.Further Reading: “Chupulu”. Unit-II: GENDER AND BIOLOGY Missing Women: Sex Selection and Its Consequences (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -4) Declining Sex Ratio. psychological and legal aspects of gender. Different Masculinities. facts. .Tech. Preparing for Womanhood. Making Men (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -2) Introduction.  Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological.e. • To help students reflect critically on gender violence.  Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the new laws that provide protection and relief to women.  Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to politics and economics. ECE & M.Tech. First lessons in Caste. Unit-III: GENDER AND LABOUR Housework: the Invisible Labour (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -3) “My Mother doesn’t Work. the textbook will empower students to understand and respond to gender violence. Additional Reading: Wages and Conditions of Work. not Eve-teasing.” Women’s Work: Its Politics and Economics (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -7) Fact and Fiction.Coping with Everyday Harassment. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.  Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to work and live together as equals.” “Share the Load.ECE & M.Tech. IDP (B. Volume II: The th 20 Century Ed. Indian Council of Medical Research. Women Writing in India: 600BC to the Present.e. Liela and Gita Ramaswamy. and Postmodernism in Contemporary Ethics.asp?Book_Code=3732 4. Essential Reading: All the Units in the Textbook.’ Life Stories of Women in the Telangana People’s Struggle. Gogu Shyamala. 1995. 2012 8. Shayan and Anupam Manuhaar. New Delhi: Kali for Women. 1989. Women’s Work and its Impact on Child Health and Nutrition. Virginia Woolf. 1989.” Women’s Studies Journal (14 November 2012) Available online at: http:// blogs.thealternative. New Delhi: Zubaan-Penguin Books. The Violence of Development: The Politics of Identity. New Delhi. “Women and Wage Discrimination in India: A Critical Analysis.4(2013) 10. 2002 14. Madhumeeta Sinha and Asma Rasheed. K. Print. Seeing like a Feminist.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science Invention 2. 1993. 1997 67 . “More than One Million Women are Missing. S. Javeed. 2014.) Steel Nibs Are Sprouting: New Dalit Writing From South India. Oxford: Black Swan. ‘We Were Making History…’ Life Stories of Women in the Telangana People’s Struggle. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Karachi: Oxford University Press. Kapadia. Hyderabad. Uma Bhrugubanda. Sen. A Room of One’s Own. Rama Melkote. Just Development: Beyond Adjustment with a Human Face. Banuri and M. “Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on Gender” written by A. Vimala. Community. New Delhi: Kali for Women. Susie Tharu and K. “A ‘conversation’ between a Daughter and a Mother. /MBA) w.Tech. Lalita. Volume II: The th 20 Century. Jayaprabha. 599-601. National Institute of Nutrition. 2000 13. Veena et al. T. “By the Numbers: Where Indian Women Work. Nivedita.20 (20 December 1990). Amartya. Ed. 2017-2018 Academic Year Unit – V: GENDER : CO-EXISTENCE Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -12) Mary Kom and Onler. Lalita. 1992 15. Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu. Partha Chatterjee (Ed). “Community. .f. London: Routledge. 16.com/ India real time/2012/11/14/by –the- numbers-where-Indan-women-work/> 3. Gender and Violence Subaltern Studies XI”. 596-597. “Chupulu (Stares)”. 1992. Mahmood. A.co.wsj. Satyanarayana and Susie Tharu (Ed. 1995.”Available online at: http://www. Susie Tharu and K. Resource Persons can be drawn from the fields of English Literature or Sociology or Political Science or any other qualified faculty who has expertise in this field from engineering departments. Note: Since it is Interdisciplinary Course. Ed. Women Writing in India: 600 BC to the Present.Suneetha. Tripti Lahiri. Duggirala Vasanta. Shatrughna. Gender and Social Inequalities in India. Mothers and Fathers. Gautam. Love Letters.ECE & M. 11.” Broadsheet on Contemporary Politics. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Dossier 2: Telugu And Kannada http://harpercollins. “We Were Making History …. 6. 9.Tech.in/lifestyle/i-fought-for-my-lifeand-won-sohaila-abdulal/ 12. London: Zed Books. Jeganathan Pradeep. Love and Acid just do not Mix. “I Fought For My Life…and Won. 2. Asma Rasheed. K. 5. Stree Shakti Sanghatana. Abdulali Sohaila. Permanent Black and Ravi Dayal Publishers. 7. Additional Reading: Rosa Parks-The Brave Heart. Special Issue on Sexuality and Harassment: Gender Politics on Campus Today.in/BookDetail. Situating the Self: Gender. Hyderabad: Anveshi Research Center for Women’s Studies. “Vantillu (The Kitchen)”. Benhabib.” New York Review of Books 37. Menon. Vasudha Nagaraj. Reference Books: 1. Two Stage RC Coupled Amplifier 5. ECE & M. RC Phase Shift Oscillator using Transistors 9. . Class B Complementary Symmetry Amplifier 11. Common Source amplifier 4.Tech. Wien Bridge Oscillator using Transistors 8. /MBA) w.f. Common Emitter Amplifier 2.Tech.IDP (B.Tech.e. /MBA) II Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 1 ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB .I List of Experiments (Twelve experiments to be done): Design (any six) and Simulation (any Ten) using Multisim or Pspice or Equivalent Simulation Software: 1. For software simulation of Electronic circuits i) Computer Systems with latest specifications ii) Connected in LAN (Optional) iii) Operating system (Windows XP) iv) Simulations software (Multisim / TINAPRO) Package 2. Single Tuned Voltage Amplifier Equipments required for Laboratories: 1. Cascode Amplifier 7. Current Shunt and Voltage Series Feedback Amplifier 6. Common Base Amplifier 3. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.ECE & M. Class A Power Amplifier (Transformer less) 10. Hartley and Colpitt’s Oscillator 12. For Hardware simulations of Electronic Circuits i) RPSs ii) CROs iii) Functions Generators iv) Multimeters v) Components 68 .Tech. Brake test on DC shunt motor. 5. chain matrix and analytical verification. Bandwidth and Q-factor determination for RLC network.e. .C. 2. Experimental determination of Thevenin’s and Norton’s equivalent circuits and verification by direct test. 3.Tech.Tech.Tech.f.Tech. verification on AC with Resistive and Reactive loads. Shunt generator. Magnetization characteristics of D. ECE & M. Determination of critical field resistance. 2. 5. PART – B 1. Time response of first order RC/RL network for periodic non-sinusoidal inputs – time constant and steady state error determination. 6. Note: Any TEN of the above experiments are to be conducted 69 . Two port network parameters – Z-Y Parameters.ECE & M. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Verification of Superposition and Reciprocity theorems. 4. Swinburne’s Test on DC shunt machine (Predetermination of efficiency of a given DC Shunt machine working as motor and generator). /MBA) II Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB PART – A 1. Determination of performance characteristics. 4. 6. OC & SC tests on Single-phase transformer (Predetermination of efficiency and regulation at given power factors and determination of equivalent circuit). Brake test on 3-phase Induction motor (performance characteristics).IDP (B. /MBA) w. Serial and Parallel Resonance – Timing. Verification on DC. 3. Resonant frequency. Verification of maximum power transfer theorem. Regulation of alternator by synchronous impedance method. Tech.IDP (B. Multiplication. Sampling Theorem Verification.Tech. 4. 10. Ramp. Unit step and Sinusoidal responses of the given LTI system and verifying its physical realiazability and stability properties.S. Folding. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Verification of Weiner-Khinchine Relations. 5. Locating the Zeros and Poles and plotting the Pole-Zero maps in S-plane and Z-Plane for the given transfer function. Basic Operations on Matrices. 14. Unit Step. . 18. Generation of Various Signals and Sequences (Periodic and Aperiodic). 15. 17. 13. Computation of its mean. 16. Finding the Even and Odd parts of Signal/Sequence and Real and Imaginary parts of Signal. ECE & M. Shifting. Sinc. Auto Correlation and Cross Correlation for Signals and Sequences. 2. Scaling. Finding the Fourier Transform of a given signal and plotting its magnitude and phase spectrum. Convolution for Signals and sequences.e. /MBA) w. Square. 9. Generation of Gaussian noise ( Real and Complex). /MBA) II Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 1 BASIC SIMULATION LAB Note: • All the experiments are to be simulated using MATLAB or equivalent software • Minimum of 15 experiment are to be completed List of Experiments: 1. and PSD.ECE & M. Operations on Signals and Sequences such as Addition.Tech. Verification of Linearity and Time Invariance Properties of a given Continuous/Discrete System. Probability Distribution Function. 11. Sinusoidal. Gibbs Phenomenon Simulation. 8. 6. Checking a Random Process for Stationarity in Wide sense. 3. Triangular. Saw tooth. 12. Computation of Unit sample.f. Value and its Skew. such as Unit Impulse. 7. Removal of noise by Autocorrelation / Cross correlation. Kurtosis. M. 70 . Waveform Synthesis using Laplace Transform. Extraction of Periodic Signal masked by noise using Correlation.Tech. Computation of Energy and Average Power. JK Master Slave. Unit Distance Codes. The Karnaaugh Map Method-Up to Five Variable Maps. The main objectives are: • To learn basic techniques for the design of digital circuits and fundamental concepts used in the design of digital systems. Shift Register Configuration.e. Bidirectional Shift Registers. signed integers. Flip Flops: SR. Clock Skew. UNIT-III: Sequential Machines Fundamentals and Applications: Introduction: Basic Architectural Distinctions between Combinational and Sequential circuits. The Minimization of switching function using theorem. Switching Functions. Complements of Numbers. Encoders and Code converters. enabling them to analyze sequential systems in terms of state machines. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. UNIT-II: Minimization and Design of Combinational Circuits: Introduction. • Be able to design and analyze small sequential circuits and devices and to use standard sequential functions/building blocks to build larger more complex circuits.Tech. various codes such as ASCII. Binary Coded Decimal Code and its Properties. • To impart to student the concepts of sequential circuits. /MBA) II Year II-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN Prerequisite : Nil Course Objectives: This course provides in-depth knowledge of switching theory and the design techniques of digital circuits. Race Around Condition in JK. • To implement simple logical operations using combinational logic circuits • To design combinational logic circuits. JK. e. Codes. Tabular Method. Design of a Clocked Flip-Flop . Error Detecting and Correcting Codes. Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course. Decoders.f. ECE & M. which is the basis for design of any digital circuit. Gray and BCD. Applications of Shift Registers.Tech. Registers and Counters: Shift Registers. • To understand common forms of number representation in digital electronic circuits and to be able to convert between different representations. comparators. 71 . Multiplexers. Properties of XOR Gates. Hazards and Hazard Free Relations. D and T Type Flip Flops. sequential logic circuits. Algebraic Simplification of Digital Logic Gates. Data Transmission in Shift Registers. Demultiplexers. • Be able to design and analyze small combinational circuits and to use standard combinational functions/building blocks to build larger more complex circuits. Conversion from one type of Flip-Flop to another. • Be able to manipulate simple Boolean expressions using the theorems and postulates of Boolean algebra and to minimize combinational functions. Operation Of Asynchronous And Synchronous Counters.IDP (B. Don’t Care Map Entries. Timing and Triggering Consideration. Multilevel NAND/NOR realizations. students should possess the following skills: • Be able to manipulate numeric information in different forms. Excitation Table of all Flip Flops. Design and Operation of Ring and Twisted Ring Counter.ECE & M. Canonical and Standard Form. • To implement synchronous state machines using flip-flops.Binary Codes. The Binary Cell. . Subtractors. /MBA) w. Latches. Design of Combinational Logic: Adders. UNIT-I: Number System and Boolean Algebra And Switching Functions: Review of number systems. Fundamentals of Sequential Machine Operation.g. Operation of Shift Registers. Universal Gates. Boolean Algebra: Basic Theorems and Properties. different bases.Tech. Oxford. Floyd. 4. /MBA) w. 3. Hill. Algorithmic State Machines: Salient features of the ASM chart-Simple examples-System design using data path and control subsystems-control implementations-examples of Weighing machine and Binary multiplier.Charles H. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Approaches to the Design of Synchronous Sequential Finite State Machines. Switching Theory and Logic Design – A Anand Kumar. Design of Synchronous Modulo N –Counters. Peterson. Mealy and Moore models-minimization of completely specified and incompletely specified sequential machines. PHI. State Diagram.IDP (B. Digital Fundamentals – A Systems Approach – Thomas L.John M. Digital Logic Design . Thomson Publications. Elsevier 5. Gerald R. 3rdEdition. Sequence Detector. Cengage LEanring. 2. Jha. Edition. Partition techniques and Merger chart methods-concept of minimal cover table. Synthesis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits. Parity-bit Generator.e. 6. 2. Fundamentals of Logic Design.Tech.John Wiley & Sons Inc. DigitalLogic Applications and Design.Tech. Roth. 2013. 3rd. Digital Logic and State Machine Design – Comer. Digital Design. 2013. . Pearson. Switching and Finite Automata Theory. 2006.Zvi Kohavi & Niraj K. PHI.Ye Brian and HoldsWorth. Yarbrough. Design of Asynchronous Counters. 7.ECE & M. 2004. Cambridge. Serial Binary Adder. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT-IV: Sequential Circuits-I: Introduction.Morris Mano.2013. Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits. 3rd Edition. TEXT BOOKS: 1. 3rd Ed. 5th. Introduction to Switching Theory and Logic Design – Fredriac J.f. 72 . UNIT-V: Sequential Circuits-II: Finite state machine-capabilities and limitations. transistor. 73 . clampers. Applications of Voltage comparators. Clipping at two independent levels. Synchronized Clamping. Stability of Relaxation Devices. Temperature variation of Saturation Parameters. & Ramp inputs. • Importance of clock pulse and its generating techniques. Transistor-switching times. Synchronization of a Sweep Circuit with Symmetrical Signals. Transistor in Saturation. Monostable Relaxation Circuits. Break down voltages.ECE & M. clippers. Transistor as a Switch. Square. the student will be able to: • Understand the applications of diode as integrator. • To discuss and realize logic gates using diodes and transistors. RL and RLC Circuits and their response for Step Input . Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. Sampling Gates: Basic operating principles of Sampling Gates. synchronization techniques and sweep circuits. Silicon-controlled-switch circuits. switching characteristics of transistors and sampling gates.f.Tech. clampler circuits.Ringing Circuit. • Realizing logic gates using diodes and transistors. Diode Switching times.IDP (B. SCR. • Understanding of time and frequency domain aspects. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. .Tech. Astable Multivibrators and Schmitt trigger using Transistors. /MBA) w. UNIT-I: Linear Wave Shaping: High pass and low pass RC circuits and their response for Sinusoidal.Tech. differentiator. Transistor Bootstrap Time Base Generator. Astable Relaxation Circuits. Transistor clippers. High pass RC network as Differentiator. Comparators. Methods of Generating Time Base Waveform. Piecewise Linear Diode Characteristics. Effect of Diode Characteristics on Clamping Voltage. /MBA) II Year II-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 PULSE AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS Prerequisite : Analog Electronics Course Objectives: • To explain the complete response of R-C and R-L-C transient circuits.e. Unidirectional and Bi-directional Sampling Gates. Attenuators and its application as a CRO Probe.. Reduction of pedestal in Gate Circuits UNIT–IV: Multivibrators: Analysis and Design of Bistable. Step. A Sinusoidal Divider using Regeneration and Modulation. Difference between logic gates and sampling gates • Design mutivibrators for various applications. ECE & M. Clamping Circuit Theorem. UNIT-V: Synchronization and Frequency Division: Pulse Synchronization of Relaxation Devices. Time Base Generators: General features of a Time base Signal. Four Diode Sampling Gate. • To explain clippers. Transistor Miller Time Base generator. Methods of Linearity improvement. Clamping circuit taking Source and Diode resistances into account. Transistor Current Time Base Generators. Monostable. Sine wave frequency division with a Sweep Circuit.Tech. Frequency division in Sweep Circuits. design of sweep circuits and sampling gates. UNIT-III: Switching Characteristics of Devices: Diode as a Switch. Practical Clamping Circuits. • Learn various switching devices such as diode. UNIT-II: Non-Linear Wave Shaping: Diode clippers. Pulse. Clamping Operation. Low pass RC circuit as an Integrator. • To construct various multivibrators using transistors. IDP (B. Switching and Digital Circuits – 5 Edition. th 5.Tech. 2008. Prakash Rao. 4 Ed. 2005. Anand Kumar. 4. /MBA) w. TMH. 2008. Taub and Mothiki S.. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Pulse and Digital Circuits – Motheki S. Millman. 3.L. RTL. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Tocci. TMH. 2. Millman’s Pulse. Strauss. 2017-2018 Academic Year Realization of Logic Gates Using Diodes & Transistors: AND. 2015.Tech. 2006. Bell. 2002 PHI. Digital and Switching Waveforms –J. Prakash Rao.. Pulse. 2. 3 Ed. Solid State Pulse Circuits –David A. H. PHI. Oxford. Bell. Fundamentals of Pulse and Digital Circuits. DCTL. DTL. Wave Generation and Shaping .e. 74 .. TTL and CML Logic Families and its Comparison. .Ronald J. 2 Ed.f. Pulse and Digital Circuits – A.ECE & M. OR and NOT Gates using Diodes and Transistors. David A. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. The main objectives of the course are … • To learn the Basic Laws. Maxwell’s Two Equations for Electrostatic Fields. and understand the significance and utility of Maxwell’s Equations and Boundary Conditions.e. UNIT–II: Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart’s Law. and gain ability to practically use the same for solving practical problems. and apply them to solve physics and engineering problems. Magnetic Scalar and Vector Potentials.Tech. Illustrative Problems. dealing with concepts. • To understand the concepts of RF Lines and their characteristics. /MBA) w. QWTs and HWTs. and acquire knowledge of their applications. acquire knowledge to configure circuit elements. Gauss Law and Applications. Concepts and proofs related to Electrostatic Fields and Magnetostatic Fields. distinguish between Brewster and Critical Angles. Energy Density. Convection and Conduction Currents. /MBA) II Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY AND TRANSMISSION LINES Prerequisite : Nil Course Objectives: This is a structured foundation course. Spherical Capacitors. Maxwell’s Equations (Time Varying Fields): Faraday’s Law and Transformer EMF. and gain ability to provide solutions to communication engineering problems. establish the corresponding sets of Maxwell’s Equations and Boundary Conditions. Maxwell’s Two Equations for Magnetostatic Fields. and use them for solving engineering problems. formulations and applications of Electromagnetic Theory and Transmission Lines. and to apply the same for practical problems. Electric Field Intensity – Fields due to Different Charge Distributions. QWTs and HWTs. characterize the distortions and estimate the characteristics for different lines. and apply them for practical problems. and is the basic primer for all electronic communication engineering subjects.IDP (B. Ampere’s Force Law. determine their propagation parameters and estimate the same for dielectric and dissipative media. • To conceptually understand the UPW Polarization features and Poynting Theorem. Illustrative Problems. Maxwell’s Equations in Different Final Forms and 75 . • Analyze the RF Line features and configure them as SC. Poisson’s and Laplace’s Equations. Dielectric Constant. Electric Flux Density. Relaxation Time. Continuity Equation. Smith Chart and its applications. Electric Potential. • To determine the basic Transmission Line Equations and telephone line parameters and estimate the distortions present. OC Lines. . Capacitance – Parallel Plate. Coaxial.Tech.f. Forces due to Magnetic Fields. Relations Between E and V.Tech. • To distinguish between static and time-varying fields. • To analyze the characteristics of Uniform Plane Waves (UPW). and evaluate the UPW Characteristics for several practical media of interest. UNIT–I: Electrostatics: Coulomb’s Law. Ampere’s Circuital Law and Applications. Isotropic and Homogeneous Dielectrics. • Study the Smith Chart profile and stub matching features. the students would be able to … • Distinguish between the static and time-varying fields. Magnetic Flux Density. • Determine the Transmission Line parameters for different lines. • Establish the proof and estimate the polarization features. Inconsistency of Ampere’s Law and Displacement Current Density.ECE & M. and design the same for effective impedance transformation. ECE & M. reflection and transmission coefficients for UPW propagation. • Analyze the Wave Equations for good conductors and good dielectrics. Course Outcomes : Having gone through this foundation course. Illustrative Problems.Tech. Losslessness/Low Loss Characterization. Surface Impedance. 2ndEd. λ/2. Conductors & Dielectrics – Characterization. and John A. Engineering Electromagnetics – William H.. Illustrative Problems. Ltd.I: Types. 2017-2018 Academic Year Word Statements. Reflection Coefficient. 2005. Balmain. Propagation Constant. Parameters. EM Wave Characteristics – II: Reflection and Refraction of Plane Waves – Normal and Oblique Incidences for both Perfect Conductor and Perfect Dielectrics. TEXT BOOKS: 1. India Publications). 2001. PHI.Types of Loading. UHF Lines as Circuit Elements. Significance of Zmin and Zmax .Tech.Tech. Brewster Angle. 2000. sadiku and S.V. Networks. UNIT–V: Transmission Lines – II: Input Impedance Relations. Wave Propagation in Lossless and Conducting Media. VSWR. 2ndEd. SC and OC Lines. New Delhi. Primary & Secondary Constants. UNIT–IV: Transmission Lines . Springer (India) Pvt. . Jordan and K. 2ndEd. Smith Chart – Configuration and Applications. Conditions at a Boundary Surface : Dielectric-Dielectric and Dielectric-Conductor Interfaces. UNIT–III: EM Wave Characteristics .C. 7thEd..ECE & M. New Delhi..IDP (B. Engineering Electromagnetics – Nathan Ida. Illustrative Problems. Illustrative Problems. 2015. PHI. Satya Prakashan. Transmission Line Equations.. TMH. Infinite Line Concepts. 76 . Transmission Lines and Networks – Umesh Sinha. 2. /MBA) w.. (Tech. 6th Ed.O.. 2006. Buck. Distortion – Condition for Distortionlessness and Minimum Attenuation. Kulkarni.f. Aisan Edition. Sinusoidal Variations. Uniform Plane Waves – Definition. Single Matching. Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems – E. Polarization. Poynting Vector and Poynting Theorem – Applications. Lines and Fields – John D. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Hayt Jr.G. Critical Angle and Total Internal Reflection. Principles of Electromagnetics – Matthew N. 3. Loading . Oxford University Press. λ/4. Illustrative Problems . Ryder. λ/8 Lines – Impedance Transformations.e. 1999. Illustrative Problems. Wave Propagation in Good Conductors and Good Dielectrics. 3. Expressions for Characteristic Impedance. All Relations Between E & H. 2. Phase and Group Velocities.I: Wave Equations for Conducting and Perfect Dielectric Media. Generation of FM Waves.IDP (B. Average Noise Figures. • To acquire knowledge to analyze the noise performance of analog modulation techniques. Comparison of AM Techniques. Transmission bandwidth of FM Wave . power relations in AM waves. Frequency Division Multiplexing . Frequency discrimination method for generation of AM SSB Modulated Wave. Time domain description.Tech. /MBA) w. • To understand the need for modulation • To understand the generation. Need for modulation. Arbitrary Noise Sources. Phase locked loop. single tone modulation. ECE & M. Vestigial side band modulation: Frequency description. Double side band suppressed carrier modulators. UNIT III ANGLE MODULATION Basic concepts. Balanced Modulators. Wide band FM. Coherent detection of DSB-SC Modulated waves. Quadrature representation of narrow band noise & its properties 77 . Constant Average Power. Generation of AM waves. Generation of VSB Modulated wave. Course Outcomes: • Able to analyze and design various modulation and demodulation analog systems. • To acquire theoretical knowledge of each block in AM and FM receivers. Zero crossing detector. Demodulation of SSB Waves.e. Detection of FM Waves: Balanced Frequency discriminator.Tech.Tech. Switching modulator. Effective Noise Temperature.ECE & M.f. • Analyze and design the various Pulse Modulation Systems. Applications of different AM Systems. time domain and frequency domain description. Detection of AM Waves. Average Noise Figure of cascaded networks. • To understand the pulse modulation techniques. • Study of signal to Noise Ration (SNR) performance. Square law detector. Phase discrimination method for generating AM SSB Modulated waves. Ring Modulator. Envelope detection of a VSB Wave pulse Carrier. Definition. COSTAS Loop. square law Modulator. of various Analog Communication systems. UNIT IV NOISE Resistive Noise Source (Thermal). Frequency Modulation: Single tone frequency modulation. • Understand the characteristics of noise present in analog systems. . /MBA) II Year II-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS Prerequisite : Signals and Systems Course Objectives: • To develop ability to analyze system requirements of analog communication systems. Generation of DSBSC Waves. Frequency domain description. Amplitude Modulation. UNIT II SSB MODULATION Introduction to Hilbert Transform.Tech. detection of various analog modulation techniques and also perform the mathematical analysis associated with these techniques. Comparison of FM and AM. Narrow band FM. Narrow Band noise. Direct FM. • Understand the concepts of Multiplexing : Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) and Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM). Spectrum Analysis of Sinusoidal FM Wave. Time domain description. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. UNIT I AMPLITUDE MODULATION Introduction to communication system. Envelope detector. Time domain and frequency domain description. Comparison with AM Receiver.2005 th 4. PPM. Time Divison Multiplexing. Amplitude limiting. REFERENCES nd 1. PAM (Single polarity. 3. 78 . Intermediate frequency.f.Robert J. 4th Edition.P. 4. 2004 3. Schoenbeck. 4th Edition . Threshold effect in Angle Modulation System. 2 Edition. Communication Systems – B. Willey . Lathi. TEXTBOOKS 1. Electronics & Communication System – George Kennedy and Bernard Davis . Sam Shanmugam. Electronic Communications – Dennis Roddy and John Coolean . BS Publication .e.2009. PHI. 2005. UNIT V RECEIVERS Radio Receiver .Frequency changing and tracking. 2. FM Receiver.Tech. John Wiley. AGC. 5 Edition. PULSE MODULATION Types of Pulse modulation. . Noise in Angle Modulation System. 2004. double polarity) PWM: Generation and demodulation of PWM. Electronics Communication Systems-Fundamentals through Advanced-Wayne Tomasi. PEA.Tuned radio frequency receiver. RF section and Characteristics . 2017-2018 Academic Year Noise in Analog communication System. Pre-emphasis and de- emphasis. 2. Analog and Digital Communications – Simon Haykin.ECE & M. Analog and Digital Communication – K. Communication Systems by Simon Haykins John Wiley & Sons . Superhetrodyne receiver. Electronic Communication Systems – Modulation and Transmission . Generation and demodulation of PPM.PHI.IDP (B. TMH 2004. /MBA) w. Noise in DSB and SSB System Noise in AM System.Tech.Receiver Types . Tech. Impulse Response and transfer functions - Translational and Rotational mechanical systems. • Time response analysis. • Modeling and transfer function derivations of translational and rotational systems. Feed-Back Characteristics.Time response of first order systems – Characteristic Equation of Feedback control systems.Tech.e.Synchro transmitter and Receiver. time domain analysis solutions to time invariant systems • To understand different aspects of stability analysis of systems in frequency domain and time domain. /MBA) II Year II-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 CONTROL SYSTEMS Pre-requisite: Network Analysis Course Objectives: Objectives of course are • To introduce the principles and applications of control systems in everyday life • To introduce the basic concepts of block diagram reduction. Transient response of second order systems .Routh stability criterion – qualitative stability and conditional stability. Effects of feedback. • Design a control systems using time domain and frequency domain techniques. Frequency domain specifications-Bode diagrams-Determination of Frequency domain specifications and transfer function from the Bode Diagram-Phase margin and Gain margin-Stability Analysis from Bode Plots. Frequency Response Analysis: Introduction. /MBA) w.Tech. Nyquist Plots and applications of Nyquist criterion to find the stability –Effects of adding poles and zeros to G(s)H(s) on the shape of the Nyquist diagrams.ECE & M.f. Root Locus Technique: The root locus concept . frequency response analysis of different ordered systems through their characteristic equation and time-domain specifications. TRANSFER FUNCTION EPRESENTATION: Transfer Function of DC Servo motor . Course Outcomes: After this course. UNIT-II TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Standard test signals . ECE & M. 79 .IDP (B.Open Loop and closed loop control systems and their differences- Different examples of control systems.construction of root loci-effects of adding poles and zeros to G(s) H(s) on the root loci. Block diagram representation of systems considering electrical systems as examples -Block diagram algebra – Representation by Signal flow graph . proportional integral systems.AC Servo motor. UNIT – I INTRODUCTION: Concepts of Control Systems. . UNIT – III STABILITY ANALYSIS: The concept of stability .Classification of control systems. the student gets a thorough knowledge of • Open loop and closed loop control systems.Tech. Mathematical models – Differential equations. • Represent transfer functions through block diagrams and signal flow graphs.Time domain specifications – Steady state response . UNIT-IV STABILITY ANALYSIS IN FREQUENCY DOMAIN: Polar Plots.Steady state errors and error constants – Effects of proportional derivative.Reduction using mason’s gain formula. • Applications of concepts to electrical and electronics problems. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. stability analysis. Thaler. Hitech Publications.Tech. by NISE 3 Edition – John wiley 4. 2017-2018 Academic Year Classical Control Design Techniques: Compensation techniques – Lag.State Transition Matrix and its Properties. derivation of state models from block diagrams. /MBA) w. and Lead-Lag Controllers design in frequency Domain.K. New Age International (P) Limited. 1998. J.ECE & M..Tech. state variables and state model. TEXT BOOKS: 1. 3rd edition. Thomson Publishers. 1998.Solving the Time invariant state Equations. . 2nd edition. Automatic Control Systems 8th edition– by B. Ltd. Diagonalization. “Modeling & Control Of Dynamic Systems” by Narciso F. New Age International (P) Limited Publishers. Macia George J. PID Controllers. 80 . Nagrath and M. rd 3. 5. Publishers. C. Modern Control Engineering – by Katsuhiko Ogata – Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Control Systems Engineering – by I. UNIT – V STATE SPACE ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS: Concepts of state. 2. Control Systems Engg. Kuo 2003– John wiley and son’s.Sinha.IDP (B. Control Systems by S. Control Systems by N.e.Kesavan . Gopal.f.. 3rd Edition. 2. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Lead. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. PLL as FM Demodulator 81 . Amplitude modulation and demodulation.Tech. Pulse Amplitude Modulation & Demodulation 11. Frequency Synthesizer. AGC Characteristics. Frequency Division Multiplexing & De multiplexing 9. 7. 2. Verification of Sampling Theorem 10.e. SSB-SC Modulator & Detector (Phase Shift Method) 4. 15.f. Pulse Width Modulation & Demodulation 12. Study of spectrum analyzer and analysis of AM and FM Signals 6. Frequency modulation and demodulation. ECE & M.ECE & M.Tech. DSB-SC Modulator & Detector 3. 5. /MBA) II Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS LAB Note: • Minimum 12 experiments should be conducted: • All these experiments are to be simulated first either using MATLAB. Pulse Position Modulation & Demodulation 13. 14. . Time Division Multiplexing & De multiplexing 8.Tech. Pre-emphasis & de-emphasis.Tech.IDP (B. Comsim or any other simulation package and then to be realized in hardware 1. /MBA) w. Sampling gates a. Transfer characteristics and response of Clippers: i) Positive and Negative Clippers ii) Clipping at two independent levels b. Pulse Synchronization of An Astable circuit 13. /MBA) II Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 PULSE AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS LAB Minimum Twelve experiments to be conducted: 1. Response of Bidirectional gate using transistors 15.ECE & M. Design a Monostable Multivibrator and draw its waveforms 8. Non-linear wave shaping a. Linearwave Shaping a. Switching characteristics of a transistor 5. Response of Schmitt Trigger circuit for loop gain less than and greater than one 9. The output.IDP (B. The output.f.Tech.Tech. UJT relaxation oscillator 10. The steady state output waveform of clampers for a square wave input i) Positive and Negative Clampers ii) Clamping at different reference voltage 3. Design a Bistable Multivibrator and draw its waveforms 6. Design an Astable Multivibrator and draw its waveforms 7.Tech. Study of logic gates 82 . Response of a transistor Current sweep circuit 14. RC Low Pass Circuit for different time constants b.Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.voltage waveform of Miller sweep circuit 12. Response of Unidirectional gate b. RC High Pass Circuit for different time constants 2.voltage waveform of Boot strap sweep circuit 11. /MBA) w. .e. ECE & M. Comparison Operation of different types of Comparators 4. Current Shunt Feedback amplifier 2.Tech. 1. /MBA) w. Class A power amplifier 8. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech.e. Cascode amplifier 4. Class B Complementary symmetry amplifier Part B: Testing of any 2 circuits designed and simulated out of the 4 experiments listed.II List of Experiments (Twelve experiments to be done): Hardware Testing in Laboratory: Part A: Minimum of 6 out of the 10 experiments listed on breadboard. . Translation of any tested/designed and tested circuits on a PCB. Common Emitter Amplifier 2. Introduction to PCB fabrication methods 2. Common Source Amplifier 3. /MBA) II Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB . Two Stage RC Coupled Amplifier 4.f. 83 .Tech.ECE & M. Darlington Pair 5. ECE & M.Tech. Hartley and Colpitt’s Oscillators 7. 1. RC Phase shift Oscillator 6.IDP (B. Wien Bridge Oscillator using Transistors Part C: 1. Voltage Series Feedback amplifier 3. Tech. Himalaya. advisors.IDP (B. To prepare students against possible gaps and unethical practices in contemporary times 4. Anuradha Publications. KR Govindan & Saenthil Kumar:Professional Ethics and Human Values. business. collegiality and loyalty..Tech.Caring –sharing –honesty – courage –valuing time – cooperation – commitment –empathy – self-confidence –spirituality – character.Professionals /engineers as managers.Chakraborthy: Human Values and Ethics. Govindarajan. advisors. professional.living peacefully . To familiarize the students with desirable business and professional ethics. & V.f. excessive gifts – paternalism – different business practices – negotiating taxes. /MBA) II Year II-Sem L T P C 2 0 0 2 HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS Prerequisite: Nil Course Objectives: 1. References 1. Vikas Publishing. Human Values and Professional Ethics. Project 2: Visit any organization (including shops/ hotels or shopping malls in your region) of your choice and observe how the professionals perform the given job with a focus on professional ethics and human values. Unit III Professional Responsibilities: Ethical standards Vs Professional Conduct – Zero Tolerance for Culpable Mistakes – Hazards and Risks. M. Professional Codes and Code of conduct of Institute of Engineers. S K Chakraborthy & D. Respect for authority – conflicts of interest –Mini-Cases.Risk benefit analysis– congeniality. Senthilkumar: Engineering Ethics(Includes Human Values).Mini-Cases Unit II Professional Ethics: Profession. Unit IV Professional Rights: professional rights and employee rights communicating risk and public policy – Whistle blowing . 2. Mini-projects Project 1: The student of this course should invariably attend (or watch on internet/any TV channel/youtube/social media) two speeches of 30 minutes duration each dealing with spiritual discourse and submit a report on the contents of the lecture proceedings. Monitoring and control. To sensitize the students so that they can protect themselves and the organization from the possible professional crime malpractices Course Outcomes: 1.Two models of professionalism – Professional etiquette -Three types of Ethics or morality Responsibility in Engineering – Engineering standards –Engineering Ethics – Positive and Negative Faces. S B George. The students appreciate their role as a responsible citizen. extortion. 5.Mini-Cases Unit V Ethics in global context: Global issues in MNCs. 3. 2. Natarajan.Problems of bribery.Tech. The students will reflect and learn major values and ethics from their observations of a spiritual discourse and a visit to a business organization as a practical part of this course. 4. experts and consultants.S. /MBA) w.ECE & M. trade. S.and professionalism . Unit 1 Human Values: Morals. HI Learning Pvt. Human Values and Professional Ethics.Regulatory compliances. ECE & M. ethics – integrity – work ethics –service learning –civic virtue – respect for others. experts. Ltd. To introduce the basic concepts of universal human values 2. 3.e. and grease payments – Problem of nepotism. and environment on local as well as a global platform. values.Tech. Maruthi Publications. and as managers. Aryasri. The students learn about diverse ethical issues rooted in society. witnesses and consultants – moral leadership. Mini-cases. Mini-Cases. New Delhi – 110001 84 . . rights and responsibilities 3. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Square Wave.TTL Driving CMOS & CMOS Driving TTL. UNIT -I: Operational Amplifier Ideal and Practical Op-Amp.Tech. 2. 3. Applications. Parallel Binary Adder/Subtractor. Synchronous Counters.ECE & M. Band reject and All Pass Filters. IC-555 & IC 565 Applications Introduction to Active Filters. DAC and ADC Specifications.e. Characteristics of Band pass.Code Converters. Decoders. Differentiators and Integrators. DC and AC Characteristics. Three Terminal Voltage Regulators. /MBA) w. Basic DAC techniques.Block Schematic. 4. Understanding of the different families of digital integrated circuits and their characteristics. Instrumentation Amplifier. Types of ROMS & Applications. Memories . Comparators. Differential.Tech. Waveform Generators – Triangular.Tech. To teach the linear and non . To introduce the concepts of waveform generation and introduce some special function ICs. Modes of Operation . Also students will be able to design circuits using operational amplifiers for various applications. R-2R ladder DAC. Non-Inverting. LED & LCD Decoders with Drivers.IC555 Timer . UNIT -III: Data Converters Introduction. AC Amplifier. Description of Individual Blocks.Tech. Sawtooth. Counter Type ADC. 3. Features of 723 Regulator.Inverting.Parallel Comparator Type ADC. Monostable and Astable Operations. Introduction to Voltage Regulators. IC565 PLL . Multiplexers. UNIT -IV: Digital Integrated Circuits Classification of Integrated Circuits. Features of 741 Op-Amp. . Decade Counters. To teach the theory of ADC and DAC. the students will have: 1. RAM Architecture.ROM Architecture. Different Types of ADCs . CMOS Transmission Gate. Applications.Functional Diagram.IDP (B. 85 . Priority Encoders. UNIT -V: Sequential Logic IC’s and Memories Familiarity with commonly available 74XX & CMOS 40XX Series ICs – All Types of Flip-flops. Shift Registers. Encoders. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 LINEAR AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS Prerequisite: Pulse and Digital Circuits Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are: 1. Analysis of 1st order LPF & HPF Butterworth Filters. Inverted R-2R DAC. Successive Approximation ADC and Dual Slope ADC. Priority Generators/Checkers. Static & Dynamic RAMs. 2. 6. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 5. Op-Amp Characteristics. UNIT -II: Op-Amp. To understand and implement the working of basic digital circuits Course Outcomes: On completion of this course. Magnitude Comparators. Combinational Logic ICs – Specifications and Applications of TTL-74XX & CMOS 40XX Series ICs . Schmitt Trigger.f. To introduce the theory and applications of analog multipliers and PLL. Different types of DACs-Weighted resistor DAC. A thorough understanding of operational amplifiers with linear integrated circuits.linear applications of operational amplifiers. IC interfacing. Demultiplexers. Comparison of Various Logic Families. To introduce the basic building blocks of linear integrated circuits. ECE & M. Demultiplexers. 2017-2018 Academic Year TEXT BOOKS: 1. Modern Digital Electronics – RP Jain – 4/e – TMH. 8 Edition. Digital Design Principles and Practices – John.f. Op-Amps & Linear ICs – Ramakanth A. 6.IDP (B.ECE & M. Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated Circuits by K.Lal Kishore – Pearson. Fiore. PHI. 2010. 2009. F.. Pearson Education India. 86 . /MBA) w. th 3. Wakerly 3/e. . Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated Circuits. 2003. 2009. 5. 2005. Op Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits-Concepts and Applications James M. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. 2009. 3. TMH. 2005. 2003. Cengage Learning/ Jaico.Tech. Digital Fundamentals – Floyd and Jain. nd 2. 2. 4/e William D. Gayakwad. Linear Integrated Circuits and Applications – Salivahana. Roy Chowdhury.Tech.e. New Age International (p) Ltd.Stanley. 4. Linear Integrated Circuits –D. 2 Ed. Pearson Education. identify their frequency ranges. UNIT -I: Antenna Basics: Introduction. and estimate their characteristics. and estimate the parameters involved. microstrip patch antennas and parabolic reflectors and identify the requirements to facilitate their design. Radiation Intensity. modified EFA. ECE & M. establish their mathematical relations.IDP (B. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ANTENNAS AND WAVE PROPAGATION Prerequisite : Electromagnetic Theory and Transmission Lines Course Objectives:This can be termed a middle level course in the electronic communication engineering domain. identifying their profiles and parameters involved. /MBA) w. Beam Area. design and development. duct and tropospheric propagations. estimate the array factor and characteristics and sketch the pattern for 2-element array. specifications. and to acquire the knowledge of their analysis. the students would be able to • Explain the mechanism of radiation. • Specify the requirements for microwave measurements and arrange a setup to carry out the antenna far zone pattern and gain measurements in the laboratory. Antenna Apertures. Helical Antennas. space wave. Directivity-Gain-Resolution. some design features. configure the geometry and establish the radiation patterns of folded dipole.ECE & M. • To define and distinguish between different phenomenon of wave propagation (ground wave.e. and Wave Propagation. The course deals with antenna basics. to determine the characteristics of ULAs and estimate the patterns of BSA. Binomial Arrays. ionospheric wave. Illustrative Problems. pyramidal horns. identify the requirements and relevant feed structure. antenna definitions and significance of antenna parameters. characteristics and design relations. to derive and analyze the radiation characteristics of thin wire dipole antennas and solve numerical problems. 87 . • Distinguish between short dipoles. and Binomial Arrays. N-element BSA. EFA. quarter-wave monopoles and small loops. space wave and sky wave). determine the characteristic features of ground wave. and has the following main objectives … • To understand the concept of radiation. Yagi-Uda Antenna. Beam Efficiency. Effective Height. and familiarize with the procedure to enable antenna measurements.Tech. • To distinguish between UHF. • To analyze the characteristics of yagi-uda antennas. VHF and Microwave Antennas. their requirements. derive their far fields and radiation characteristics and sketch their patterns. .Tech. • Carry out the Linear Array Analysis.Tech. antenna measurements and wave propagation. configure their current distributions. • Analyse a microstrip rectangular patch antenna and a parabolic reflector antenna. half-wave dipoles. Basic Antenna Parameters – Patterns. • Classify the different wave propagation mechanisms. Course Outcomes: Having gone through this course on Antenna Theory and Techniques. helical antennas. carry out the design and establish their patterns. estimate them for different practical cases. Horn Antennas. different types of antennas.Tech. • To understand the concepts and set-up requirements for microwave measurements. • Characterize the antennas based on frequency. EFA. distinguish between different antenna characteristic parameters. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.f. their frequency dependence. • To identify the antenna array requirements. Folded Dipoles and their Characteristics.A. Curved Earth Reflections. M-Curves and Duct Propagation. Tech India Publications. 2000. 2nd ed. Illustrative Problems. 2005. Ground Wave Propagation (Qualitative Treatment) – Introduction. Optimum Horns. Advantages and Limitations. Wave Propagation – II: Sky Wave Propagation – Introduction. PHI. Practical Design Considerations for Monofilar Helical Antenna in Axial and Normal Modes. Virtual Height and Skip Distance. Critical Frequency. Front .Tech.C. Near and Far Fields. Principle of Pattern Multiplication. Pattern Characteristics. Yagi-Uda Array. BSAs with Non- uniform Amplitude Distributions – General Considerations and Binomial Arrays. Helix Modes. TEXT BOOKS: 1. 2. Derivation of their Characteristics and Comparison. 2017-2018 Academic Year Fields from Oscillating Dipole. Absolute and 3-Antenna Methods) UNIT -V: Wave Propagation – I: Introduction.. Plane Earth Reflections. Retarded Potentials – Helmholtz Theorem Thin Linear Wire Antennas – Radiation from Small Electric Dipole. Concepts . Kraus. Relation between MUF and Skip Distance. Antenna Theorems. Marhefka and Ahmad S. Loop Antennas .I : Arrays with Parasitic Elements. Different Modes of Wave Propagation. Radiation Resistance. Gain Measurements (by Comparison.Introduction. 3 Ed. Feed Methods. REFERENCE BOOKS: rd 1.D. Uniform Linear Arrays – Broadside Arrays. Balanis. Patterns to be Measured.C. Reflector Antennas – Introduction. Effective Area and Effective Height.Different Cases. Absorption. Structure of Ionosphere. Design Considerations of Pyramidal Horns. Antennas and Wave Propagation – K. /MBA) w. Tropospheric Propagation. OF. arrays of 2 Isotropic Sources . Multi-hop Propagation. Flar Sheet and Corner Reflectors. Directivity. Sources of Errors. 4th ed. R. Refraction and Reflection of Sky Waves by Ionosphere.G. John Wiley & Sons. UNIT -IV: Antenna Arrays: Point Sources – Definition.f. Definitions. Khan. Comparison of Far Fields of Small Loop and Short Dipole. Balmain. Reflector Types – Related Features.Tech. Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems – E. Characteristics of Microstrip Antennas. Helical Antennas – Helical Geometry. Satya Prakashan. Antennas and Wave Propagation – J. Radiation. Natural Current Distributions. Patterns. Beam Width. Prasad.to-back Ratio. UHF and Microwave Antennas . Far Fields and Patterns of Thin Linear Centre-fed Antennas of Different Lengths. Features. UNIT -III: VHF. Small Loop. Scattering Phenomena.. Field Strength Variation with Distance and Height. Wave Tilt. LUF. Endfire Arrays.II: Microstrip Antennas – Introduction. 2. Radiated Power. Illustrative Problems. Radiation Resistances and Directivities of Small Loops (Qualitative Treatment). Field Components. (Special Indian Edition). Coordinate System. Space and Surface Waves. EFA with Increased Directivity. New Delhi. Antenna Measurements: Introduction. UNIT -II: VHF..D.ECE & M. Antenna Theory . Super Refraction. Jordan and K. Illustrative Problems. Paraboloidal Reflectors – Geometry. 2010.e. Horn Antennas – Types. Categorizations and General Classifications. Ray Path. 88 . . Field Zones. MUF.IDP (B. Fermat’s Principle. TMH.Reciprocity. Illustrative Problems. Quarter Wave Monopole and Half Wave Dipole – Current Distributions. Ray/Mode Concepts. Effect of Earth’s Curvature. Rectangular Patch Antennas – Geometry and Parameters. 2001.J. Space Wave Propagation – Introduction. Directivity Measurement. UHF and Microwave Antennas . New Delhi. the student will be able to: • Understand basic components of Digital Communication Systems. Source coding: Huffman coding. Coherent FSK Detector. Convolution Codes: Encoding. Digital Representation of Analog Signal.e. Cross Talk. Coherent ASK Detector. • To understand a mathematical model of digital communication system for bit error rate analysis of different digital communication systems. FSK Detection using PLL. Advantages of Digital Communication Systems. Decoding using State. • To understand the need for source and channel coding. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. Coherent Reception. Eye Diagrams. • Analyze the error performance of Digital Modulation Techniques. ECE & M. 89 . Comparison of Error Rates in Coded and Uncoded Transmission. Natural Sampling . Tree and Trellis Diagrams. Error Detection and Error Correction Capabilities of Linear Block Codes.f. cyclic codes and convolution codes. • Know about different error detecting and error correction codes like block codes. Shannon Fano coding. Non- Coherent ASK Detector. /MBA) w. Optimum Receiver. Channel capacity of discrete channel. Non Uniform Quantization and Companding. UNIT I: Elements of Digital Communication Systems: Model of Digital Communication Systems. Signal Space Representation and Probability of Error. . Adaptive DPCM. DPCM. • Understand the redundancy present in Digital Communication by using various source coding techniques. • Design optimum receiver for Digital Modulation techniques. Trade -off between bandwidth and SNR. Syndrome Calculation. Differential PSK. Probability of Error. Decoding.Tech. Decoding using Viterbi Algorithm. Shannon-Hartley law. UNIT III: Baseband Transmission and Optimal Reception of Digital Signal: A Baseband Signal Receiver. Introduction to Baseband Sampling. ASK Modulator. Encoding. DM and Adaptive DM.Tech. Noise in PCM and DM. Mutual information. UNIT II: Digital Modulation Techniques: Introduction. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. BPSK. Sampling Theorem. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS Prerequisite : Analog Communications Course Objectives: • To understand the functional block diagram of Digital communication system. QPSK. Bandwidth and Frequency Spectrum of FSK. Certain Issues in Digital Transmission. ASK. Coherent PSK Detection. Types of Sampling – Impulse Sampling . Cyclic Codes: Algebraic Structure. UNIT IV: Entropy.ECE & M. Flat – Top Sampling.Tech.IDP (B. FSK. Information rate. Quantization Noise. UNIT V: Error Control Codes Linear Block Codes: Matrix Description of Linear Block Codes. • To study various source and channel coding techniques. Non Coherent FSK Detector.Tech. Pulse Code Modulation: PCM Generation and Reconstruction. 2006.e. Jon Wiley. John Wiley. Lathi. 3 Edition. Grant.P. Masoud Salehi – 5 Edition. 2.ECE & M. Proakis . Peter M.Tech.f. Communication Systems – B. Pearson Edu. Mcgraw-Hill. 3. . Mcgraw-Hill. Digital Communications – Ian A. 4. 2005. 2008.Tech. 2008. Donald L Schiling. 2017-2018 Academic Year TEXT BOOKS: rd 1. Digital Communication – Simon Haykin. 2. Goutam Saha.IDP (B. 2nd Edition. Digital Communications – John G.. Principles of Communication Systems . BS Publication. 90 .Herbert Taub. Digital and Analog Communication Systems – Sam Shanmugam. 2005. 2008. REFERENCES: th 1. /MBA) w. Glover. . TMH. Economics.f. Break-even Analysis (BEA)-Determination of Break-Even Point (simple problems) . Laws of Returns.Final Accounts (Trading Account. Internal and External Economies of Scale. Trial Balance.Tech. Features of Perfect competition and Monopoly. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Least Cost Combination of Inputs. /MBA) w. Unit II Production & Cost Analysis: Production Function – Isoquants and Isocosts. Pearson. Maruthi Publishers. Financial Analysis: Analysis and Interpretation of Liquidity Ratios. 91 . 3. J. Limited companies. 2. Rao Managerial Ecoconomics & Financial Analysis. Pricing: Objectives and Policies of Pricing. Pearson Education. • The students will be able to analyze the financial position of a company with the techniques of financial accounting and ratio analysis Unit I Introduction & Demand Analysis: Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics. Thomson. Cengage. Unit V Introduction to Financial Accounting & Financial Analysis: Accounting concepts and Conventions -Double-Entry Book Keeping. Business: Features and evaluation of different forms of Business Organisation: Sole Proprietorship. PHI. Managerial Economics.e. Price-Output Determination in case of Perfect Competition and Monopoly. Measurement and Significance of Elasticity of Demand. Unit IV Capital Budgeting: Methods and sources of raising capital .methods of demand forecasting. MRTS. Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments). Ledger.Tech. Vijay Kumar & Appa Rao Managerial Ecoconomics & Financial Analysis. Unit III Markets & Forms of Business Organisations: Types of competition and Markets. Demand Forecasting. ECE & M. 2. Narayanaswamy: Financial Accounting—A Managerial Perspective. Activity Ratios. H. 4. 2012. Aryasri: Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis. Cris Lewis. Lipsey & Chrystel..IDP (B. Elasticity of Demand: Types. and Capital structure Ratios and Profitability ratios. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS Prerequisite : Nil. V. Ambrish Gupta.ECE & M. Journal.Tech. 3. Domnick Salvatore: Managerial Economics In a Global Economy. Methods of Pricing.Tech.. Oxford University Press. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Financial Accounting for Management. New Delhi. Law of Demand and its exceptions. Craig Peterson & W. REFERENCES: 1. Demand Analysis: Demand Determinants. Partnership. Accounting Rate of Return (ARR) and Net Present Value Method (simple problems).V. Prabhakar Rao & P.Capital Budgeting: Methods of Capital Budgeting: Payback Method.Managerial Significance. Course Objective: • To understand the concepts and importance of economics in managerial problems • To understand the basic financial management concepts including the principles of financial analysis Course Outcomes: • Students will be able to apply the principles of economics for managerial decisions. 13. Integrator Circuit using IC 741. Comparators using Op Amp. Differentiator circuit using Op Amp. 12. 92 . IC 565 – PLL Applications. HPF (first order) 7. 6. 8. Design and Implementation of : 1. Astable Multivibrator using IC 555. 3. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 LINEAR IC APPLICATIONS LAB Note: • Verify the functionality of the IC in the given application. 2. 9. .ECE & M. 4.Tech. Mono-stable Multivibrator using IC 555. Three Terminal Voltage Regulators –7805. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 7912.IDP (B. Schmitt Trigger Circuits – using IC 741. 11. /MBA) w. Voltage Regulator using IC 723.Tech. Adder and Subtractor using Op Amp. Square wave and Triangular waves. Active Filter Applications – LPF. Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifiers using Op Amps. 7809. IC 741 Waveform Generators – Sine.Tech.Tech. 5.f. 10. ECE & M.e. Tech. .Tech. Delta Modulation 4. Phase Shift Keying: Generation and Detection 7. OFDM: Generation and Detection 93 . 10.Tech. Frequency Shift Keying: Generation and Detection 6. Amplitude Shift Keying: Generation and Detection 8. QPSK : Generation and Detection 12.Tech.f. Differential Pulse Code Modulation 3. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS LAB Design the following: 1.IDP (B. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Study of the spectral characteristics of PAM.ECE & M. ECE & M. /MBA) w. Study of the spectral characteristics of QAM. DPSK :Generation and Detection 11. PCM Generation and Detection 2. Time Division Multiplexing of 2 Band Limited Signals 5.e. 9. /MBA) w. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 6. Design a 16 x 1 multiplexer using 8 x 1 multiplexer.Tech. 10.Tech.HS series IC’s.LS. Compute the display between Asynchronous counter and Synchronous counter. Design an 8 bit parallel load and serial out shift register using two 4 bit shift register.Tech. 11. 4. Design an 16 bit comparator using 4 bit Comparators. 2. Design a two Digit 7 segment display unit using this display the Mod counter output of experiment 3. 94 . Design a 450 KHz clock using NAND / NOR gates. Design a 4 bit pseudo random sequence generator using 4 – bit ring counter.e.ECE & M. 5. Design a 4 digit hex Counter using synchronous and Asynchronous one digit hex counters. ECE & M.IDP (B. Design a 4 – bit gray to Binary and Binary to Gray Converter.f. . 12. Plot the transform Characteristics of 74H. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 DESIGN LAB Design and Implementation of the following experiments using Integrated Circuits ( ICs) : 1. Design a 16 bit Adder / Subtractor using 4 – bit Adder / Subtractor IC’s 8. Design a model to 53 counter using two decade counters. 9.Tech. 7. Design a 16 x 4 priority encoder using two 8 x 3 priority encoder. 3. Improving Coverage and Capacity in Cellular Systems. Co-Channel Interference Reduction Factor. 95 .ECE & M. Co-Channel Interference. Second. UNIT-III: Cell Coverage for Signal and Traffic: Signal Reflections in Flat And Hilly Terrain. Third and Fourth Generation Cellular Wireless Systems. • The student will have an understanding of frequency management.f. Time Diversity. Doppler Spread and Coherence Time. Desired C/I From a Normal Case in a Omni Directional Antenna System. /MBA) w. Fundamentals of Cellular Radio System Design: Concept of Frequency Reuse. Frequency Diversity. Diversity Techniques-Space Diversity.Tech. Microcell Zone Concept. Phase Difference Between Direct and Reflected Paths. Channel assignment and types of handoff. Effects on Coverage and Interference by Power Decrease. Non-Co-Channel Interference: Adjacent Channel Interference. • To provide the student with an understanding of Co-channel and Non-Co-channel interferences. Antenna Height Decrease. • To enable the student to analyze and understand wireless and mobile cellular communication systems over a stochastic fading channel. • To give the student an understanding of frequency management. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Sectoring. • To give the student an understanding of cell coverage for signal and traffic. Coherence Bandwidth.Tech. Effect of Human Made Structures.IDP (B. Hand-off strategies. Frequency reuse. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 CELLULAR AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS (PE-I) Prerequisite : Digital Communications Course Objectives: The course objectives are: • To provide the student with an understanding of the Cellular concept. Design of Antenna System.Cell Splitting. Near End Far End Interference. Uniqueness of Mobile Radio Environment- Fading -Time Dispersion Parameters. Antenna Parameters and Their Effects. Channel assignment and types of handoff. System Capacity.Tech. UNIT-I: Introduction to Cellular Mobile Radio Systems: Limitations of Conventional Mobile Telephone Systems. Basic Cellular Mobile System. • The student will be able to understand impairments due to multipath fading channel. diversity techniques and mobile antennas.Tech. Constant Standard Deviation. • The student will be able to analyze and design wireless and mobile cellular systems. First. Course Outcomes: By the end of the course. ECE & M. • The student will be able to understand Co-channel and Non Co-channel interferences • The student will be able to familiar with cell coverage for signal and traffic. Trunking and Grade of Service. Effects of Cell Site Components. . diversity techniques and mobile antennas. Cross Talk. • The student will be able understand the fundamental techniques to overcome the different fading effects.e. Polarization Diversity. Straight Line Path Loss Slope. UNIT-II: Co-Channel Interference: Measurement Of Real Time Co-Channel Interference. Vijay Garg. UNIT-IV: Frequency Management and Channel Assignment: Numbering And Grouping. Mobile Antennas. Pearson Eduction. Non Fixed Channel Assignment. Modern Wireless Communications-Simon Haykin. Overlaid Cells..Y. 2012. 2001. nd 2. . 3. 2005. 5. Wireless Communications Theory and Techniques. Cell Site and Mobile Antennas: Space Diversity Antennas. Channel Sharing and Borrowing. Mobile Cellular Telecommunications – W.Tech.Gottapu sashibhushana Rao. 4. 2 Edn. Rapport. Wireless Communications . 96 .. UNIT-V: Handoffs and Dropped Calls: Handoff Initiation. Wireless Communications and Networking. Merits of Lee Model. 2 Edn. Sectorization.Tech. 2005. Cambridge University Press. 2. 2004.ECE & M. Mc Graw Hill. Near and Long Distance Propagation.Sheikh. Pearson Education. 1989. /MBA) w. 2nd Edn. H . Asrar U. Path Loss From a Point to Point Prediction Model in Different Conditions. Intersystem Handoff.. Lee.C. Elsevier Publications. Setup Access And Paging Channels. 2007. Principles of Mobile Communications – Gordon L. S. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mobile Assisted and Soft Handoff. Delaying Handoff. Springer International. Channel Assignments to Cell Sites and Mobile Units. Michael Moher. Forced Handoff. 2002. Stuber.e.IDP (B. Advantages of Handoff. Umbrella Pattern Antennas. 2017-2018 Academic Year General Formula for Mobile Propagation Over Water and Flat Open Area. Pearson. REFERENCE BOOKS: nd 1.f.Theodore. 3. Minimum Separation of Cell Site Antennas. Springer. Introduction to Dropped Call Rates and their Evaluation. Types of Handoff. Wireless Communications – Andrea Goldsmith. Power Difference Handoff. Mobile Cellular Communication . Logic Micro Operations. security and dead locks. Register Transfer Bus and Memory Transfers. students will have thorough knowledge about: • Basic structure of a digital computer • Arithmetic operations of binary number system • The organization of the Control unit. UNIT-I: Basic Structure of Computers: Computer Types. Introduction to Peripheral Components. Floating – Point Representation. IEEE1394. distributed systems. • To demonstrate the knowledge of functions of operating system memory management scheduling. DATA Transfer and Manipulation.ECE & M.f. Arithmetic and Logical unit. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND OPERATING SYSTEMS (PE-I) Prerequisite : Nil Course Objectives: The course objectives are: • To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. UNIT -IV: 97 . Microprogram Examples. Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit. multiplication & division. Hard Wired Control. • Operating system functions. subtraction. Design of Control Unit. Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course. . Read-Only Memories. Memory – Reference Instructions. UNIT -II: Micro Programmed Control: Control Memory. Input – Output and Interrupt. Instruction Codes. Direct Memory Access. Functional UNIT. Microprogrammed Control. ECE & M. Register Transfer Language and Micro Operations: Register Transfer Language. types. Serial Communication. Arithmetic Micro Operations. Input –Output Processor (IOP). /MBA) w.e. • Memory management techniques and dead lock avoidance operating systems' file system implementation and its interface. Cache Memories Performance Considerations. USB. • To study the different ways of communicating with I/O devices and standard I/O interfaces. • To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory.Tech. Fixed Point Representation. Data Representation. STACK Organization. Reduced Instruction Set Computer. Introduction to Standard Serial Communication Protocols like RS232. Computer Registers Computer Instructions– Instruction Cycle. • To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms & implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition. Asynchronous Data Transfer Modes. Instruction Formats.Tech. Multiprocessors and Multi Computers. Bus Structures. Program Control. Basic OPERATIONAL Concepts. Input-Output Interface. Interconnect (PCI) Bus. Priority Interrupt. UNIT -III: Input-Output Organization: Peripheral Devices. Address Sequencing. Software. The Memory System: Basic Concepts of Semiconductor RAM Memories. Virtual99 Memories Secondary Storage.Tech. Introduction to RAID. system calls. • To implement a significant portion of an Operating System. Shift Micro Operations. Memory unit and the I/O unit.IDP (B. Performance. Addressing Modes. file system and interface.Tech. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Computer Organization – Carl Hamacher. India Edition. File System Implementation. 5. Demand Paging. 4th Edition PHI 3. Page-Replacement Algorithms. Access Methods. John Wiley. Recovery from Deadlock. .UNIX.Stuart. PHI. File System Implementation: File System Structure. Operating System Concepts. Segmentation.Greg Gagne. 98 .Tech. Virtual Memory. Pearson Education. Allocation Methods.e. System Programs. /MBA) w. Contiguous Memory Allocation. 2. Directory Structure. Stallings. Deadlock Characterization. Fundamentals of Computer Organization and Design – Sivaraama Dandamudi Springer Int. Modern Operating Systems. Paging. File System Mounting.IDP (B. Zvonks Vranesic. Principles of Operating Systems. B. 2017-2018 Academic Year Operating Systems Overview: Overview of Computer Operating Systems Functions. Edition. SafeaZaky. File Sharing. Deadlock Prevention. 4. 6. TEXT BOOKS: 1.ECE & M.Moris Mano.f. Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles. Andrew S Tanenbaum 2nd Edition. Linux.Tech. Thrashing Case Studies . 5th Edition. Peter B. Operating Systems Generation.Abraham Silberchatz. Protection. McGraw Hill. 3rd Edition. Windows Principles of Deadlock: System Model. Galvin. Memory Management: Swapping.L. Structured Computer Organization – Andrew S. Pearson 3. Tanenbaum. UNIT -V: File System Interface: The Concept of a File. Structure of The Page Table. Operating Systems Structures-Operating System Services and Systems Calls. Special Purpose Systems. 6th Edition–2009. Directory Implementation. Free-Space Management. Computer Systems Architecture – M. 8th Edition. Distributed Systems. Computer Organization and Architecture – William Stallings 6th Edition. Cengage Learning. Pearson 2. Detection and Avoidance. Protection and Security. Allocation of Frames. UNIT-I: Digital Image Fundamentals & Image Transforms: Digital Image Fundamentals. Histogram Manipulation. Hotelling Transform. ECE & M. Richard E. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Inverse Filtering. Image Enhancement (Frequency Domain): Filtering in Frequency Domain. UNIT-II: Image Enhancement (Spatial Domain): Introduction. • Expected to implement the spatial and frequency domain image transforms on enhancement and restoration of images. Edge Linking And Boundary Detection. Discrete Cosine Transform. Enhancement Through Point Processing.f. Combining Dilation and Erosion. T Veerakumar. Spatial Domain High-Pass Filtering. Low Pass (Smoothing) and High Pass (Sharpening) Filters in Frequency Domain.IDP (B. JPEG 2000 Standards. Least Mean Square Filters. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (PE-I) Prerequisite : Signals and Systems Course Objectives: • To comprehend the relation between human visual system and machine perception and processing of digital images. Woods. 2008 2. Walsh Transform. segmentation and compression. Gonzalez. Erosion. Relationship between Pixels. 2010. Structuring Element Decomposition.Tech. 99 . Local or Neighborhood creterion. Region Oriented Segmentation. Huffman and Arithmetic Coding. UNIT -IV: Image Segmentation: Detection of Discontinuities. Image Transforms: 2-D FFT. Digital Image Processing . Digital Image Processing. • To provide a detailed approach towards image processing applications like enhancement.Tech.e. Linear and Non – Linear Gray Level Transformation. Image Compression Models. Haar Transform. Interactive Restoration. Course Outcomes: • Exploration of the limitations of the computational methods on digital images. TEXT BOOKS: rd 1. UNIT -III: Image Restoration: Degradation Model. Hit or Miss Transformation.S Jayaraman. . Types of Point Processing.TMH. Image Enhancement in Spatial Domain. Pearson. Morphological Image Processing: Dilation and Erosion: Dilation. Sampling and Quantization. Properties. Transform Based Compression. Algebraic Approach to Restoration. thresholding. Hadamard Transform. Opening and Closing. 3 Edition. • Elaborate understanding on image enhancement techniques.Tech. S Esakkirajan.Tech. Median Filter. Constrained Least Squares Restoration. Lossy Compression. Error Free Compression. UNIT -V: Image Compression: Redundancies and their Removal Methods.Rafael C. Slant Transform. /MBA) w. Lossy and Lossless Predictive Coding. Fidelity Criteria.ECE & M. • Expected to define the need for compression and evaluate the basic compression algorithms. . PHI. Russ. 7. 3. Gonzalez.Scotte Umbaugh. 2011 2. J. 2 Ed. Introductory Computer Vision Imaging Techniques and Solutions. Digital Image Processing with MATLAB & Labview – Vipula Singh. 2008. 2nd Edition 6. Digital Image Processing and Analysis-Human and Computer Vision Application with using CVIP nd Tools .e. Richard E Woods and Steven L. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing – A. 2017-2018 Academic Year REFERENCE BOOKS: 1.Cengage Learning (Indian edition) 2008. TMH. /MBA) w. 5. CRC Press. 2010. Digital Image Processing and Computer Vision – Somka. Eddings. 1989 4. CRC Press. 2nd Edition.Tech.Jain .ECE & M.Adrian low. Elsevier. Hlavac. 100 .IDP (B.Tech. Introduction to Image Processing & Analysis – John C.K. Christian Russ.f. Boyle. 2010. Digital Image Processing using MATLAB – Rafael C. picture resolution. Sub carrier generation. TV transmission Antennas. UNIT –V: Color Receiver: Introduction to colour receiver. VHF and UHF tuners. color coding etc. separation of U and V signals. standard channel BW. • Expected to learn about color separation. sync separation. 101 . UNIT –II: Monochrome TV Receiver: RF tuner.Tech. silicon Diode Array vidicon.TV transmitter. vision IF subsystem of Black and White receivers. video amplifier. Colour picture tubes. separation of frame and line sync pulses. Y-signal channel. FM Sound detectors. AFC. sound section. UNIT–I: Introduction: TV transmitter and receivers. Phasors. AFC and Deflection Oscillators: Synchronous separation. ECE & M. positive and negative modulation. digital tuning techniques. single ended AFC circuit. additive colour mixing. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. UNIT –III: Sync Separation and Detection: TV Receiver Tuners.Tech.IDP (B. • Study about TV receiver. vidicon. detector etc. Electron tuners. /MBA) w. Perception of brightness and colours luminance signal. ACC amplifier. chrome signal amplifiers. sync separation and processing. colour difference signals. IF subsystem. TV signal propagation. Geometric form and aspect ratio. • Study about color signal encoding . PAL-D Decoder. Separation of U & V Color. Indent and colour killer circuits. TV Signal Transmission and Propagation: Picture Signal transmission.e. remote control of receiver functions. Receiver sound system: FM detection. Plumbicon. formation of chrominance signals. synchronous demodulators. Monochrome TV camera.ECE & M. encoding. Encoding of colour difference signals. Deflection Oscillators. video and inter carrier sound signal detection. colour burst separation. deflection circuits. VSB transmission. TV standards. Comparison of camera tubes. interlaced scanning.decoding and receiver. . IF subsystem.Tech. Composite video signal. Tuner operation. and typical applications. UNIT–IV: Color Television: Colour signal generation.. Camera tubes: image Orthicon. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 TELEVISION ENGINEERING (PE-I) Prerequisite : Nil Course Objectives: • Study the different camera and picture tubes. PAL encoder. Burst phase discriminator. Color Signal Encoding and Decoding: NTSC colour system PAL colour system. k noise in sync pulses. Picture Tubes. synchronization. color cameras. Reference oscillator. • Acquired knowledge about complete TV receiver. scanning circuits. video signals for colours. interference. Receiver Antennas.Tech. image continuity. Course Outcomes: • Expected to understand the concept of TV transmission and reception. deflection drive Ics. AGC. Sync Separation. U& V demodulators. Chroma decoder. raster circuits. noise cancellation. TV broadcast channels. sound signal transmission. • Know about various standard TV channels.f.. TMH. 2 Edition. Basic Television and Video Systems-B.IDP (B.ECE & M. 102 . Technology and Service.Grob and C. Modern Television Practice – Principles. 1994. Monochrome and Colour TV. 2.R.Tech. Digital Terrestrial TV.R.Dhake. 2002. 2. /MBA) w. McGraw Hill. HDTV.R. .Gallatin. 2002.P. CCD Image Sensors. LCD TV. TEXT BOOKS: nd 1. Digital TV Transmitter. Television and Video Engineering. Gulati. 2017-2018 Academic Year Digital TV: Introduction to Digital TV.f.Tech. 1999. New Age International Publication.M. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Colour Television Theory and Practice-S.E. 3. Direct to Home Satellite TV. LED TV.R.A.Bali. Digital TV Receiver. Digital Satellite TV.Herndon.e. New Age International Publication. BGP. IEEE Standards. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Giga-Bit Ethernet. Framing. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 COMPUTER NETWORKS (PE-II) Prerequisite : Digital Communications Course Objectives: • To introduce the fundamental various types of computer networks. UNIT V: Network Security: Security services. Multi-Media. DNS in Internet. Disjkstra’s routing protocols. Computer Networks -. UNIT II: Data Link Layer: Introduction. HTTP. UDP. 103 . UNIT I: Introduction to Networks: Internet. Nader F. Bluetooth.W. PHI. Protocols and Standards.f. File Transfer Protocol. Mir.Keshav.Gupta. Wireless LANs. • To demonstrate the TCP/IP and OSI models with merits and demerits. Layers in OSI Model. Pearson Education 2. OSPF.Hura and M.Tech. Bridges.Singhal. Application Layer: Domain Name Space.Tech. 6.C. 3rd Edition. Mobile and ad hoc networks. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. Flow and Error Control. /MBA) w. Channelization. . Checksum. Bellman& Ford.Tech. K. SSL. Forouzan. Address Mapping. Frame Relay and ATM.IDP (B. 3. Virtual Circuit Networks.Shay. James F. Circuit Switched Networks.Kurose.S. 2006. • To introduce UDP and TCP Models. Zigbee.A. mechanisms and attacks. Course Outcomes: • Students should understand and explore the basics of Computer Networks and Various Protocols. Routing-Flooding. Understanding Communications and Networks. WWW. Taylor and Francis Group.. Data Communications and Networking – Behrouz A.and Multicast Routing Protocols.Andrew S Tanenbaum. Ethernet. CRC Press. Addressing. ICMP. Pearson Education 4. Congestion Control. Cengage Learning. REFERENCES: 1. SNMP. ECE & M. 2nd Edition. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet. Firewall. IGMP. Pearson Education.Ross. UNIT III: Network Layer: Logical Addressing. Pearson Education. VPN. UNIT IV: Transport Layer: Process to Process Delivery. Routers. Data Communications and Computer Networks. Congestion. W.e. RIP. Repeaters. Forwarding. Data and Computer Communications. • To have the concept of different routing techniques for data communications. IPSec. SONET-SDH. Electronic Mail. • To explore the various layers of OSI Model. 3rd Edition. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks-S. Transmission Media. Noisy Channels.ECE & M. G. Quality of Service. 2. Computer and Communication Networks. Physical Layer: Multiplexing. Noiseless Channels. IPv4. • Students will be in a position to administrate a network and flow of information further he/she can understand easily the concepts of network security. 4th Edition. Connecting Devices-Passive Hubs. Tunneling. Active Hubs. Random Access Controlled Access. TCP/IP Suite. Datagram Networks. He/She will be in a position to understand the World Wide Web concepts. TCP and SCTP Protocols. Internetworking. IPv6. P. 5. The OSI Model. Fourth Edition TMH. 2001. 2 ed. Binary divider. Biswas. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN (PE-II) Prerequisite : Switching Theory and Logic Design Course Objectives: • To provide extended knowledge of digital logic circuits in the form of state model approach. PHI REFERENCE BOOKS: nd 1.IV: Fault Modeling & Test Pattern Generation Logic Fault model – Fault detection & Redundancy.ECE & M.III: SM Charts State machine charts. Cycles and Hazards. Cengage Learning. Digital Systems Testing and Testable Design – Miron Abramovici. • To design fault diagnosis in sequential circuits. N. • To exposes the design approaches using ROM’s. 32 – bit adder. PALs and PLAs . Random testing.II: Digital Design Digital Design Using ROMs. Transition Check Approach – State identification and fault detection experiment. • To provide in depth understanding of Fault models. Friedman. Fault diagnosis of combinational circuits by conventional methods – Path sensitization techniques. Boolean Difference method – Kohavi algorithm – Test algorithms – D algorithm. Fundamentals of Logic Design – Charles H. UNIT. PAL’s and PLA’s. Signature analysis and test bridging faults. ECE & M. • To provide an overview of system design approach using programmable logic devices. Scoreboard and Controller. 5th ed. Derivation of SM Charts. Fundamental mode model – Flow table – State reduction – Minimal closed covers – Races. UNIT. Digital Design – Morris Mano. Logic Design Theory – N. Keypad Scanner.Tech.John Wiley & Sons Inc. Transition count testing. Array multiplier.D. M. 3.Tech.Fault equivalence and fault location –Fault dominance – Single stuck at fault model – Multiple stuck at fault models –Bridging fault model. 3. Lee . BCD Adder. Machine identification.f. Realization of SM Chart. dice game controller.Tech. Digital Circuits and Logic Design – Samuel C. • To understands test pattern generation techniques for fault detection. Breuer and Arthur D. PHI 104 . Design of fault detection experiment TEXT BOOKS: 1. UNIT. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. TMH th 2.V: Fault Diagnosis in Sequential Circuits Circuit Test Approach. Kohavi .Ciletti. Switching and Finite Automata Theory – Z. UNIT. Melvin A.I: Minimization and Transformation of Sequential Machines The Finite State Model – Capabilities and limitations of FSM – State equivalence and machine minimization – Simplification of incompletely specified machines. PHI. Course Outcomes: • To understands the minimization of Finite state machine. UNIT . Implementation of Binary Multiplier. State graphs for control circuits. A shift and add multiplier.. . PODEM.Tech.IDP (B. Roth. 2. • To provide and understand of fault models and test methods. /MBA) w. 4 Edition..e. Bounded. Spectrum Analyzers. Liquid level Measurement. Types of Errors.e. .Tech. UNIT IV: Transducers: Classification. /MBA) w. Displacement Meters. Static Characteristics. ECE & M. 105 . Fidelity. Thermocouples. UNIT II: Signal Analyzers: AF. • Measure various physical parameters by appropriately selecting the transducers. working of different electronic instruments viz. Block Schematic of CRO. signal analyzers. and Maxwell Bridge.IDP (B. Accuracy. Velocity. Resolution. UNIT V: Bridges: Wheat Stone Bridge. Extension of Range. Lag . Lissajous Figures. • Use various types of signal generators. UNIT I: Block Schematics of Measuring Systems: Performance Characteristics. Sampling Oscilloscopes. Time Base Circuits. AC Voltmeters and Current Meters. Storage Oscilloscopes. • Provides understanding of principle of operation. Piezoelectric Transducers. Force. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course student can be able to • Identify the various electronic instruments based on their specifications for carrying out a particular task of measurement. Force and Displacement Transducers. Multimeters. unbounded. High Frequency CRO Considerations. Pressure – High Pressure. Applications: Measurement of Time. True RMS Responding Voltmeters. Function Generators. Measurement of Physical Parameters: Flow Measurement. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION (PE-II) Prerequisite : Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Course Objectives: • It provides an understanding of various measuring systems functioning and metrics for performance analysis.Tech. CRO Probes. Strain Gauges. Specifications of Instruments. Variable Capacitance Transducers.Tech. D’ Arsonval Movement. Reproducibility. Signal Generators: AF. Repeatability. Digital Storage CROs. recorders and measuring equipment. Special Resistance Thermometers. Period and Frequency Specifications. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Magneto Strictive Transducers. Digital Temperature sensing system. • Provides understanding of use of various measuring techniques for measurement of different physical parameters using different classes of transducers. Dual Beam CROs. Precision. Delay lines.ECE & M. Temperature -Measurements. RF Signal Generators. HF Wave Analyzers. Synchros. and Specifications UNIT III: Oscilloscopes: CRT. DC Current Meters. signal generators. Arbitrary Waveform Generator. signal analyzers for generating and analyzing various real-time signals. Ohmmeters. Harmonic Distortion. Dynamic Characteristics.f. Kelvin Bridge. Meter Protection. Oscillators. Root Sum Squares formula.Measuring Instruments: DC Voltmeters. Pulse and Square wave Generators. Video Signal Generators. Gaussian Error. Data Acquisition Systems. Capacitance-Voltage Meters. Sweep Frequency Generators. Power Analyzers. Heterodyne wave Analyzers. Hotwire Anemometers. Measurement of Humidity and Moisture.Tech. Resistance Thermometers. Special Purpose Oscilloscopes: Dual Trace. Vacuum level. LVDT. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques: A. REFERENCES: 1. 2. Industrial Instrumentation: T.IDP (B.f.Kalsi – TMH. Press.M.e. Oxford Univ.D. Cooper: PHI 5th Edition 2003. /MBA) w. Oliver. 2017-2018 Academic Year TEXT BOOKS: 1.D. 3. nd 2.ECE & M. . Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation – K. 2 Edition 2004. W. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation: B.Tech. Lal Kishore.S. Pearson Education 2010. Helbincs. Cage TMH Reprint 2009. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – David A. Bell. Padmanabham Springer 2009. 4. 106 .M.Tech. J. 1997. Electronic Instrumentation: H.R. Linux users and group. Modules. Procedures and Scope. • Usage of scripting languages in IC design flow.4 2. Sams Publishing. Brief Tour of the Standard Library. Object – Oriented Perl. searching a file & directory. Network basics & Tools.IDP (B. Release 2. Binding Commands to X Events. Modules. Teach Yorself Perl in 21 days by David Till. Learning Python – 2 Ed. • Creation of programs in the Linux environment. • Difference between scripting languages and non. 2005 Red Hat Inc. Dynamic hosting configuration Protocol & Network information Services. editor . Introduction to Perl Scripting. Learning Perl – 4th Ed. Updated for Tcl 7. Permissions for file. Tom Christiansen and John Orwant. Regular Expressions. Course Outcomes: Upon learning the course. Fred L.f. Randal Schwartz. 2000. Reflection and Debugging. using the Python Interpreter. 2005. • Motivation for and applications of scripting. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 : System Administration Guide Copyright. File System of the Linux. Input and Output.ECE & M. Evel.6.Tech. Simple Tk Widgets. Grabs and Dialogs. O’Reilly. python and BASH. Network file system. 3. Running and Debugging Perl. 2005. Classes. File Transfer Protocol in Linux. rd 2. Text Books: 1. Programming Perl – Larry Wall. • Scripting languages such as PERL. zipping and unzipping concepts. Entry and List box Widgets Focus. Unit – 3 : Perl Scripting. Unit – 2 : Linux Networking Introduction to Networking in Linux. Data Structures. Mark Lutz and David Ascher. Jython Essentials – Samuele Pedroni and Noel Pappin. Practical Programming in Tcl and Tk by Brent Welch. (ISBN 0596000278) 107 . Control Flow Commands. The Pack Geometry Manager. TCL/TK. Tcl Data Structures. Reference Books: nd 1. General usage of Linux kernel & basic commands. Unit – 1 : Linux Basics Introduction to Linux .e. directory and users. Loops and Decisions. Unit – 5 : Python Scripting. the student will have the: • Ability to create and run scripts using PERL/TCl/Python in IC design flow. Clinton Pierce. 3.. O’Reilly. Tk by examples. Files and Data in Perl Scripting. . 3 Edition. Unit – 4 : Tcl / Tk Scripting Tcl Fundamentals. Errors and Exceptions. • Ability to use Linux environment and write programs for automation of scripts in VLSI tool design flow. Introduction to Python. rd 5. Lists and Hashes. 4. 4. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 SCRIPTING LANGUAGES (PE-II) Prerequisite : Nil Course Objectives: The goal of the course is to study: • The principles of scripting languages.Tech. Tom Phoenix and Brain d foy.Tech. O’Reilly. /MBA) w. ECE & M. Working with Unix. 2003.0. Perl in 24 Hours – 3 Ed. References & Subroutines. • Types of scripting languages. Script Libraries. More Control Flow Tools. Buttons and Menus. Python Tutorial by Guido Van Rossum. Drake Jr.scripting languages..2002. working with simple values. String and Pattern Matching.Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.4 and Tk 4. Tk Fundamentals. Domain Naming Services. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS Prerequisite : Computer Organization and Operating Systems Course Objectives: • To develop an understanding of the operations of microprocessors and micro controllers. 8051 and ARM processors/controllers. Chris WRIGHT. V. 2. ARM Reference Manuals 5. Course Outcomes: • Understands the internal architecture and organization of 8086. 2012 REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. 4. UNIT -I: 8086 Architecture: 8086 Architecture-Functional diagram. Instruction Set and Assembly Language Programming of 8086: Instruction formats. UNIT –IV: ARM Architecture: ARM Processor fundamentals. Assembler Directives.IDP (B. DAC Interface to 8051. Macros. interrupts of 8086. Conditional execution. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A. Unit – V: Advanced ARM Processors: Introduction to CORTEX Processor and its architecture. Keyboard. 2nd Edition 2006. Digital Signal Processing and Applications with the OMAP-L138 Experimenter. External Communication Interfaces-RS232. 108 . Software interrupt instructions. Programming Model. The 8051Microcontrollers.Uma Rao. Hall. TEXT BOOKS: nd 1. and Simple Programs involving Logical. TMH. I/O Ports.ECE & M. ADC. loading constants. 2 Edition 2006. External Memory RAM. On board Communication Interfaces-I2C Bus. 2009 3. UNIT -II: Introduction to Microcontrollers: Overview of 8051 Microcontroller. 3. Serial Communication and Bus Interface: Serial Communication Standards. Sorting. OMAP Processor and its Architecture.M. Cengage Learning.f. 2009. TMH. Programming the Serial Communication Interrupts. Instruction Set. Bhurchandani.V. Dominic SYMES.e. machine language programming and interfacing techniques. Architecture.Tech. Register Organization. J. UART. 3rd Ed. ARM System Developers guide. Programming External Hardware Interrupts. CPSR. . load store instructions. Branch instructions. Memory Segmentation. Ray and K. Memory Organization. Serial Data Transfer Scheme. 8051 Real Time Control: Programming Timer Interrupts. Architecture and Programming and Applications -K. Kenneth. ARM Architecture – Register. Andrew N SLOSS. Shibu K. /MBA) w. Andhe Pallavi. Ayala. Microprocessors and Interfacing.Tech. Introduction to Thumb instructions. K.WILEY. SPI Bus. Architecture of 8086. TMGH. Introduction to Embedded Systems. Elsevier. • Understands the interfacing techniques to 8086 and 8051 and can develop assembly language programming to design microprocessor/ micro controller based systems. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 2. Addressing modes. String Manipulations. Physical Memory Organization. ARM instruction set – Data processing. D.Tech.Tech. Branch and Call Instructions. Memory addresses. exceptions and interrupts interrupt vector table. Programming 8051 Timers and Counters UNIT –III: I/O And Memory Interface: LCD. Signal descriptions of 8086. Program status register instructions. Donald Reay. Pearson. Addressing Modes and Instruction set of 8051. Pipeline. ROM Interface. The 8051 Microcontroller.USB. ECE & M. the student should be able to: • Perform time.IDP (B. 109 . Cascade and Parallel Forms. and Causality. Z-Transform relation. Stability Criterion. Course Outcomes: On completion of this subject. • Understand the inter-relationship between DFT and various transforms. Stability. • Understand the fast computation of DFT and appreciate the FFT processing. Comparison of IIR & FIR filters. Unit I: Introduction: Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Discrete Time Signals & Sequences. Step and Impulse Invariant Techniques. Unit II: Discrete Fourier series: Fourier Series. frequency and Z-plane analysis and to discuss the inter- relationships of these analytic method. • To study the designs and structures of digital (IIR and FIR) filters from analysis to synthesis for a given specifications. Design of IIR Digital Filters from Analog Filters. Canonic. linear differential equation to difference equation. Design of FIR Filters: Fourier Method.Tech.Tech. Laplace Transform. Spectral Transformations. Frequency Response of Stable Systems. conversion of continuous to discrete signal. The main objectives are: • To provide background and fundamental material for the analysis and processing of digital signals. Relation between DTFT. Inverse FFT.e. Normalized Frequency. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. • Understand the tradeoffs between normal and multi rate DSP techniques and finite length word effects. Solution of Difference Equations of Digital Filters. DFS Representation of Periodic Sequences.Tech. Linear Shift Invariant Systems.ECE & M. System Function. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING Prerequisite : Signals and Systems Course Objectives: This course is an essential course that provides design techniques for processing all type of signals in various fields. • To acquaint in FFT algorithms. Digital Filters using Window Techniques.f. and FFT with General Radix-N. • Design a digital filter for a given specification. Frequency Domain Representation of Discrete Time Signals and Systems Realization of Digital Filters: Applications of Z – Transforms. DFS. Linear Convolution of Sequences using DFT. Fourier Transform. Bilinear Transformation Method. • Understand the significance of various filter structures and effects of round off errors. . • The impetus is to introduce a few real-world signal processing applications. Frequency Response. Discrete Fourier Transforms: Properties of DFT. DFT and Z-Transform. Properties of Discrete Fourier Series. Over-Lap Save Method. • To familiarize the relationships between continuous-time and discrete time signals and systems. frequency and Z -transform analysis on signals and systems. Unit IV: FIR Digital Filters: Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters. Fast Fourier Transforms: Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) . Frequency Sampling Technique.Radix-2 Decimation-in-Time and Decimation-in-Frequency FFT Algorithms. ECE & M. Computation of DFT: Over-Lap Add Method. Unit III: IIR Digital Filters: Analog filter approximations – Butterworth and Chebyshev. • To study fundamentals of time. /MBA) w.Tech. Linear Constant Coefficient Difference Equations. Multi-rate signal processing techniques and finite word length effects. Realization of Digital Filters – Direct. Round-off Noise in IIR Digital Filters.A Practical approach. Oppenheim and R. Algorithms.ECE & M.e. 2017-2018 Academic Year Unit V: Multirate Digital Signal Processing: Introduction. Proakis. 2009 3. V. PHI. . TEXT BOOKS: 1. nd 5.IDP (B. Digital Signal Processing – S. TMH. A. Dimitris G. Jervis. 2007 3.Salivahanan. Digital Signal Processing . Elsevier. Thomson. Harris. Trade Off Between Round Off and Overflow Noise. 2. Principles. Pearson Education. Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing – Loney Ludeman. Upsampling. Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing using MATLAB – Robert J. Decimation.f.Gnanapriya. Discrete Systems and Digital Signal Processing with MATLAB – Taan S. Emmanuel C. Ifeachor and Barrie W.W. and Applications: John G. Conversion of Band Pass Signals. Digital Signal Processing – Fundamentals and Applications – Li Tan. /MBA) w. Concept of Resampling. Down Sampling. Dead Band Effects. Interpolation. 2009 4. 2009 110 . Pearson Education / PHI. Sandra L. 2009 REFERENCES: 1. 2007. Finite Word Length Effects: Limit cycles. Sampling Rate Conversion. Computational Output Round Off Noise.Tech. 2009. CRC press. Measurement of Coefficient Quantization Effects through Pole-Zero Movement. Digital Signal Processing. Schilling. Manolakis.Vallavaraj and C.Tech. John Wiley. 2008 2. EIAli. Methods to Prevent Overflow. Discrete Time Signal Processing – A. Schaffer. Overflow Oscillations. 2 Edition. Tech.Tech.ECE & M. • Effective Speaking Abilities 3. inferring meaning. • Participating in group discussions. reading for facts. Activities on Fundamentals of Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary - Starting a conversation – responding appropriately and relevantly – using the right body language – Role Play in different situations & Discourse Skills.e. Activities on Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local comprehension. • Facing interviews. • Making oral presentations. idioms and phrases. • Enhanced job prospects. guessing meanings from context. Syllabus: The following course content to conduct the activities is prescribed for the Advanced Communication Skills (ACS) Lab: 1. • Taking part in social and professional communication. The proposed course should be a laboratory course to enable students to use ‘good’ English and perform the following: • Gathering ideas and information to organise ideas relevantly and coherently. Activities on Presentation Skills – Oral presentations (individual and group) through JAM sessions/seminars/PPTs and written presentations through posters/projects/reports/ e- mails/assignments etc. the students need to prepare themselves for their careers which may require them to listen to. collocations & usage of vocabulary. • Engaging in debates. • Writing formal letters. business vocabulary. 2. they would be required to communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently in writing. speak and write in English both for their professional and interpersonal communication in the globalised context. 2. study of word origin.Tech. • Transferring information from non-verbal to verbal texts and vice-versa. Objectives: This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language development to meet the following targets: • To improve the students’ fluency in English. scanning. • Further.using visuals . Learning Outcomes • Accomplishment of sound vocabulary and its proper use contextually. analogy. 3. Activities on Writing Skills – Structure and presentation of different types of writing – letter writing/Resume writing/ e-correspondence/ Technical report writing/ Portfolio writing – planning for writing – improving one’s writing. . /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 1 ADVANCED ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 1. critical reading & effective googling. ECE & M. • Writing project/research reports/technical reports. one-word substitutes. prefixes and suffixes.IDP (B. /MBA) w.f. Introduction The introduction of the Advanced Communication Skills Lab is considered essential at 3rd year level. through a well-developed vocabulary and enable them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed by educated English speakers and respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts. At this stage. • To prepare all the students for their placements.Tech. 111 . skimming. 4. word roots. • Flair in Writing and felicity in written expression.Synonyms and antonyms. read. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. . Oxford University Press 2009. 7.e. Management Shapers Series by Universities Press(India)Pvt Ltd. Quintanilla & Shawn T. Speed – 2. Cambridge University Press 2008. D. McMahan. Sage South Asia Edition. AARCO & BARRONS. 112 . 8th Edition • DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice. Hyderabad. 2009. fluency and organization of ideas and rubrics for evaluation. Anderson. opening strategies. 13. 6. 10. RAM–512 MB Minimum. Master Public Speaking by Anne Nicholls. 2011.com’  Preparing for being Interviewed  Positive Thinking  Interviewing Skills  Telephone Skills  Time Management 7.. Chennai 2008. 9. Handbook for Technical Writing by David A McMurrey & Joanne Buckely CENGAGE Learning 2008.Tech. Pearson Education 2011. Ltd. Minimum Requirement: The Advanced Communication Skills (ACS) Laboratory shall have the following infra-structural facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab: • Spacious room with appropriate acoustics • Round Tables with movable chairs • Audio-visual aids • LCD Projector • Public Address system • P – IV Processor. pre-interview planning. Cengage Learning pvt. Cengage Learning.Concept and process. USA. Sage South Asia Edition.IDP (B. answering strategies. V.8 GHZ • T. Cambridge University Press 2008. Cracking GRE by CLIFFS) • The following software from ‘train2success. English Vocabulary in Use series. Advanced Communication Skills Laboratory Manual by Sudha Rani.Tech. 8. Prescribed Lab Manual: A book titled A Course Book of Advanced Communication Skills (ACS) Lab published by Universities Press. Steve Duck & David T. JAICO Publishing House. • Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider. 2012. /MBA) w. 2006. 4. Handbook for Technical Communication by David A. McMurrey & Joanne Buckley. • Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass. Sage Publications. Dr G Natanam & Prof SA Sankaranarayanan. 3. Technical Communication by Paul V. Suggested Software: The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and used. 2007. 12. 6. PHI Learning Pvt Ltd. English Language Communication : A Reader cum Lab Manual Dr A Ramakrishna Rao. Communication Skills by Leena Sen. The Basics of Communication: A Relational Perspective. New Delhi.ECE & M.f. Books Recommended: 1. 4. 11. 2. 2017-2018 Academic Year 5. Job Hunting by Colm Downes. Himayatnagar. interview through tele-conference & video-conference and Mock Interviews. New Delhi. relevance. summarizing. Anuradha Publications. Hyderabad 2008. Hard Disk – 80 GB. Technical Communication by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma. 5. a digital stereo & Camcorder • Headphones of High quality 5. modulation of voice. Business and Professional Communication: Keys for Workplace Excellence. Wahl. intervention. body language. . Kelly M. 2012. Sage Publications. by Dreamtech • TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN. Activities on Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of group discussion. IDP (B. 2017-2018 Academic Year 14. Books on TOEFL/GRE/GMAT/CAT/ IELTS by Barron’s/DELTA/Cambridge University Press. there shall be continuous evaluation during the year for 25 sessional marks and 50 End Examination marks. Aysha Vishwamohan. 16. by inviting the External Examiner from outside. Mini Project: As a part of Internal Evaluation 1. * Teachers may use their discretion to choose topics relevant and suitable to the needs of students. DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS: Advanced Communication Skills Lab Practicals: 1. The End Examination shall be conducted by the teacher concerned. A Report on the same has to be prepared and presented. International English for Call Centres by Barry Tomalin and Suhashini Thomas. 15. Tata Mc Graw-Hil 2009.ECE & M. 2009. English for Technical Communication for Engineering Students.Tech.e.f. 2. For the English Language lab sessions. Of the 25 marks. The practical examinations for the ACS Laboratory practice shall be conducted as per the University norms prescribed for the core engineering practical sessions.Tech. In case of the non-availability of the External Examiner. * Not more than two students to work on each mini project. /MBA) w. . * Students may be assessed by their performance both in oral presentation and written report. 113 . Seminar/ Professional Presentation 2. Macmillan Publishers. 15 marks shall be awarded for day-to-day work and 10 marks to be awarded by conducting Internal Lab Test(s). other teacher of the same department can act as the External Examiner. To find Frequency Response of a given System given in Transfer Function/ Differential equation form. Note: . ECE & M. To find DFT / IDFT of given DT Signal 4. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Implementation of FFT of given Sequence 7.Tech. Implementation of Decimation Process 13.e. 114 . Impulse Response of First order and Second Order Systems. Implementation of Interpolation Process 14. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB The Programs shall be implemented in Software (Using MATLAB / Lab View / C Programming/ Equivalent) and Hardware (Using TI / Analog Devices / Motorola / Equivalent DSP processors).Minimum of 12 experiments has to be conducted. 8. 5. Generation of Sinusoidal Waveform / Signal based on Recursive Difference Equations 2. 1. Generation of DTMF Signals 12. 6. /MBA) w.ECE & M. 3.Tech. Implementation of LP FIR Filter for a given Sequence/Signal.Tech. .f. Implementation of I/D Sampling Rate Converters 15. Generation of Narrow Band Signal through Filtering 11. Obtain Fourier series coefficients by formula and using FET and compare for half sine wave.Tech. Implementation of HP IIR Filter for a given Sequence/Signal 10. Determination of Power Spectrum of a given Signal(s). 9.IDP (B. Histogram of White Gaussian Noise and Uniformly Distributed Noise. Logical Operations (Byte and Bit Level Operations).ECE & M. Arithmetic. Assembly Language Programs to Perform Arithmetic (Both Signed and Unsigned) 16 Bit Data Operations.Tech. Time delay Generation Using Timers of 8051. ECE & M. Programming & Applications by Dr. Tata McGraw-Hill Education. Shift. 2. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB Cycle 1: Using 8086 Processor Kits and/or Assembler (5 Weeks) • Assembly Language Programs to 8086 to Perform 1. Swap and Branch Instructions 2. The 8051 Microcontrollers: Architecture. Cycle 2: Using 8051 Microcontroller Kit (6 weeks) • Introduction to Keil IDE 1. /MBA) w.e. . Program Using Interrupts to Generate Square Wave 10 KHZ Frequency on P2.Tech. Logical.Assume Crystal Frequency as 11. 115 . Shift. String Operations on 16 Bit and 32 Bit Data.f.0592MHZ Cycle 3: Interfacing I/O Devices to 8051(5 Weeks) 1.1 Using Timer0 8051 in 8bit Auto reload Mode and Connect a 1HZ Pulse to INT1 pin and Display on Port0. 2. Swap and Branch Operations. Uma Rao.IDP (B. 3. Rotate. 4. Rotate. Bit level Logical Operations. Matrix Keypad to 8051. Advanced Microprocessors And Peripherals by A K Ray. 5. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 3.Tech. Triangular Wave Generator through DAC interfaces to 8051. 7 Segment Display to 8051. Sequence Generator Using Serial Interface in 8051. 2006 2.Tech. 8bit ADC Interface to 8051. BOOKS: 1. Serial Communication from / to 8051 to / from I/o devices. K. 4. f. • To develop the theory related to microwave transmission lines. UNIT I: Microwave Transmission Lines . RWH Theory and explain the salient features of Gunn Diodes and ATT Devices. • To establish the properties of Scattering Matrix. Rectangular Waveguides – Solution of Wave Equations in Rectangular Coordinates.Power Transmission and Power Losses.e. UNIT II: Cavity Resonators– Introduction. formulate the S-Matrix for various microwave junctions. Effective Dielectric Constant. the students would be able to • To analyze completely the rectangular waveguides. • To set up a microwave bench. Illustrative Problems 116 . • To distinguish between different types of microwave tubes. understand the concepts of TEDs. establish the measurement procedure and conduct the experiments in microwave lab for measurement of various microwave parameters. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING Prerequisite : Electromagnetic Theory and Transmission Lines . Wavelengths and Impedance Relations. and covers contents related to Microwave Theory and Techniques. and design waveguides for solving practical microwave transmission line problems. their structures and principles of microwave power generation. ECE & M. Impossibility of TEM Mode. Losses. identify the equipment required and precautions to be taken. its formulation and utility. their applications and to understand the limitations and losses of conventional tubes at these frequencies. • To understand the concepts of microwave measurements. Sketches of TE and TM mode fields in the cross- section. Course Outcomes : Having gone through this course covering different aspects of microwave theory and techniques. Characteristic Equation and Cut-off Frequencies. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Filter Characteristics. their mode characteristics. Microwave Spectrum and Bands. and different types of waveguide components and ferrite devices.IDP (B. and establish the S-Matrix for various types of microwave junctions. Dominant and Degenerate Modes. TWTs and estimate their efficiency levels. explain their functioning and select proper components for engineering applications. • To impart the knowledge of Scattering Matrix. Expressions for Fields. Q Factor and Coupling Coefficients. and to determine the characteristics of rectangular waveguides. • To distinguish between the different types of waveguide and ferrite components.Tech. Dominant Modes and Resonant Frequencies. and understand the utility of S-parameters in microwave component design. The main objectives of the course are …. derive the performance characteristics of 2-Cavity and Relfex Klystrons. Magnetrons. Rectangular Cavities. Illustrative Problems. and get familiarized with the methods of measurement of microwave power and various other microwave parameters. • To distinguish between the methods of power generation at microwave frequencies. . Applications of Microwaves. and to characterize their performance features and applications .I: Introduction.ECE & M. microstrip lines. Mode Characteristics – Phase and Group Velocities. and solve related numerical problems • To realize the need for solid state microwave sources. Micro strip Lines– Introduction. Q factor. • To get familiarized with microwave frequency bands.Tech.at tube levels as well as with solid state devices.Tech. Antennas and wave Propagation Course Objectives: This is a core course in Microwave Communications domain. Rectangular Guides . Zo Relations.Tech. /MBA) w. TE/TM mode analysis. Gain Considerations. Effect of Repeller Voltage on Power O/P.F. Efficiency. Suppression of Oscillations. Illustrative Problems. Cavity Q.Gunn Oscillation Modes. E plane and H plane Tees. TMH. 2003. 1999.. Resistive Card and Rotary Vane Attenuators. 4. /MBA) w.. Magic Tee. Frequency. Errors and Precautions. New Delhi. 3. Types and Characteristics of Slow Wave Structures. Magnetrons – Different Types. Standing Wave Measurements – Measurement of Low and High VSWR. Gunn Diodes – Principle. UNIT III: Microwave Tubes: Limitations and Losses of conventional Tubes at Microwave Frequencies.ECE & M. 4th Ed. John Wiley. Introduction to Avalanche Transit Time Devices. Das. Structure of TWT and Amplification Process (qualitative treatment). Cross-field Effects.L. 2. Das and S. Illustrative Problems. 2017-2018 Academic Year Waveguide Components and Applications: Coupling Mechanisms – Probe. S Matrix Calculations for – 2 port Junctions. CBS Publishers and Distributors. Mathematical Theory of Bunching.Tech. Sisodia and G.Raghuvanshi. Rizzi. Microwave Engineering – A.IDP (B. Basic Modes of Operation .Tech. 3rd Edition. 2nd Ed. Separation of PI-Mode. LSA Mode.e. Illustrative Problems Microwave Solid State Devices: Introduction. Reich. New Age International Publishers Ltd. Waveguide Discontinuities – Waveguide Windows. Reentrant Cavities. Impedance Measurements. Circulator and Isolator. 2004. 2nd Edition. Tuning Screws and Posts. Velocity Modulation Process and Applegate Diagram. Wiley Eastern Ltd. . Microwave Measurements: Description of Microwave Bench – Different Blocks and their Features. 2. Waveguide Phase Shifters – Types. Magic Tee. Power Output. Directional Couplers – 2 Hole. PHI. Skalnik. Cylindrical Traveling Wave Magnetron – Hull Cut-off and Hartree Conditions. P.. 117 . 1995. TEDs – Introduction. Collin.f. 5.E.S. Bolometers. Oscillating Modes and O/P Characteristics. Loop. Microwave Principles – Herbert J. Circulator. Microwave Power Measurement. Microwave Circuits and Passive Devices – M. McGraw-Hill. IEEE Press. o/p characteristics. J. UNIT IV: M-Type Tubes: Introduction. Waveguide Attenuators – Different Types. Characteristics. Ferrite Components – Gyrator. RWH Theory. Measurement of Attenuation. Terman.K. Microwave Engineering Passive Circuits – Peter A. Faraday Rotation. Waveguide Multiport Junctions – E plane and H plane Tees. Pearson.L. Applications. Liao. 2002. 1955. Bunching Process and Small Signal Theory – Expressions for O/P Power and Efficiency. Reflex Klystrons – Structure. Krauss. Microwave Devices and Circuits – Samuel Y. Microwave Tubes – O Type and M Type Classifications. UNIT V: Scattering Matrix– Significance. O-type Tubes : 2 Cavity Klystrons – Structure. Illustrative Problems Ferrites– Composition and Characteristics. Dielectric and Rotary Vane Phase Shifters. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Classification. REFERENCES: 1. 2009. Foundations for Microwave Engineering – R. Helix TWTs: Significance. Aperture types. Formulation and Properties. Modes of Resonance and PI-Mode Operation. Matched Loads. Ordung and H.G..E. Isolator. Bethe Hole types. Velocity Modulation and Applegate Diagram. Electronic and Radio Engineering – F. Envelope Detector – False Alarm Time and Probability. Illustrative Problems.IDP (B.Tech. account for the range gated Doppler filter bank. and Microwave Engineering. identifying the complete block diagrams and establishing their characteristics. listing out all the losses to be accounted for. Radar Block Diagram and Operation. Monopulse type of Tracking Radars. PRF and Range Ambiguities. • Account for the need and functioning of CW. to establish the DLC features and to bring out the MTI radar performance limitations. • To establish the principle of Tracking Radar and differentiate between different types of tracking radars. and to configure its response characteristics. • To explain the concept of a Matched Filter in radar receiver.Tech.f. FM-CW radar. Minimum Detectable Signal.e. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Simple form of Radar Equation. The main objectives of this course are … • To understand the working principle of a radar. Applications of CW radar. • To identify the need for modulation and Doppler effect. Illustrative Problems 118 . phased array antennas. and solve numerical problems to establish the radar characteristics. Radar Equation : SNR. • Illustrate the DLC characteristics. • Explain the working principle of a pulse radar and establish the complete radar range equation. EM Theory and Transmission Lines.Tech. CW Radar – Block Diagram. displays. Receiver Bandwidth Requirements. ECE & M. . specify their requirements and compare their characteristic features. identifying their principle of operation with necessary schematics. Radar Cross Section of Targets . Receiver Noise.. • Account for the electronic scanning principle. to distinguish between different radar displays and duplexers. Antennas and Wave Propagation. identifying the significance and choice of all parameters involved.ECE & M. to get acquainted with the working principles of CW radar. knowing their requirements and utilities. Non-zero IF Receiver. UNIT–II: CW and Frequency Modulated Radar : Doppler Effect. Isolation between Transmitter and Receiver. • To impart the knowledge of functioning of MTI radar and its variants. Prediction of Range Performance. UNIT–I: Basics of Radar : Introduction. /MBA) w. and formulate the complete radar range equation. and implement the same through phased array antennas. Integration of Radar Pulses. FM-CW and MTI radars. Course Outcomes : Having gone through this course on Radar Systems. and estimate the MTI radar performance characteristics and limitations.Tech. • Distinguish between Sequential Lobing. Modified Radar Range Equation. System Losses (qualitative treatment). Transmitter Power. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 RADAR SYSTEMS (PE -III) Prerequisite : Microwave Engineering Course Objectives: This is a system oriented course and needs the knowledge of Signal and Systems. identify the frequency bands. Radar Frequencies and Applications. • Derive the matched filter response characteristics for radar applications and account for correlation receivers. Illustrative Problems. Maximum Unambiguous Range. their requirements and utilities. to impart the working knowledge of different receiver blocks – duplexers. the students would be able to …. Conical Scan. . New York. 3 edition – M.. UNIT –IV: Tracking Radar: Tracking with Radar. William A.. Principles of Modern Radar: Basic Principles – Mark A. Matched Filter with Non-white Noise. TMH Ed. Radar Receivers – Noise Figure and Noise Temperature.Z. Duplexers – Branch type and Balanced type. Blind Speeds. TMH Special Indian Edition. Skolnik. 2. FM-CW altimeter. Correlation Function and Cross-correlation Receiver. Circulators as Duplexers. Radar: Principles. Skolnik. Efficiency of Non-matched Filters. 3. 2007. 2005 119 . Scheer.Tech. TEXT BOOKS: nd 1. Richards. Matched Filter Receiver – Response Characteristics and Derivation. 2004.and two. Applications. Mono pulse Tracking Radar – Amplitude Comparison Mono pulse (one. Radar Principles – Peebles. Conical Scan. Wiley.I. 2013 rd 4.. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Limitations to MTI Performance.f. Phase Comparison Mono pulse.Tech.ECE & M. Block Diagram and Characteristics. Introduction to Radar Systems – Merrill I.e. Holm. Double Cancellation. UNIT-III: MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar: Introduction. Technology. James A. MTI Radar with . Principle. Beam Steering and Beam Width changes. UNIT –V: Detection of Radar Signals in Noise : Introduction. MTI Radar Parameters. Jr.IDP (B. . Pearson Education. 1998. Delay Line Cancellers – Filter Characteristics. Introduction to Phased Array Antennas – Basic Concepts. Range Gated Doppler Filters. Introduction to Radar Systems. Applications – Byron Edde. /MBA) w. Sequential Lobing. P.Power Amplifier Transmitter and Power Oscillator Transmitter. 2017-2018 Academic Year FM-CW Radar: Range and Doppler Measurement. Comparison of Trackers. Radiation Pattern. Acquisition and Scanning Patterns. MTI versus Pulse Doppler Radar. Advantages and Limitations. Staggered PRFs. Tracking in Range. 2 Ed.coordinates). Yesdee. Displays – types. Group Delay. Compare various optical detectors and choose suitable one for different applications. Connector Return Loss. Laser Diode Rate Equations. External Quantum Efficiency. Threshold Conditions. Point-to. Equilibrium Numerical Aperture.Modes. /MBA) w. Laser Diode to Fiber Coupling. Single Mode Fiber Joints. Graded Index Fibers. Effective Refractive Index. Temperature Effect on Avalanche Gain. The general system. Source to Fiber Power Launching: . Reliability of LED & ILD.e. 4. 5. Quantum Limit.f. To identify and understand the operation of various optical detectors.Point Links. Core and Cladding Losses.Historical development. Cylindrical Fibers. . Fiber Materials Glass. 4. Step Index Fibers.Connector Types. Detector Response Time. At the end of the course. Vnumber. Skew Rays. UNIT -I: Overview of Optical Fiber Communication: . Probability of Error. Single Mode Fiber Connectors. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONS (PE . Acceptance Angle.LEDs. UNIT -III: Fiber Splicing: Splicing Techniques. Optical Fiber Connectors. To realize the significance of optical fibre communications. Materials. Resonant Frequencies. UNIT -II: Signal Distortion in Optical Fibers: Attenuation.Cut Off Wavelength.Introduction. Course Outcomes: 1. Power Launching. Power Coupling. Scattering and Bending Losses. System Considerations. Chalgenide Glass.III) Prerequisite Subject: None Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are: 1. 2. Multiplexing. Quantum Efficiency. 120 . Active Glass.Tech. scattering and bending. Receiver Configuration.Modes. Digital Signal Transmission. Mode Field Diameter. Comparison of Photo Detectors. Numerical Aperture.Tech. Digital Receiver Performance. Ray Theory Transmission. Advantages of Optical Fiber Communications. To understand the design of optical systems and WDM. UNIT -V: Optical System Design: Considerations. the student will be able to: 2. Information Capacity Determination. Absorption. 3. Optical Sources. Understand and analyze the constructional parameters of optical fibres. Error Sources.IDP (B. To understand the construction and characteristics of optical fibre cable.Tech. Power Bandwidth Product. Total Internal Reflection. Optical Receiver Operation. Modulation. Optical Fiber Wave Guides. Link Power Budget with Examples. Structures. 3. Types of Dispersion - Material Dispersion. 5.Output Patterns.Fundamental Receiver Operation. UNIT -IV: Optical Detectors: Physical Principles of PIN and APD. Plastic Optical Fibers. Injection Laser Diodes. Wave-Guide Dispersion. To develop the knowledge of optical signal sources and power launching. Splicing Single Mode Fibers. Overall Fiber Dispersion in Multi-Mode and Single Mode Fibers. Estimate the losses due to attenuation.ECE & M. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Polarization Mode Dispersion.Tech. Intermodal Dispersion. Fiber Alignment and Joint Loss- Multimode Fiber Joints. Mode Coupling. Power. Analog Receivers. Halide. ECE & M. absorption. Pulse Broadening. Be able to design an optical system. Component Choice. Single Mode Fibers. Rise Time Budget with Examples. /MBA) w. Senior. WDM. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Mynbaev . 2009. 4.K.IDP (B.C. Optical Communication Systems – John Gowar. Types of WDM. S. 2017-2018 Academic Year Transmission Distance. Principles. Optical Fiber Communications – John M. Fiber Optic Communications – D. 2001. rd 2. 2004. 3.Tech. 2 Edition. Measurement of Attenuation and Dispersion.C. PHI.Sterling Jr. Pearson Education. . 2005. Pearson Education.e. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Necessity. Eye Pattern. John Wiley. 2004. nd 5. Line Coding in Optical Links. Optical Fiber Communications – Gerd Keiser. Agarwal . TMH. Fiber Optic Communication Systems – Govind P. 3rd Ediition. PHI. – Cengage learning. Text Book on Optical Fibre Communication and its Applications – S. 2008.ECE & M. Scheiner.Gupta.Tech. 2.f. 4th Edition. 121 . 3 Edition. Gupta and Lowell L. 2005. Introduction to Fiber Optics by Donald J. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Design of Down Links. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (PE-III) Prerequisite: Analog Communications and Digital Communications Course Objectives : The course objectives are: • To prepare students to excel in basic knowledge of satellite communication principles • To provide students with solid foundation in orbital mechanics and launches for the satellite communication • To train the students with a basic knowledge of link design of satellite with a design examples. . Intermodulation. Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). Future Trends of Satellite Communications. Satellite Switched TDMA Onboard Processing. basic concepts and frequency allocations for satellite communication • Students will demonstrate orbital mechanics. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. tracking.Tech. • Students will be able to visualize satellite sub systems like Telemetry. Frame Structure. UNIT III: Satellite Link Design: Basic Transmission Theory. System Noise Temperature and G/T Ratio. Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA). Telemetry. Frequency Allocations for Satellite Services. 122 . DAMA. • Students will understand the historical background.Tech. Historical Back-ground. • To provide better understanding of multiple access systems and earth station technology • To prepare students with knowledge in satellite navigation and GPS & and satellite packet communications. • Students will understand the various multiple access systems for satellite communication systems and satellite packet communications. Orbital Perturbations. Basic Concepts of Satellite Communications. Spread Spectrum Transmission and Reception. Power Systems. command and monitoring power systems etc. launch vehicles and launchers • Students will demonstrate the design of satellite links for specified C/N with system design examples. Tracking.e. Command And Monitoring. Calculation of C/N.Tech. ECE & M. Orbital Mechanics and Launchers: Orbital Mechanics. System Design Examples.IDP (B. Up Link Design.Tech. Design Of Satellite Links For Specified C/N. UNIT II: Satellite Subsystems: Attitude and Orbit Control System. Multiple Access: Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA). /MBA) w. Orbital Effects in Communication Systems Performance.f. Launches and Launch vehicles.ECE & M. Communication Subsystems. UNIT I: Introduction: Origin of Satellite Communications. Examples. Applications. Look Angle determination. Equipment Reliability and Space Qualification. Satellite Antennas. Orbit determination. Raja Rao. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Tracking Systems. GPS Receiver Operation. Transmitters. Primary Power Test Methods. WSE. 2nd Edition. Richharia. 4 Edition. th 2. GPS Navigation Message. 123 . Terrestrial Interface.IDP (B. Wiley Publications. Robert A Nelson and Henri G. Antennas.Tech. McGraw Hill. Satellite Communications – Timothy Pratt. Charles Bostian and Jeremy Allnutt. GPS Receivers and Codes. Pearson Publications. GPS C/A Code Accuracy. 2004 th 4. 2. . Receivers. /MBA) w. 2009. Operational NGSO Constellation Designs.Suyderhoud. 2017-2018 Academic Year Unit IV: Earth Station Technology: Introduction.e.N. Differential GPS. 2003. Satellite Communications – Dennis Roddy. 2 Edition. Satellite Signal Acquisition. REFERENCES: nd 1. Unit V: Low Earth Orbit and Geo-Stationary Satellite Systems: Orbit Considerations. 3.ECE & M. BS Publications. 2nd Edition. GPS Signal Levels. PHI. 2003. System Considerations.D.f. 2003. Delay & Throughput Considerations. Satellite Communication . Pritchard. Coverage and Frequency Consideration. Satellite Navigation & Global Positioning System : Radio and Satellite Navigation. Khanna Publications.C Agarwal. GPS Position Location Principles. Fundamentals of Satellite Communications – K. 5 Ed. Satellite Communications Engineering – Wilbur L.Tech. Satellite Communications: Design Principles – M. . Supervised Learning UNIT-IV: Self-Organization Maps (SOM): Two Basic Feature Mapping Models.f. To understand the architecture. Competitive. Output Representation and Decision Rule. Stability of Equilibrium States. Generalization. Create different neural networks of various architectures both feed forward and feed backward. Learning Vector Quantization. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Network Pruning Techniques. Relation Between Perceptron and Bayes Classifier for a Gaussian Environment Multilayer Perceptron: Back Propagation Algorithm XOR Problem. /MBA) w. 2. Learning Curves. Virtues and Limitations of Back Propagation Learning. Knowledge Representation. Network Architectures. Learning Rate Annealing Techniques. Computer Simulations. UNIT-I: Introduction: A Neural Network. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS (PE . Neural Networks viewed as Directed Graphs. Models of a Neuron. SOM Algorithm. PHI edition.e. learning algorithm and issues of various feed forward and feedback neural networks. Manipulation of Attractors as a Recurrent Network Paradigm Hopfield Models – Hopfield Models. Computer Experiment TEXT BOOKS: 1. JAICO Publishing House Ed. ECE & M. Neural Networks -James A Freeman David M S Kapura Pearson Education 2004.Tech.III) Prerequisite Subject: None Course Objectives: 1. Hessian Matrix. Hebbian Learning.ECE & M.Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Memory. Course Outcomes: By completing this course the student will be able to: 1.B. Least Mean Square Algorithm. Neural Networks a Comprehensive Foundations. Adaptive Patter Classification UNIT-V: Neuro Dynamics: Dynamical Systems. 124 . Artificial Neural Networks . 3. To understand the biological neural network and to model equivalent neuron models. Credit Assignment Problem. Simon Haykin. Perform the training of neural networks using various learning rules. Cross Validation. Perform the testing of neural networks and do the perform analysis of these networks for various pattern recognition applications. Linear Least Square Filters. Statistical Nature of the Learning Process UNIT-II: Single Layer Perceptrons: Adaptive Filtering Problem. Memory Based Learning. Attractors. Feature Detection UNIT-III: Back Propagation: Back Propagation and Differentiation. Self-Organization Map. 2006. Computer Experiment. Accelerated Convergence. 4. Unconstrained Organization Techniques. Properties of Feature Map. Artificial Intelligence and Neural Networks Learning Process: Error Correction Learning. Heuristics.IDP (B. Perceptron –Convergence Theorem.Tech.Tech. Boltzmann Learning. Neural Networks in Computer Inteligance. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems Jacek M. Human Brain. 2. Li Min Fu TMH 2003 3. Zurada. Neuro Dynamical Models. Adaption. Vegnanarayana Prentice Hall of India P Ltd 2005 2. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course student will be able to 1. Non-parametric Methods: Bartlett.IDP (B. Can calculate the output Noise power of different filters due to various finite word length effects viz: ADC Quantization. specifically 2 Order st Narrow Band Filter and 1 Order All Pass Filter. Understand the effects of finite word/register length used in hardware in implementation of various filters and transforms using finite precision processors. Study various Parametric & Non parametric methods of Power spectrum estimation techniques and their advantages & disadvantages 5. Lattice structures. 2. product quantization.Tech. Frequency sampling structures of FIR. Backward prediction error. 4. ECE & M.ECE & M. UNIT –I: Review of DFT. Finite word length effect in IIR digital Filters – Finite word-length effects in FFT algorithms. overflow.Tech. Estimate the power spectrum of signal corrupted by noise through a choice of estimation methods: Parametric or Non Parametric. UNIT -II: Non-Parametric Methods: Estimation of spectra from finite duration observation of signals. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (PGC – I) Course Objectives : The objectives of this course are to make the student 1. Implementation of lattice structures for IIR filters. FFT. Understand the design of various types of digital filters and implement them using various implementation structures and study the advantages & disadvantages of a variety of design procedures and implementation structures. Also they can decide the stability of the system by studying the effect due to coefficient quantization while implementing different filters and transforms. Forward prediction error. Welch & Blackman-Tukey methods. nd Introduction to filter structures (IIR & FIR). Design and implement a filter which is optimum for the given specifications. AR Models - Yule-Walker & Burg Methods.Implementation of Digital Filters. 4. Relation between auto correlation & model parameters. understand difference between estimation & Computation of Power spectrum and the need for Power Spectrum estimation. /MBA) w. 2. 3.Tech.Tech.e. . Design a Mutirate system for the needed sampling rate and can implement the same using Polyphase filter structures of the needed order. Advantages of lattice structures.III: Parametric Methods: Autocorrelation & Its Properties.f. 125 . understand the concept and need for Multirate signal Processing and their applications in various fields of Communication & Signal Processing 3. MA & ARMA models for power spectrum estimation. Reflection coefficients for lattice realization. Comparison of all Non-Parametric methods UNIT . IIR Filters and FIR Filters. and can calculate the scaling factors needed to avoid Limit cycles: Zero input. Multi Rate Systems and Filter Banks – P. 2.Vaidyanathan – Pearson Education. UNIT –V: Applications of Multi Rate Signal Processing Design of Phase Shifters. Implementation of Narrow Band Low Pass Filters. Digital Signal Processing: A Practitioner's Approach.Vallavaraj. A. Over Sampling A/D and D/A Conversion.J.IDP (B. /MBA) w.Alan V Oppenheim & Ronald W Schaffer. 3.P.Salivahanan. 1988. C. Modern spectral Estimation: Theory & Application – S..Tech.Kay. Filter design & Implementation for sampling rate conversion. PHI.. G. Pearson Education. Examples of up-sampling using an All Pass Filter.G. DSP – A Practical Approach – Emmanuel C. Ifeacher. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Decimation by a factor D. Mallik ISBN: 978-0-470-01769-2.Gnanapriya. Discrete Time signal processing . .ECE & M. Quadrature Mirror Filters. Digital Signal Processing: Principles.Proakis& D. Transmultiplexers. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT –IV: Multi Rate Signal Processing: Introduction. 210 pages. M . Rangarao. W. 2. Barrie. 4th Ed. Jervis. Kaluri V. Digital Signal Processing – S. Interfacing of Digital Systems with Different Sampling Rates. Subband Coding of Speech Signals.TMH 126 . 3. Interpolation by a factor I. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Manolakis.Tech. PHI. 2000.e.f. 2 ed. Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor I/D. Algorithms & Applications . PHI. Implementation of Digital Filter Banks. Ranjan K. 4. November 2006 John Weley. Multistage Implementation of Sampling Rate Conversion. Kovacevic.2009 127 . 2003. Andrew K Chan.Limitations of Fourier Analysis. Applications of DWT. KLT. First Edition.CWT- Tiling of time scale plane for CWT.Tech. Bi-orthogonal wavelets e. Properties and Applications. Academic Press. properties and applications of various two dimensional transform. New Delhi. properties and applications.. PJI. properties and applications UNIT -III: Continuous Wavelet Transform (CWT) Short comings of STFT. Wavelet Transforms-Introduction theory and applications -Raghuveer M. Continuous time wavelet Transform Equation. “A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing”.B-Splines. Multidimensional Wavelets. 2. Hilbert Transform. 1999. UNIT -V: Special Topics: Wavelet Packet Transform.c. Pearson Edu. 1995. T.I. Multi Wavelets TEXT BOOKS: 1. 1997.Theory.e. 3. UNIT -IV: Multi Rate Analysis and DWT: Need for Scaling function – Multi Resolution Analysis. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 TRANSFORM TECHNIQUES (PG E . 4. 4. Hadamard. “Fundamentals of Wavelets. Need for time- frequency analysis. DCT.Tech. Digital Image Processing – S. STFT. Asia. /MBA) w. Meyer. Mallat. FT. 2004. C. Understand the basic concepts of wavelet transform. Soman. Perfect Reconstruction Condition. K. Fourier basis. Stephen G. Need for wavelets.Esakkirajan. Ramachandran. Structure of DWT Filter Banks.Tech. Jaideva C Goswami. Haar and Slant Transforms. Important Wavelets: Haar. Daubechies Wavelet Function. Daubechies. Algorithms and Applications”. Bopardikar. “Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelet Transforms”.Jayaraman. “Insight into Wavelets from Theory to practice “. Lifting Scheme of Wavelet Generation. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. S. 3. Wavelet Basis. PHI.– definition. To learn the fundamentals of wavelet transform and special wavelets. Printice Hall India.Concept of Scale and its relation with frequency. Sydney Burrus. Understand the design of filter Bank structure. Hilbert spaces. 2D-DFT: Definition. The student will learn basics of two dimensional transforms. Inc. Understand the definition.I) Prerequisite: None Course Objectives: 1. To learn basics of two dimensional transform.f. Mexican Hat.ECE & M. 2. Two-Channel Filter Banks.t. 3. Second Edition 5. Relationship between Filter Banks and Wavelet Basis. DFT. K. UNIT -II: Transforms Walsh. Course Outcomes: 1. 4. “Wavelets and sub-band coding”. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. DST. Singapore. DWT.Tech. First Edition. 2. John Wiley & Sons. Bi-orthogonal basis. Understand the special topics such as wavelet packets. UNIT -I: Fourier Analysis Vector space. Understand the various two dimensional transform definition. P.Veera Kumar – TMH. IDFT. ECE & M.IDP (B. Shannon.Rao and Ajit S.Series Expansion using Wavelets. 2. Vetterli M. . To understand lossless and lossy compression techniques related to ECG data. ECG Pattern Recognition. Ergodicity. QRS Detection Methods. Fetal ECG Monitoring. To understand various cardilogical signal processing techniques and noise cancellation techniques. Huffman coding.I) Prerequisite: Advanced Digital Signal Processing Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are : 1. Prony’s method. Model and estimate EEG signals and various sleep stages. Noise power spectral density analysis. 5. 3. Arrhythmia Detection Algorithms.Tech.R. Polishing – Mean and trend removal. Use probability theory to model random processes. Inverse Filtering. Rhythm analysis.f. 2. 4. To analyze evoked potentials. Least squares and polynomial modelling. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (PG E . Linear prediction. 7. . /MBA) w. UNIT -I: Random Processes Stationary random process. 6. ECG data compression using Turning point. To use basic probability theory to model random signals in terms of Random Processes. 128 . 4. Power spectral density and autocorrelation function of random processes. To understand estimation of signals using Prony’s and least square and linear prediction methods. Prony's Method based on the Least Squares Estimate. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. UNIT -IV: Signal Averaging. Adaptive Noise Cancelling with the LMS Adaptation Algorithm. Analyze evoked potentials.Tech.e. CORTES. To derive the noise power Spectral Density of Random signals and its analysis. Beta and Gamma Waves. Detection of spikes and spindles Detection of Alpha. ECE & M.Tech. Adaptive Noise Cancelling: Principles of Adaptive Noise Cancelling. AZTEC.) modelling of seizure EEG. DICOM Standards UNIT -III: Cardiological Signal Processing: Pre-processing. Course Outcomes: After studying the course . To comprehend EEG signals. each student is expected to be able to : 1. Sleep Stage analysis. Automated ECG Analysis. UNIT -V: Neurological Signal Processing: Modelling of EEG Signals. 2. 3. vector quantisation. Noise Cancelling Method to Enhance ECG Monitoring. UNIT -II: Data Compression Techniques: Lossy and Lossless data reduction Algorithms. Analyze random signals using power spectral densities. Compare various lossless and lossy techniques. Yule – Walker (Y –W) equations. modeling and sleep stages. Analysis of Evoked Potentials. Noise bandwidth and noise figure of systems.IDP (B. 5. Auto Regressive (A.ECE & M.Tech. Compare various ECG processing and noise cancellation techniques. 6. 2005. I Time & Frequency Analysis .e. 2009. PHI. C. /MBA) w. 2. Random Variables & Random Signal Principles – Peyton Z. Biomedical Digital Signal Processing: C-Language Experiments and Laboratory Experiments. 1986.Principles and Techniques .Tech.f. Elsevier. 4.ECE & M.Cohen. IEEE Press. 2017-2018 Academic Year TEXT BOOKS: th 1. 3. Biomedical Signal Processing -Vol. Willis J. Peebles. Biomedical Signal Processing. CRC Press. Probability.Tompkins. 129 . REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. 2. . Biomedical Signal Processing ..IDP (B. TMH.Akay M .D. Digital Bio Dignal Processing . Reddy. 4 Ed. 1991.Weitkunat R. TMH.A.Tech. Tech. .and Z- parameters. To introduce students the basic transmission line theory. Generalization-Basic Resonator and Filter Configurations: Low Pass. Forbidden Regions.ECE & M. High Frequency Inductors. Normalized Impedance-Impedance Transformation: Standing wave Ratio. Biasing Networks for FET. UNIT V: RF Transistor Amplifier Design: Characteristics of Amplifiers.Tech. single and multiport networks. To educate students fundamental RF circuit and system design skills.f. T and Pi Matching Networks-Amplifier Classes of Operation and Biasing Networks: Classes of Operation and Efficiency of Amplifiers.Sourced and Loaded Transmission Lines: Power Considerations. Understand the basic transmission line theory. Band Pass and Band Stop type Filters-Filter Implementation using Unit Element and Kuroda's Identities Transformations-Coupled Filters. L. RF component modeling. 3.Tech. and Surface Mount Inductors. Explore fundamental RF circuit and system design skills. UNIT IV: Matching and Biasing Networks: Impedance Matching Using Discrete Components: Two Component Matching Networks. Special Transformation Conditions-Admittance Transformation-Parallel and Series RL & RC Connections-Basic Definitions of Single and Multi-Port Networks-Interconnecting Networks. Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course. Chip Capacitors. Frequency Response and Quality Factor. Return Loss and Insertion Loss. Open Circuit and Quarter Wave Transmission Lines. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. RF component modeling. Input Impedance Matching. ECE & M. High Frequency Capacitors. Meaning. Chain Scattering Matrix. /MBA) w.Amplifier Power Relations: RF Source. UNIT II: Single and Multi-Port Networks: The Smith Chart: Reflection Coefficient. Large Signal and Small Signal FET Models. single and multiport networks. High Pass. Signal Flow Chart Modeling. UNIT III: Active RF Component Modelling: RF Diode Models: Nonlinear and Linear Models-Transistor Models: Large Signal and Small Signal BJT Models.Tech. Design matching and biasing networks & RF transistor amplifiers.e. the students will be able to: 1. 2. Unconditional Stability. Review of Transmission Lines: Types of Transmission Lines-Equivalent Circuit representation-R. 2. Additional Power Relations-Stability Considerations: Stability Circles. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 RF CIRCUIT DESIGN (PG E – I) Perquisite : None Course Objectives: The course objectives are: 1. C. UNIT I: Introduction: Importance of RF Design-Dimensions and Units-Frequency Spectrum-RF Behaviour of Passive Components: High Frequency Resistors. Device Characterization. 3. To offer students experience on designing matching and biasing networks & RF transistor amplifier design.-Chip Components and Circuit Board Considerations: Chip Resistors. Conversion Between S. G parameters of Different Line configurations-Terminated Lossless Transmission Lines-Special Terminations: Short Circuit. And 130 . Biasing Networks for BJT. Transducer Power Gain.Scattering Parameter.IDP (B. RF Filter Design: Scattering Parameters: Definition. TMH. Inc.Carr. RF Oscillators and Mixers: Basic Oscillator Model: Negative Resistance Oscillator. Feedback Oscillator Design. /MBA) w.e. Pavel Bsetchko – Pearson Education India. 3. Cheryl Aljuni and John Biyler.ECE & M.Fixed Frequency High Frequency Oscillator -Basic Characteristics of Mixers: Concepts. RF Circuit Design – Theory and Applications by Reinhold Ludwig.Misra – Wiley Student Edition – John Wiley & Sons. 2017-2018 Academic Year Stabilization Methods-Unilateral and Bilateral Design for Constant Gain.Tech. Frequency Domain Considerations. Peter L. Radio Frequency and Microwave Electronics – Illustrated by Matthew M. TEXT BOOKS: 1. 2004. Artech House. RF Circuit Design – Christopher Bowick. Single and Double Balanced Mixers. . 2/e – Cambridge University Press.Noise Figure Circles- Constant VSWR Circles.Lee . 131 . 2. Radio Frequency and Microwave Communication Circuits – Analysis and Design by Devendra K.f. 2000. The Design of CMOS Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits by Thomas H.D. Design steps. Quartz Oscillators. 2. Design of RF and Microwave Amplifiersand Oscillators. Abrif. REFERENCES: 1. 2000. Single Ended Mixer Design. 2008. Secrets of RF Circuit Design by Joseph J. Elsevier Science. 4. Radmanesh – PEI.Tech. 5. 2000.IDP (B. Tech. Pucknell. Essentials of VLSI Circuits and Systems. CMOS.Tech. Course Outcomes: 1) Review of FET fundamentals for VLSI design. Power optimization. K. MOS. Threshold Voltage VT.. 2nd Ed. Switch logic networks. UNIT –I: Review of Microelectronics and Introduction to MOS Technologies: MOS. Circuit and System Perspective – Ming-BO Lin.f. 2. 1997. Switch Logic. Addison Wesley.II) Prerequisite: VLSI Course Objectives: 1) Students from other engineering background to get familiarize with large scale integration technology. Alternative Gate circuits. 3) Learn methods to improve Digital VLSI system’s performance. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Basic Electrical Properties of MOS. Off-chip connections. Modern VLSI Design – Wayne Wolf.. BiCMOS Technology. Floor Plan Design. 2) To acquires knowledge about stick diagrams and layouts. CMOS & BiCMOS Circuits: Ids – Vds relationships. UNIT –IV: Sequential Systems: Memory cells and Arrays. Low power gates. Eshraghian. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Eshraghian Eshraghian. 2. K. Simulation. 3rd Ed. Gds and ωo. 5) Visualize CMOS Digital Chip Design.Tech. Layout Design tools.H. Clocking disciplines. 3) Enable to design the subsystems based on VLSI concepts. Power optimization. Interconnect design.Tech. Network delay. UNIT –III: Combinational Logic Networks: Layouts. Latch-up in CMOS circuits.E Weste. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 VLSI TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN (PG E .IDP (B. Pass Transistor. 2005. Pearson Education. 4) To know about VLSI Design constraints. Logic Gates & Layouts: Static Complementary Gates.ECE & M. Design. CMOS & Bi CMOS Inverters. CRC Press. TEXT BOOKS: 1. ECE & M. 2) To expose fabrication methods. UNIT –V: Floor Planning: Floor planning methods.e. PHI. Gate and Network testing. layout and design rules. Gm. Introduction to VLSI Systems: A Logic. Scalable Design rules. . Principals of CMOS VLSI Design – N. D. Global Interconnect. Wires and Vias. UNIT –II: Layout Design and Tools: Transistor structures. MOS Transistor circuit model. Zpu/Zpd. Design validation and testing. /MBA) w. A. 132 . 2011. Resistive and Inductive interconnect delays. II) Prerequisite : Digital Communication Course Objectives: 1. DTE-DCE interface. Error correction single bit. To study about error detection and correction techniques. FDMA & CDMA.Tech. Polynomials. Unit IV Switching: Introduction to Switching. Hamming code. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Advantage of Cyclic Codes. 2. Protocol Layering.Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA). Unit I Data Communications.Reservation. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ADVANCED DATA COMMUNICATIONS (PG E . standards and layering. 4. the student will be able to: 1. 3.Tech. Know about link layer protocol and point to point protocols. Understand the concepts of Data Communication networks. Point to Point Protocol Unit III Media Access Control (MAC) Sub Layer Random Access. Cyclic Code Encoder Using Polynomials. Error Correction. 6. Time .Token Passing. Data Link Layer Protocols. Acquire the knowledge of error detection. To understand Medium Access Control sub layer protocols 5. To learn about basics of Data Communication networks. CSMA/CA. different protocols. Understand the features and the significance of Switching circuits. different protocols. Data Link Layer. Explain and compare the performance of different MAC protocols like Aloha.Tech. Multiplexing and Spectrum Spreading for data transmission . 3. Controlled Access. HDLC. Analyze link layer protocol and point to point protocols 4. longitudinal redundancy cheeks. forward and reverse error correction techniques. Packet Switching.f. sub layers. Unit II Error Detection and Correction: Types of Errors. detection versus correction. To know about Switching circuits. standards and layering concepts. Multiplexing and Spectrum Spreading techniques for data transmission.Tech. Polling. Structure of switch 133 . 6. TCP/IP protocol suite. Standards and Administration. Aloha. Internet History. Cyclic Code Analysis. Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Avoidance (CSMA/CA).e.Division Multiple Access (CDMA).Division Multiple Access (TDMA). Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CSMA). Digital Data Transmission.IDP (B. Circuit Switched Networks. Address Resolution Protocol. OSI Model. /MBA) w. Categories of Links. ECE & M. Understand the characteristics of Wired LANs and also the operation and applications of Connecting Devices 7. CSMA. 2. Data Link Layer Introduction. 5. To study Wired LANs different Ethernet standards Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. Coding Block Coding: Error Detection. Networks and Network Types. Redundancy. Understand the services and functions of Network layer protocols. TDMA. Checksum Data Link Control: DLC Services. . Nodes and Links. Channelization . Vertical redundancy cheeks. Services.ECE & M. Link Layer Addressing. Cyclic Codes: Cyclic Redundancy Check. Code . Brijendra Singh. PHI. . Packet Switching.f. Fast Ethernet. Classless Addressing.William Stallings. Data Communications and Networking . Forouzan. IPv4 Address. Data and Computer Communications . Address Space.Tech. 8th ed. A. 134 . Unit V Wired LANS: Ethernet Protocol.B. 2. 2007.TMH.B.. Forwarding based on Destination Address. 2013. 2. /MBA) w. 2017-2018 Academic Year Multiplexing and Spectrum Spreading: Multiplexing. Frequency Division Multiplexing. 5 . 2005. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Network Layer Performance. 2013..e. Spread Spectrum -Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum and Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum. Routing and Forwarding. PHI. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Data Communications and Computer Networks. Link Layer Switches. TMH. 2nd . Forouzan. Data Communications and Networking . Classful Addressing. Forwarding of IP Packets. 10 Giga bit Ethernet Connecting Devices: Hubs. 2nd ed. PHI. Time Division Multiplexing.ECE & M. Routers Networks Layer: Packetizing.IDP (B.Prakash C. Routing as Packet Switches.Tech. A. Gupta. 3. 2006. TEXT BOOKS: th 1. Data Communications and Computer Networks . Forwarding based on Label. Gigabit Ethernet. Network Address Resolution(NATF). Standard Ethernet. M. Ludeman. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 DETECTION AND ESTIMATION THEORY (PG E-II) Prerequisite: RP& QT Course Objectives: 1. General Gaussian Problem. UNIT –V: Estimating the Parameters of Random Processes from Data:Tests for Stationarity and Ergodicity.IDP (B. Ltd. Tests of Hypotheses. 1991. Leonard Shaw. and Gaussian Processes. Statistical Signal Processing: Detection. Power Special Density Functions. Nonlinear Minimum Mean Squared Error Estimators. Introduction to Interval Estimates.Tech. Signal Processing: Discrete Spectral Analysis – Detection & Estimation – Mischa Schwartz. Composite Hypotheses. Markov Sequences and Processes. Point Estimators of Parameters. 3. Learn about basic estimation methods. Wiley India Pvt. 1975.ECE & M. Multiple Linear Regression. Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Volume I Estimation Theory– Steven. Course Outcomes: 1. USA. /MBA) w.M. Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Volume I Detection Theory– Steven. 2011. Introduction to Statistical Signal Processing with Applications – Srinath. Students will understand the basic detection methods. Point Processes. Prentice Hall.minimum probability error with and without equal a priori probabilities. Random Processes: Filtering. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. 2003. 6. 2. Neyman-Pearson Classifier. The main objective of this course is to provide basic estimation and detection background for engineering applications. 1998. Estimation and Time Series Analysis – Louis L. Ltd. Real-time Digital Wiener Filters. Students learn the statistics and estimating the parameters of Random Process from detection. General Calculation of Probability of Error. UNIT –IV: Statistics: Measurements. Sam Shanmugan & A. Detection. UNIT –I: Random Processes: Discrete Linear Models. Innovations.. Prentice Hall. Maximum A posteriori Decision Rule. John Wiley & Sons. Estimation and Modulation Theory: Part – I – Harry L. 2001. 1998. Nonparametric Estimators of Probability Distribution and Density Functions.Tech. Viswanathan. PHI. Van Trees.M. USA.Tech. 135 . 5.Scharf. 2. USA. Simple Linear Regression. Breipohl. Gain ability to apply estimation method for real time engineering problems.f.Kay. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. TEXT BOOKS: 1. 3. Addison Wesley. Measures of the Quality of Estimators. Bayes Decision Rule. 3. Model-free Estimation. Mc Graw Hill. Estimation and Detection – Lonnie C. 2. Distribution of Estimators. Minimum Probability of Error Classifier.e. Model-based Estimation of Autocorrelation Functions. Rajasekaran. Estimation and Data Analysis – K. 2. Random Signals: Detection. Kalman Filters. 4.Tech.Kay. This course provides the main concepts and algorithms for detection and estimation theory. Wiley India Pvt. . ECE & M. UNIT –II: Detection Theory: Basic Detection Problem. Multiple-Class Problem (Bayes). UNIT –III: Linear Minimum Mean-Square Error Filtering:Linear Minimum Mean Squared Error Estimators. 2010. Digital Wiener Filters with Stored Data. Tech. Students will be able to understand design.f. Issues in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. IEEE 802.Based Protocols with reservation Mechanisms.IDP (B.11 Standards. Students will be able to understand the basis of Ad-hoc wireless networks. Contention .Based Protocols. operation and the performance of MAC layer protocols of Adhoc wireless networks. To study the fundamentals of wireless Ad-Hoc Networks. Design Goals of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. On – Demand Routing Protocols. operation and the performance of transport layer protocol of Adhoc wireless networks. UNIT . Classifications of MAC Protocols. 3. Course Outcomes: 1. .Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS Introduction. UNIT – IV: Transport Layer Protocols Introduction. 2. Power – Aware Routing Protocols. MAC Protocols that use Directional Antennas. Table –Driven Routing Protocols. To study the operation and performance of various Adhoc wireless network protocols. Issues in Designing a MAC protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. Routing Protocols with Efficient Flooding Mechanisms. To study the architecture and protocols of Wireless sensor networks. Bluetooth. Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. 2. operation and the performance of routing protocol of Adhoc wireless network. Other Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. TCP Over Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. 136 .II: MAC Protocols Introduction. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 AD-HOC WIRELESS AND SENSOR NETWORKS (PG E . Students will be able to understand design.ECE & M. Fundamentals of WLANS. ECE & M. Students will be able to understand sensor network Architecture and will be able to distinguish between protocols used in Adhoc wireless network and wireless sensor networks. Classification of Routing Protocols.III) Prerequisite: Computer Networks Course Objectives: 1. Classification of Transport Layer Solutions. Other MAC Protocols. Contention . Home RF. 3.III: Routing Protocols Introduction. Hierarchical Routing Protocols. 5. UNIT . HIPERLAN Standard. Hybrid Routing Protocols. 4. /MBA) w. Design goals of a MAC Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks.e.I: Wireless LANs and PANs Introduction. UNIT . Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. Contention – Based MAC Protocols with Scheduling Mechanisms.Tech.Tech. Students will be able to understand design. Performance and Control .hoc and Sensor Networks: Protocols. Siva Ram Murthy and B.C. Sensor Network Architecture.Hoc Mobile Wireless Networks: Protocols & Systems. Raghavendra. CRC Press. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT – V: Wireless Sensor Networks Introduction. Location Discovery.Manoj. 2. PHI. 2004.S.f. Toh . S. Other Issues. Quality of a Sensor Network. /MBA) w.Tech.ECE & M. Pearson Education. C. Data Gathering.IDP (B. Krishna M. . Wireless Sensor Networks .Tech.C. Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols . Springer 137 . TEXT BOOKS: 1. Evolving Standards.e. Wireless Ad. 1 Ed.Jagannathan Sarangapani.K. MAC Protocols for Sensor Networks. 2. Data Dissemination. 2004. REFERENCE BOOKS: st 1. Sivalingam. Ad. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. evaluation and decoding of HMM. M/M/1 queue analysis. Evaluate and apply moments and Characteristics functions. Correlation Ergodic Processes. Method of the transformation. Minimum and Maximum of random variables.Tech. CSMA Schemes.f. Moments of the random variables.Tech. Distribution of the queuing delays in the FIFO case- M/M/1 case. Laplace Transform numerical inversion method. building. 138 . Cross Correlation function and its properties. The Power Spectrum. /MBA) w. 2. M/M/1/K queue analysis. Fixed assignment Protocols.Method of the inverse of the distribution function. ECE & M. M/G/1 system delay distribution in the FIFO case.Tech. UNIT V: Local Area Network Analysis Introduction. 3. 6. Concept of Stationarity and Statistical Independence. the characteristic function of a pdf. PRMA protocol. The Laplace Transform of a pdf. Understand the modeling of telecommunication networks using appropriate queuing process. M/G/1 with geometrically distributed messages. 4. UNIT II: RANDOM PROCESSES The Random Process Concept. M/M/S/S queue analysis.Sum of independent Poisson processes. Generalizations of the M/G/1 theory. Covariance Functions. UNIT III: Markov Chains and Queuing Theory Queues. R-Aloha. Understand the concepts of M| M|1. Autocorrelation Function and its Properties.ECE & M. Token passing protocol.Properties. UNIT I: RANDOM VARIABLE Random Variables-Basic Definitions and properties. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 RANDOM PROCESSES AND QUEUING THEORY (PG E – III) Prerequisite: Probability Theory & Stochastic Processes Course Objectives: 1. Methods for the generation of random variables. M/M/S queue analysis. M/M/S case. Analysis of token and polling Schemes. (N-Order) and Strict Sense Stationarity. Comparisons between CSMA/CD and Token Protocols. TDMA. CDMA. Contention based protocols. Course Outcomes: Students will be able to: 1.Tech. Transformations of random variables- The probability generating function.FDMA.IDP (B. Second Order and Wide Sense Stationary. Formulation of Hidden Markov Model (HMM). Random splitting of a Poisson process. To expose the students to the random process and queuing theory related topics for their subsequent study of Computer Networks and wireless communication and Networks.e. M|G|1 queuing Process. Time Averages and Ergodicity. Resource reuse in cellular systems. Different imbedding instants in the M/G/1 theory. Notations for Queuing systems. Understand Random variables as an intrinsic need for the analysis of random phenomena. Comparisons between random variables. Random variables in the field of telecommunications. Compound Poisson processes. . The Little Theorem. Relationship between Power spectrum and Autocorrelation function. Mean Ergodic Processes.Aloha. The M/M/∞ queue analysis. Sum of independent random variables. Poisson arrival process. UNIT IV: M/G/1 Queuing Theory M/G/1 queue. Understand the concepts of Markov Chains and queuing theory. Understand the concept of random process spectral density of stationary process. Demand assignment protocols-Polling protocol. 5. Slotted Aloha. First Order Stationary Processes. Birth death Markov chains. M|M|1|K. Aloha Protocol with ideal capture effect. 2017-2018 Academic Year TEXTBOOK 1. Woods. 1978. Peebles.Tech. Queuing Theory and Telecommunications Networks and Applications. 2. PHI. L. Yates. S. Random Variables & Random Signal Principles-Peyton Z. 3. Probability. David J. Unnikrishna Pillai – TMH.R Rabinar and R W Jhaung. Random Variables and Stochastic Processes – Athanasios Papoulis. Goodman.Tech.e. 4th Edition. Probability and Stochastic Processes – A Friendly Introduction for Electrical and Computer Engineers – Roy D. Pearson 3. Digital Processing of Speech Signals. John W. TMH.ECE & M. 3rd Edition. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1.2001.f. Springer. 2008 2. /MBA) w. Probability. 139 . Giovanni Giambene. . Probability and Random Processes with Applications to Signal Processing – Henry Stark.IDP (B. SCTP Features. ATM Application. ICMPv4. UDP Applications Transmission Control Protocol: TCP Services. To study Network Layer Protocols. SONET Networks 140 . 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. TCP in Wireless Domain. Understand and analyze about UDP.Tech. Mobile IP Next Generation IP: IPv6. State Transition Diagram.IDP (B. Get the concept of Network Layer Protocols and Transport Layer Protocols. Segments. To understand techniques to improve QoS 4.f. SONET/SDH: Architecture. the student will be able to: 1. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 TCP/ IP AND ATM NETWORKS (PG E . 3. Next Generation IP protocols 2. Active. Frame relay Layers.TCP Congestion Control. ATM Layers. TCP AND SCTP protocols. Switch Fabric. To understand features of Virtual circuit networks like ATM networks and their applications 5. Transition from IPV4 to IPV6 Transport Layer: Introduction to Transport Layer. TCP Connection. Unit II User Datagram Protocol: User Datagram. Learn congestion control mechanisms and techniques to improve Quality of Service in switched networks 4. Congestion. Unit III Congestion Control and Quality of Service: Data Traffic. Selective Repeat Protocol. ICMPV6 Protocol. Transmission Control Protocol and stream control Transmission protocol. SCTP: SCTP Services. Switching. SONET Frames. Drop front. Windows in TCP. Design and analyze various types of Inter connection Networks. An SCTP Association SCTP Flow and Error Control. . ATM Architecture. understand the functioning of Folding .ECE & M. SONET Layers. 2. Lopping bit allocation algorithms and their significance. Quality of Service.Tech.III) Prerequisite: Computer Networks Course Objectives: 1. TCP Timers. Congestion Control. Service Classes.early Random drop. Leaky Bucket algorithm. ECE & M. To study the various Interconnection Networks Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. Random drop. To learn about User Datagram Protocol. Flow and Error Control . Frame relay Operation.Tech. To learn about the features of ATM networks. UDP Services. 3. Techniques to Improve QoS.Tech. Stop and Wait Protocols. TCP Features. Transport Layer Protocols: Simple Protocols. Unit IV Virtual-Circuit Networks: Introduction. ATM: Design Goals. Random Early detection. 5. Integrated Services. Addressing IPv6 Protocol. /MBA) w. Bidirectional Protocols: Piggybacking Transport layer protocols Services and Port Numbers. Differentiated Services. Go Back N Protocol. Packet Format. . Unit I Network Layer Protocols: Internet Protocol (IP). STS Multiplexing. Congestion Control. Benes. QoS in Switched Networks Queue Management: Passive-Drop trial.e. flow and error control techniques. Tech.Prakash C.1998 2. ATM Fundamentals –N. Crossbar switch.N Biswas. 5th edition.IDP (B. Gupta.ECE & M.B.2005 REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. 2013. Banyan Networks. Properties. Three stage Class networks. Lopping algorithm.Tech. Data and Computer Communications . 2007. Adventure Books. /MBA) w. 2. 8th ed.f.Forouzan. A. PHI. TEXT BOOKS: 1.William Stallings. 2006. PHI. High Performance TCP/IP Networking –Mahabub Hassan and Raj Jain . 3. Folding algorithm. Benes Networks.. Data Communications and Computer Networks . Data Communications and Networking .e.PHI. 141 . Bit allocation algorithm. TMH. 2017-2018 Academic Year Unit V Interconnection Networks Introduction. Rearrangeble Networks. . Measurement of Scattering Parameters of a Circulator 9. Antenna Pattern Measurements. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Reflex Klystron Characteristics 2.Tech. Gunn Diode Characteristics 3.e.f. ECE & M. Measurement of Impedance of a given Load 7. Microwave Frequency Measurement 11. /MBA) w.IDP (B. Attenuation Measurement 10. 12. 13. Simulation of Radiation Patterns for some Standard Antennas a) Dipole b) Rectangular Patch c) Circular Patch 142 . VSWR Measurement 5. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 3 2 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING LAB PC (UG) 1.Tech.ECE & M.Tech.Tech. Directional Coupler Characteristics 4. . Measurement of Scattering Parameters of a Magic Tee 8. Study of HFSS. Measurement of Waveguide Parameters 6. Tech.Tech. /MBA) w. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Design and verification of Matched filter 15. 1.f. Program to verify Decimation and Interpolation of a given Sequences.e. Basic Operations on Signals. Generation of Dual Tone Multiple Frequency (DTMF) Signals 5. Adaptive Noise Cancellation using Simulink 16. 3. All Experiments may be Simulated using MATLAB and to be verified theoretically. /MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 4 2 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB ( PGC – lab ) Note: A. Generation of Various Signals and finding its FFT. . Verification of Autocorrelation Theorem 8.Tech. Design and Simulation of Notch Filter to remove 60Hz Hum/any unwanted frequency component of given Signal (Speech/ECG) 143 . ECE & M.IDP (B. Design of LPC filter using Levinson-Durbin Algorithm 11. ECG signal compression 14. Parametric methods (Yule-Walker and Burg) of Power Spectrum Estimation 9.ECE & M. Estimation of Power Spectrum using Bartlett and Welch methods 7. Plot the Periodogram of a Noisy Signal and estimate PSD using Periodogram and Modified Periodogram methods 6. Minimum of 10 Experiments have to be conducted B. Computation of Reflection Coefficients using Schur Algorithm 12. Estimation of data series using Nth order Forward Predictor and comparing to the Original Signal 10. Program to Convert CD data into DVD data 4. 2.Tech. To study Finite Length Effects using Simulink 13. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating – Capability Maturity Model (CMM) Levels – Performance Management System. Basic functions of HR Manager: Manpower planning.Leadership Styles. . Project Crashing (simple problems). importance and Functions of Management. 2012. 2. Objectives. Grievance Handling and Welfare Administration. Wage and Salary Administration. Vijay Kumar and Appa Rao.Tech.ECE & M. strategy. Promotion. / MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE Objective The course introduces the basic concepts of Management Science and Operations Management and its application to business. Performance Appraisal. McGraw Hill. TEXTBOOKS: 1. Unit I Introduction to Management & Organisation: Concepts of Management and organization- nature. Types and Evaluation of mechanistic and organic structures of organisation and suitability. Designing Organisational Structures: Basic concepts related to Organisation . Project Cost Analysis. Purchase Procedure. Value Chain Analysis. and Marketing Strategies based on Product Life Cycle. the course develops problem solving and spreadsheet skills. TQM.Tech.f. Identifying critical path. Unit II Operations & Marketing Management: Principles and Types of Plant Layout-Methods of production (Job. Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation. Environmental Scanning. project and strategic management. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Elements of Corporate Planning Process. batch and Mass Production). Bench Marking and Balanced Score Card as Contemporary Business Strategies. Stores Management and Stores Records – JIT System. HRM vs PMIR. Separation.Statistical Quality Control: control charts for Variables and Attributes (simple Problems) and Acceptance Sampling.e. Objectives of Inventory control. an invaluable tool for modern business. HRD and Personnel Management and Industrial Relations (PMIR). Strategy. Generic Strategy alternatives. Unit IV Project Management (PERT/CPM): Network Analysis. Placement.Tech. Aryasri: Management Science. Programmes. ABC Analysis.Taylor’s Scientific Management Theory – Fayal’s Principles of Management – Maslow’s theory of Hierarchy of Human Needs – Douglas McGregor’s Theory X and Theory Y – Hertzberg Two Factor Theory of Motivation . Selection. 144 . Recruitment. Unit V Strategic Management and Contemporary Strategic Issues: Mission.  To understand the management issues in different functional areas of management namely operations and Human resources. Social responsibilities of Management. Learning outcome  To enable students to gain an insight into different managerial decisions using standard techniques and problem structuring methods  Students will be able to gain an understanding of the core concepts of Management Science and Operations Management. SWOT Analysis. Goals. Critical Path Method (CPM).IDP (B. Cengage. Management Science. Deming’s contribution to quality. Policy. Training and Development. /MBA) w. Functions of Marketing. The topics include human resource management. Probability of Completing the project within given time. Programme Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). ECE & M. Systems Approach to Management . Transfer. EOQ. Six Sigma. Work Study -Basic procedure involved in Method Study and Work Measurement – Business Process Reengineering (BPR) .Departmentation and Decentralisation. Channels of distribution. Supply Chain Management. Marketing Mix. Unit III Human Resources Management (HRM): Concepts of HRM. marketing and project management.Tech. 2012. Ivancevich Management—Principles and Guidelines. Kotler Philip & Keller Kevin Lane: Marketing Management. Parnell: Strategic Management. Kanishka Bedi. . Koontz & Weihrich: Essentials of Management. 2012. Frank Bros. 7.Certo: Modern Management. 2012. Production and Operations Management. Oxford University Press. Cengage. Thomas N. 4. 2. Samuel C. R.2012.Tech.Duening & John M. Pearson. 3. Wiley. 2012. McGraw Hill. 2012. 145 .Gupta &William F. 5.e. 8. Lawrence R Jauch.ECE & M.IDP (B. /MBA) w. 2012. Capling. 2017-2018 Academic Year REFERENCES : 1.Tech.f.2012. Poole & Wiesner: Management. 6. 2012. Biztantra. Schermerhorn.Glueck: Business Policy and Strategic Management. II) Prerequisite: Computer Networks Course Objectives: 1.Tech. Integrated Services.3G. Cellular and Ad hoc Wireless Networks. Satellite Networks. /MBA) w. 802. DBASE. IEEE Project 802. Bluetooth and WiMAX standards. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Cluster TDMA. Deployment Considerations. Medium Access Scheme. To study the techniques to improve QoS.Tech. data dissemination & data gathering techniques and will be able to address the issues and challenges in designing Sensor Networks. Addressing and Service Discovery. QoS Parameters in Ad Hoc Wireless Network. Quality of Service Provisioning. QoS in Switched Networks Queue Management: Passive-Drop trial.11 Project: Architecture.2G.4G. Acquire the knowledge about Wireless LANs. MAC Sub layer. To know about WiMAX services. QoS enabled AODV Routing Protocol. Cellular Telephony: operation. Active. Unit III AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS: Introduction. Multicasting. scalability and Security. Trigger Based Distributed QoS Routing Protocol.e. the student will be able to: 1. Congestion Control.early Random drop. On 146 . 4. Unit I Wireless LANs: Architectural Comparison. Characteristics. Congestion. Issues in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. MEO and LEO Satellites Unit II Congestion Control and Quality of Service: Data Traffic. 3. Classification of QoS Solutions: MAC Layer Solutions. Addressing Mechanism. Pricing Scheme.f. ECE & M. architecture and various data dissemination and data gathering techniquess Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. To know about various Routing Protocols in Ad hoc Networks. Application of Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. 6.11e. IEEE 802. Predictive Location Based QoS routing protocol. To learn the concepts of Wireless Sensor Networks. Get the basic concepts of Ad hoc wireless networks and its protocols and issues related to QoS.Tech. architecture and their sub-layers. Techniques to Improve QoS. Energy Management.in Networks 4.IDP (B. Network Layer Solutions. 2. Security. Random Early detection. On Demand QoS Routing Protocol.16. Real Time Traffic Support in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks.16 standard. Ticket Based QoS Routing Protocol. QoS Routing Protocols. Random drop. Differentiated Services. Transport Layer Protocols. Drop front. To learn about the basic concepts of Ad hoc wireless Networks 5. /MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS (PGC . Issues and Challenges in providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. Quality of Service.1G. IEEE 802. Ad Hoc Wireless Internet Unit IV Quality of Service in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Introduction. Routing. energy management. cellular telephony & satellite networks. To study the WLAN and WPAN architecture and protocols 2. Access Control. Physical Layer Bluetooth: Architecture. Self-Organization. Scalability.Tech. GEO. Explain about Wireless Sensor Network architecture. Understand congestion control mechanisms and techniques to improve Quality of Service in switched networks 3.ECE & M. . Bluetooth Layers WiMAX: Services. Bandwidth QoS Routing Protocol. Asynchronous Slot Allocation Strategies.S. Gossiping.IDP (B. 2. 2017-2018 Academic Year Demand Link-State Multipath QoS Routing Protocol. 2013.B. A. /MBA) w. Data and Computer Communications . Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols . Rumor Routing. Geography Hash Table.e. 147 . Sensor Network Architecture.Field Approach. Data Dissemination Flooding. Sensor Protocols for Information via Negotiation. Binary Scheme. . Application of Sensor Network . REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Chain Based Three-Level Scheme. Direct Diffusion. Comparison with Ad hoc Wireless Networks. Data Gathering. 2007.Manoj.Prakash C. Data Communications and Computer Networks . 8th ed.Tech. TMH.f. Cost.Forouzan. Cluster Architecture. Siva Ram Murthy and B. Power Efficient Gathering for Sensor Information Systems. PHI.Tech. Unit V Wireless Sensor Networks Introduction. Layer Architecture. Small Minimum Energy Communication Network. 5th . Data Communications and Networking . 2004. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sequential Assignment Routing.C.William Stallings. PHI 2. Direct Transmission. Issues and challenges in Designing a Sensor Network.. PHI. QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks.ECE & M. Gupta. 2006. Gradient Searching Algorithm & its Solution . Principle of Orthogonality . the student is expected to be able to : 1.Description. To understand innovation process. 2. Design . 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Problem statement. /MBA) w.IDP (B. /MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ADAPTIVE SIGNAL PROCESSING (PG E – IV) Prerequisite: Digital Signal Processing Course Objectives : The main objectives of the course are: 1. causal) and evaluate their performance. UNIT –I: Introduction to Adaptive Systems Adaptive Systems: Definitions. To understand innovation process. . Applications.Smoothing and Prediction – Linear Optimum Filtering. model based estimation methods taking the advantage of the statistical properties of the received signals.LMS Adaptation algorithms. UNIT –II: Development of Adaptive Filter Theory & Searching the Performance surface: Introduction to Filtering .Stability & Rate of convergence . Example of an Adaptive System. Kalman filter theory and estimation of state using the innovation process . Desired Response Performance function - Gradient & Mean Square Error. To develop systems on recursive. Weight Vectors.Minimum Mean Square Error. UNIT –III: Steepest Descent Algorithms Gradient Search by Newton’s Method. Adaptive Beam forming. non-casual.Tech. 3. Course Outcomes: After studying the course. RLS and Kalman filters to given applications.Learning Curves. UNIT –IV: LMS Algorithm & Applications Overview . Searching the performance surface – Methods & Ideas of Gradient Search methods . Comparison of Learning Curves. ECE & M. concept of Kalman Gain and Filtering.ECE & M.e. Wiener. concept of Kalman Gain and Filtering. The Adaptive Linear Combiner .Convergence of LMS algorithm. Stability & Performance analysis of LMS Algorithms . Kalman filter theory and estimation of state using the Innovation Process. 4. 2. Understand and compute their expected performance and verify it. Characteristics. implement and apply LMS. 3. This course focuses on problems algorithms and solutions for processing signals in an manner that is responsive to a changing environment.Tech. Error Performance . implement and apply Wiener Filters ( FIR.Tech.Hopf equations. 148 .Tech. Design and apply optimal minimum mean square estimators and in particular linear estimators. 4.Minimum Mean Square Error. Method of Steepest Descent.f. To analyze the performance of adaptive filters and considers the application of the theory to a variety of practical problems such as beam forming and echo cancellation signal. Design .LMS Gradient & Stochastic algorithms . Applications: Noise cancellation – Cancellation of Echoes in long distance telephone circuits. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Newyork 2. Estimation of State using the Innovation Process.e. 1988.Expression of Kalman Gain. McGraw-Hill.. PE.Simon Haykin-. Samuel D. Adaptive Filter Theory .ECE & M. The Innovation Process. Optimum signal processing: An introduction . .Bernard Widrow. Adaptive signal processing-Theory and Applications. 1986. TEXT BOOKS: 1. 1988. 3. 4 ed.Orfamadis. Springer – Verlag.Tech. Siganl analysis – Candy.IDP (B.Thomas Alexander. Filtering Examples using Kalman filtering. James V.Strearns. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT –V: Kalman Filtering: Introduction to RLS Algorithm. Mc Graw Hill Int.f.Sophocles. Candy.. International Edition. 2002. Adaptive Signal Processing . McGraw-Hill. Statement of Kalman filtering problem. 2005. 2.J. /MBA) w.Tech. S.PE Asia. Signal Processing : A Modern Approach. 149 . Student Edition 4. 2 ed. Mc Graw Hill. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Tasks.e.Tech. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1.Tech.f. Classification. Design Procedure for Embedded Firmware. Brown-out Protection Circuit. 3. TMH. Memory selection for Embedded Systems. 150 . To provide clear understanding about the role of firmware .Tech.Tech. Task Synchronization Techniques. UNIT -III: Embedded Firmware: Reset Circuit. Process and Threads. Sensors and Actuators. Embedded Systems – Lyla. UNIT -IV: RTOS Based Embedded System Design: Operating System Basics. UNIT -II: Typical Embedded System: Core of the Embedded System: General Purpose and Domain Specific Processors. Memory: ROM.IDP (B. 2. Expected to evaluate the Correlation between task synchronization and latency issues UNIT -I: Introduction to Embedded Systems Definition of Embedded System. Purpose of Embedded Systems.ECE & M. Expected to understand the selection procedure of Processors in the Embedded domain. Message Passing.V.David E. Task Synchronization: Task Communication/Synchronization Issues.Frank Vahid.Shibu K. Oscillator Unit. Remote Procedure Call and Sockets. operating systems in correlation with hardware systems.Raj Kamal. ECE & M. Communication Interface: Onboard and External Communication Interfaces. Memory Shadowing. Embedded Systems Vs General Computing Systems. History of Embedded Systems. Memory according to the type of Interface. Introduction to Embedded Systems . Embedded Firmware Design Approaches and Development Languages. Pearson Education. 2. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. To provide an overview of Design Principles of Embedded System. PLDs. Device Drivers. 3. How to Choose an RTOS. An Embedded Software Primer . Embedded Systems . . Simon. Characteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded Systems. Multiprocessing and Multitasking. Expected to visualize the role of Real time Operating Systems in Embedded Systems 4. Types of Operating Systems. John Wiley. /MBA) w. RAM. 2. Course Outcomes : 1. ASICs. Real Time Clock. Embedded System Design . 2013 4. Task Scheduling. Watchdog Timer. UNIT -V: Task Communication: Shared Memory. /MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN (PG E – IV) Prerequisite : None Course Objectives: 1. Tony Givargis. Pearson. Commercial Off-The-Shelf Components (COTS). Major Application Areas. Number Theory Prime and Relatively prime numbers. vulnerabilities 3. firewalls.Tech. viruses. International Data Encryption algorithm. etc. SSL. Describe computer and network security fundamental concepts and principles 2. and copy-right protections 6. Authentication Applications Kerberos. 7. 151 . Describe the inner-workings of popular encryption algorithms. malware.e.IV) Prerequisite : None Course Objectives: 1. UNIT. Demonstrate the ability to select among available network security technology and protocols such as IDS. Identify and assess different types of threats. their mathematical models 2. Block Cipher Design Principles. IPS. threats/vulnerabilities to networks and countermeasures 3. Understand the basic concept of Cryptography and Network Security. Secure Hash Algorithm. Digital signature standards. Modular arithmetic. Fermat’s and Euler’s theorems. Electronic Mail Security: Pretty Good Privacy. /MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 NETWORK SECURITY AND CRYPTOGRAPHY (PG E . spyware. Classical Encryption Techniques. Discrete logarithms. SSH.I: Introduction : Attacks. Traffic confidentiality. Conventional Encryption Placement of Encryption function. ECE & M. Block Cipher Principles. Key Management. To provide familiarity in Intrusion detection and Firewall Design Principles Course Outcomes: After completion of this course.Tech. /MBA) w. Digital signatures and Authentication protocols: Digital signatures. Message digest Algorithm.IV: Message Authentication and Hash Functions Authentication requirements and functions. Security services. IPSec. Random Number Generation. Characteristics of Advanced Symmetric block cifers. Encrypt and decrypt messages using block ciphers 4. Authentication Protocols. the Chinese remainder theorem. Elliptic Curve Cryptograpy. Analyze key agreement algorithms to identify their weaknesses UNIT. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Message Authentication. Strength of DES. S/MIME.ECE & M. .III: Public Key Cryptography Principles. Steganography. Data Encryption standard. Modern Techniques : Simplified DES. RSA Algorithm. VPNs. certificates.IDP (B. UNIT . Testing for primality. Security attacks. Diffie-Hellman Key exchange. the student shall be able to: 1. Describe the inner-workings of today's remote exploitation and penetration techniques 5.f. Hash functions. Blowfish. To provide deeper understanding of application to network security. Key distribution. TLS.Tech.II: Encryption : Triple DES. Classical Techniques: Conventional Encryption model. anti- cracking techniques. Services and Mechanisms. A Model for Internetwork security. UNIT. Hash and Mac Algorithms MD File. Security of Hash functions and MACs. digital signatures. Euclid’s Algorithm.Tech. RC5. To create an understanding of Authentication functions the manner in which Message Authentication Codes and Hash Functions works 4. William Stallings. 152 .IDP (B.e. . Trusted systems. Key Management. Secure Electronic Transaction. Fundamentals of Network Security by Eric Maiwald (Dreamtech press) 2. Viruses and Related threats. Authentication. Architecture. 2. Mark Rhodes. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice . TEXT BOOKS: 1. Viruses and Worms: Intruders. Pearson Education. Springer. Web Security: Web Security requirements.f. 4. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Network Security Essentials (Applications and Standards) by William Stallings Pearson Education.Tech. Network Security . Encapsulating Security Payload. Network Security: The complete reference. Fire Walls: Fire wall Design Principles. Principles of Information Security. /MBA) w. TMH 5.ECE & M. Introduction to Cryptography. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT – V: IP Security Overview. Thomson.Private Communication in a Public World by Charlie Kaufman.Tech. Whitman. 3. Intruders. Radia Perlman and Mike Speciner. Robert Bragg. Pearson/PHI. Buchmann. Secure sockets layer and Transport layer security. 6. 12.Tech. 153 . 7. Capturing and tracking of GOLD sequence in CDMA system.f. ECE & M. Simulation of Queue Management Schemes. Evaluation of DES.e.ECE & M. 8. /MBA) w. Simulation and analysis of various security attacks. 5. 3. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Error correcting coding in CDMA Mobile communication system. Evaluation of Substitution and Transposition ciphers. /MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 4 2 ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB (PGC Lab) 1. Study of Global Positioning System Applications. AES and Triple-DES. Simulation and analysis of MAC Layer protocols. Simulation and analysis of various topologies. 2. 11. 10. Simulation and analysis of wireless routing protocols. Analysis of log files and provide the intruder statistics. Study of I2C and UART protocols.Tech.Tech. 9.Tech. . 14. 13. Simulation and analysis of wired routing protocols. Study of Satellite Azimuth & Elevation using sky Plot Window. 4.IDP (B. IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS (PGC – III) Prerequisite: Digital Communications Course objectives: The course objectives are: • To provide the students with the fundamental treatment about many practical and theoretical concepts that forms basic of wireless communications. • To equip the students with various kinds of wireless networks and its operations. • To prepare students to understand the concept of frequency reuse, and be able to apply it in the design of mobile cellular system. • To prepare students to understand various modulation schemes and multiple access techniques that are used in wireless communications, • To provide an analytical perspective on the design and analysis of the traditional and emerging wireless networks, and to discuss the nature of, and solution methods to, the fundamental problems in wireless networking. • To train students to understand the architecture and operation of various wireless wide area networks such as GSM, IS-95, GPRS and SMS. • To train students to understand wireless LAN architectures and operation. • To prepare students to understand the emerging technique OFDM and its importance in the wireless communications. Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to: • Understand the principles of wireless communications. • Understand fundamentals of wireless networking • Understand cellular system design concepts. • Analyze various multiple access schemes used in wireless communication. • Understand wireless wide area networks and their performance analysis. • Demonstrate wireless local area networks and their specifications. • Familiar with some of the existing and emerging wireless standards. • Understand the concept of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing. UNIT -I: The Cellular Concept-System Design Fundamentals Introduction, Frequency Reuse, Channel Assignment Strategies, Handoff Strategies- Prioritizing Handoffs, Practical Handoff Considerations, Interference and system capacity – Co channel Interference and system capacity, Channel planning for Wireless Systems, Adjacent Channel interference , Power Control for Reducing interference, Trunking and Grade of Service, Improving Coverage & Capacity in Cellular Systems- Cell Splitting, Sectoring . UNIT –II: Mobile Radio Propagation: Large-Scale Path Loss Introduction to Radio Wave Propagation, Free Space Propagation Model, Relating Power to Electric Field, The Three Basic Propagation Mechanisms, Reflection-Reflection from Dielectrics, Brewster Angle, Reflection from prefect conductors, Ground Reflection (Two-Ray) Model, Diffraction-Fresnel Zone Geometry, Knife-edge Diffraction Model, Multiple knife-edge Diffraction, Scattering, Outdoor Propagation Models- Longley-Ryce Model, Okumura Model, Hata Model, PCS Extension to Hata Model, Walfisch and Bertoni Model, Wideband PCS Microcell Model, Indoor Propagation Models- Partition losses (Same Floor), Partition losses between Floors, Log-distance path loss model, Ericsson Multiple Breakpoint Model, Attenuation Factor Model, Signal penetration into buildings, Ray Tracing and Site Specific Modeling. 154 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT –III: Mobile Radio Propagation: Small –Scale Fading and Multipath Small Scale Multipath propagation-Factors influencing small scale fading, Doppler shift, Impulse Response Model of a multipath channel- Relationship between Bandwidth and Received power, Small-Scale Multipath Measurements-Direct RF Pulse System, Spread Spectrum Sliding Correlator Channel Sounding, Frequency Domain Channels Sounding, Parameters of Mobile Multipath Channels-Time Dispersion Parameters, Coherence Bandwidth, Doppler Spread and Coherence Time, Types of Small-Scale Fading-Fading effects Due to Multipath Time Delay Spread, Flat fading, Frequency selective fading, Fading effects Due to Doppler Spread-Fast fading, slow fading, Statistical Models for multipath Fading Channels-Clarke’s model for flat fading, spectral shape due to Doppler spread in Clarke’s model, Simulation of Clarke and Gans Fading Model, Level crossing and fading statistics, Two-ray Rayleigh Fading Model. UNIT -IV: Equalization and Diversity Introduction, Fundamentals of Equalization, Training A Generic Adaptive Equalizer, Equalizers in a communication Receiver, Linear Equalizers, Non linear Equalization-Decision Feedback Equalization (DFE), Maximum Likelihood Sequence Estimation (MLSE) Equalizer, Algorithms for adaptive equalization-Zero Forcing Algorithm, Least Mean Square Algorithm, Recursive least squares algorithm. Diversity Techniques-Derivation of selection Diversity improvement, Derivation of Maximal Ratio Combining improvement, Practical Space Diversity Consideration-Selection Diversity, Feedback or Scanning Diversity, Maximal Ratio Combining, Equal Gain Combining, Polarization Diversity, Frequency Diversity, Time Diversity, RAKE Receiver. UNIT -V: Wireless Networks Introduction to wireless Networks, Advantages and disadvantages of Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN Topologies, WLAN Standard IEEE 802.11,IEEE 802.11 Medium Access Control, Comparision of IEEE 802.11 a,b,g and n standards, IEEE 802.16 and its enhancements, Wireless PANs, Hiper Lan, WLL. TEXT BOOKS: nd 1. Wireless Communications, Principles, Practice – Theodore, S. Rappaport, 2 Ed., 2002, PHI. 2. Wireless Communications-Andrea Goldsmith, 2005 Cambridge University Press. 3. Principles of Wireless Networks – Kaveh Pah Laven and P. Krishna Murthy, 2002, PE 4. Mobile Cellular Communication – Gottapu Sasibhushana Rao, Pearson Education, 2012. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Wireless Digital Communications – Kamilo Feher, 1999, PHI. 2. Wireless Communication and Networking – William Stallings, 2003, PHI. 155 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING (PG E – V) Prerequisite: Digital Signal Processing Course Objectives: 1. The student will be able to understand the quality improvement methods of Image. 2. To study the basic digital image and video filter operations. 3. Understand the fundamentals of Image Compression. 4. Understand the representation of video. 5. Understand the principles and methods of motion estimation. Course Outcomes: 1. The students will learn image representation, filtering , compression. 2. Students will learn the basics of video processing , representation, motion estimation. UNIT – I: Fundamentals of Image Processing and Image Transforms Basic steps of Image Processing System Sampling and Quantization of an image, Basic relationship between pixels. Image Segmentation Segmentation concepts, Point, Line and Edge Detection, Thresholding, Region based segmentation. UNIT – II: Image Enhancement Spatial domain methods: Histogram processing, Fundamentals of Spatial filtering, Smoothing spatial filters, Sharpening spatial filters. Frequency domain methods: Basics of filtering in frequency domain, image smoothing, image sharpening, Selective filtering. UNIT – III: Image Compression Image compression fundamentals - Coding Redundancy, Spatial and Temporal redundancy, Compression models: Lossy & Lossless, Huffman coding, , Bit plane coding, Transform coding, Predictive coding, Wavelet coding, Lossy Predictive coding, JPEG Standards. UNIT - IV: Basic Steps of Video Processing Analog Video, Digital Video. Time-Varying Image Formation models: Three-Dimensional Motion Models, Geometric Image Formation, Photometric Image Formation, Sampling of Video signals, Filtering operations. UNIT – V: 2-D Motion Estimation Optical flow, General Methodologies, Pixel Based Motion Estimation, Block- Matching Algorithm, Mesh based Motion Estimation, Global Motion Estimation, Region based Motion Estimation, Multi resolution motion estimation, Waveform based coding, Block based transform coding, Predictive coding, Application of motion estimation in Video coding. 156 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year TEXT BOOKS: rd 1. Digital Image Processing – Gonzaleze and Woods, 3 ed., Pearson. 2. Video Processing and Communication – Yao Wang, Joem Ostermann and Ya–quin Zhang. 1st Ed., PH Int. REFRENCE BOOKS: 1. Digital Video Processing – M. Tekalp, Prentice Hall International 2. Digital Image Processing – S.Jayaraman, S.Esakkirajan, T.Veera Kumar –TMH, 2009 157 Course Objectives: 1.5G to 3G. ECE & M.Enhancements over 2G. 2 ed.High-Speed Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD). Acquire the knowledge about UWB wireless channels. Nishit Narang 158 . Protocols and Procedures. Sumith Kaseara. Uniform Pulse Train. To study the 4G technology. To understand UWB wireless channels.e. Overview CDMA2000.Tech. 5. The UMTS Air Interface. OFDM Issues – PAPR. IS-95 System Description.5G) What Is 2. issues regarding OFDM. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Smart antenna techniques. 3. HSCSD. CDPD Third Generation (3G).f. Introduction. GSM. data modulation and their features.5G) and data transmission using GPRS. /MBA) w.e. Explain and compare Second and Third Generation technologies and their architectures. EDGE. Overview of the 3GPP Release 5 All-IP Network Architecture.5G?. UMTS Services. Migration Path from 2G to 2. UWB Wireless Channels.IDP (B. DMA/CDMA2000/CDM UNIT II: The Evolution Generation (2. Frequency and Timing Offset Issues. objectives of the projected 4G. Technology Platforms.ECE & M. Channel model and SNR performance. 4G technologies.E . UNIT I: 2G and 3G technology Second Generation (2G) . 4. Enhanced Data Rates for Global Evolution (EDGE). UNIT V: 4G Cellular technology : 4G evolution.Tech. 4. To learn about OFDM modulation technique and their evaluation parameters. Enhancements over 1G Systems. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. the student will be able to: 1. Universal Mobile Telecommunications Service (UMTS). PEARSON. 4G software. 2013 Reference Books: 1. Integration with Existing 1G Systems. To know about Second Generation and Third Generation Cellular technologies 2. 5. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 4G TECHNOLOGIES (PG E .. Commonality Between. General Packet Radio Service. New technologies in cellular data networks. Gottapu Sasibhuhsana Rao.5G) technology platforms. 3G Wireless Networks. evolution Generation (2. CDMA2000 (1XRTT). Overview of the 3GPP Release 1999 Network Architecture. Understand 4G Cellular technology and advantages of new technologies in cellular data networks.V) Prerequisite: None. Daniel Collins 2. Multicarrier Modulation and Cyclic Prefix. 3. 3G Networks Architecture.Tech. (GPRS). UNIT IV: UWB UWB Definition and Features. Get the knowledge of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing and evaluate the performance using channel model and SNR.Overview. Overview of the 3GPP Release 4 Network Architecture. UWB Data Modulation. .Tech. data modulation and its features. Clint Smith. applications of 4G. P. Mobile Cellular Communication . To study the Evolution Generation(2. 2. advantages of 4G network technology over 3G. UNIT III: OFDM Introduction to OFDM. iDEN (Integrated Dispatch Enhanced Network). Understand improved version of 2G technology i..Overview. WAP. IS-136 System Description. Text books: nd 1. Encoder and Decoder. Video Compression Based on Motion Compensation. MPEG-2 AAC. 3. UNIT -I: Introduction to Multimedia: Multimedia. Linear Predictive Coding. Various audio compression techniques. L*A*B* Color Model. Graphics/ Image Data Types. Arithmetic Coding. Color Monitor Specifications. ECE & M. Digital Video. Variable Length Coding. MPEG-4 Audio. 159 .e. XYZ to RGB Transform. Color in Image and Video: Color Science – Image Formation. Channel Vocoder. Vocoders – Phase Insensitivity. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course the students will be able to 1.Intra-Frame and Inter-Frame Coding. Overview of Multimedia Tools. Printer Gamuts. Ycbcr Color Model. Simulate various audio compression techniques and can suggest the appropriate audio compression method for specific application. Out-of-Gamut Colors. Image Compression Standards: JPEG and JPEG2000. CIE Chromaticity Diagram. UNIT -II: Video Concepts: Types of Video Signals. Search for Motion Vectors. Various image & video processing algorithms. White Point Correction. Represent and convert various colour models. Formant Vocoder. Quantization and Transmission of Audio. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Image Compression. UNIT -IV: Video Compression Techniques: Introduction to Video Compression. Color Models in Images – RGB Color Model for CRT Displays. 2. Lossy Image Compression Algorithms: Transform Coding: KLT And DCT Coding.Tech. Transformation from RGB to CMY. Various video compression techniques. Simulate various video compression image techniques and can suggest the appropriate video compression techniques for specific application. CELP. Hybrid Excitation Vocoders. UNIT -III: Compression Algorithms: Lossless Compression Algorithms: Run Length Coding. Under Color Removal: CMYK System. Transform with Gamma Correction. MPEG Audio – MPEG Layers. Multimedia Authoring. H.Tech. UNIT -V: Audio Compression Techniques: ADPCM in Speech Coding. World Wide Web.726 ADPCM.f. Camera Systems.ECE & M. Gamma Correction. MPEG Audio Compression Algorithms. Subtractive Color: CMY Color Model. Lossless JPEG. G.IDP (B. /MBA) w. Audio Concepts: Digitization of Sound. 2. Color Matching Functions. 3. Quantization. . YIQ Color Model. Overview of MPEG1 and MPEG2. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MULTI-MEDIA AND SIGNAL CODING (PG E-V) Prerequisite: Artificial Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems. Color Models in Video – Video Color Transforms.Tech. Wavelet Based Coding. YUV Color Model. and File Formats.Tech.261. Analog Video. Course Objectives: This course makes the students to Understand 1. MPEG Audio Strategy. /MBA) w. “Printmedia in practice (Theory and Applications)”. Multimedia Signals & Systems – Mrinal Kr. PHI.Milovanovic. Multimedia Systems John F. st 2. Bojkoric. st Dragorad A. PHI. 2003. Judith Jeffocate. Pearson Education (LPE). Ya-QinZhang. Pearson. 2010. Stds& Netwroks K. Murat Tekalp. Digital Video Processing – A. Fundamentals of Multimedia Ze. 1 Edition. . Rao. 160 .Nian Li. Drew.ECE & M. 6. 1998. st 3. 2017-2018 Academic Year TEXT BOOKS: 1.IDP (B. 2009. 2009 REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. 2002. Koegel Bufond Pearson Education (LPE).e. PHI. 4. Fundamentals of Multimedia – Ze. 2. Video Processing and Communications – Yaowang. 1996.f. 1st Edition. Multimedia Communication Systems – Techniques. Zorans.Nian Li.R. 2002. Jorn Ostermann. 5.Tech. Mark S.Drew. Mandal Springer International Edition 1 Edition.Tech. 1 Edition. Mark S. Tech. 2. Error Control Coding.VI) Prerequisite: Digital Communications Course Objectives: 1. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. Types of Errors. Unified Description by Linear Dispersion Codes. convolution codes. Inc. Encoding. Hamming Codes.Time Block codes. Syndrome Computation and Error Detection. Daniel J. T study the generation of various code methods.ECE & M. Original BLAST Detection. UNIT – IV: Turbo Codes LDPC Codes. TEXT BOOKS: 1.Codes based on sparse graphs. Iterative decoding of product codes.IDP (B. Course Outcomes: 1. Average and Mutual Information and Entropy. The UMTS Turbo code. 2. Log-likelihood algebra. Obtain knowledge in designing various codes like block codes. Diversity.logic decoding of Convolution codes. Syndrome and Error Detection. Error-trapping decoding for cyclic codes. Standard array and Syndrome Decoding. Performance of Multi – Layer Detection Schemes.e. Majority logic decoding for cyclic codes. Applications of Block codes for Error control in data storage system UNIT . Concatenated convolutional codes. Spatial Multiplexing : General Concept. Error-Detecting and Error-correcting Capabilities of a Block code. Prentice Hall.Jr. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 CODING THEORY AND TECHNIQUES (PG E . ECE & M. Decoding for binary erasure channel.Tech. Iterative APP Preprocessing and Per-layer Decoding. Turbo decoding UNIT . Majority. Error Correcting Coding Theory-Man Young Rhee. Generator and Parity-check Matrices. Error Control Strategies. Simulation Results.1989. Digital modulation schemes. 2. maximum likelihood decoding. Application of Viterbi Decoding and Sequential Decoding.Fundamentals and Applications –Shu Lin. Learning the measurement of information and errors. cyclic codes. Shortened cyclic codes. Alamouti’s schemes.Cyclic Hamming Codes. Orthogonal space. /MBA) w. Product codes. Extension to more than Two Transmit Antennas. 3.V: Space-Time Codes Introduction. Applications of Convolutional codes in ARQ system. To study the various application of codes. To acquire the knowledge in measurement of information and errors. Probability of an undetected error for Linear Codes over a BSC. Parallel concatenation. Linear Multilayer Detection.Tech. Serial concatenation. Structural and Distance Properties. turbo codes and space codes UNIT – I: Coding for Reliable Digital Transmission and storage Mathematical model of Information. Brief propagation. Decoding . UNIT – III: Convolutional Codes : Encoding of Convolutional Codes. QL Decomposition and Interface Cancellation.Parallel concatenation.f. McGraw-Hill 161 . . Minimum Distance of a Block code. Linear Block Codes: Introduction to Linear Block Codes. A Logarithmic Measure of Information.Costello. Sequential decoding.II: Cyclic Codes : Description. . 2017-2018 Academic Year REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. 2009. 4. 6. /MBA) w. Coding and Cryptography – Ranjan Bose. Proakis.Tech. .f. 162 .IDP (B. 2nd Edition. Error Correction Coding – Mathematical Methods and Algorithms – Todd K.19 2. TMH. 5th ed. 2006. Information Theory. TMH.e.ECE & M. Digital Communications.John G. Introduction to Error Control Codes-Salvatore Gravano-oxford 5. Error Correcting Coding Theory-Man Young Rhee-1989. Wiley India.Bernard Sklar.Tech. 3. 2008. PE.Moon.McGraw – Hill Publishing. Digital Communications-Fundamental and Application . Design Principles of Software Radio. Reconfiguring Base Stations. Management of Communication Profiles. Meta Profile Data UNIT -III: Radio Resource Management in Heterogeneous Networks : Introduction. Digital Signal Processing Course Objectives: The objectives of this course is 1. Communication Profiles. Terminal Profile. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course. 4. Profile Data Structure. Measuring Gain in the Upper Bound Due to JRRM. Dynamic Range. Access to Profile Data. Wireless Information Transfer System. What is Software Radio. UNIT -I: Introduction: The Need for Software Radios. RRM Modelling and Investigation Approaches. 5. SPEAK easy- JTRS. Network Profile. SDR-3000 Digital Transceiver Subsystem.Tech.Joint Tactical Radio System. Flexible Workload Management at the Physical Layer. Distribution of Profile Data. Installing a New Configuration. Detailed RRM Functions in Sub-Networks and Overall Systems UNIT -IV: Reconfiguration of the Network Elements : Introduction. Classification and Rating of Reconfigurable Hardware. Functions and Principles of JRRM.Tech. Resource Recycling. 3. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO (PG E-VI) Prerequisite: TCP/ IP . Communication Classmarks. User Profile. Circuit-Switched System. Reconfiguring Mobile Terminals UNIT -V: Object – Oriented Representation of Radios and Network Resources: Networks. Applying Reconfiguration Strategies.Object Brokers.f. Understand digital hardware architectures and development methods. General Architecture of JRRM. RF Implementation issues. the students: 1. Optimised Reconfiguration.Tech.e.Object Oriented Programming. Investigations of JRRM in Heterogeneous Networks. Case Studies in Software Radio Design: Introduction and Historical Perspective. Understand the analog RF components as front end block in implementation of SDR. Hierarchical Interconnect Networks. /MBA) w. Abstract Modelling of Reconfigurable Devices. To provide fundamentals and state of the art concepts in software defined radio. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.IDP (B. Reconfiguration Based on Comparison.The Purpose of RF Front – End.End Topologies. Processing Elements.Enhanced Flexibility of the RF Chain with Software Radios- Importance of the Components to Overall Performance.Introduction. Performance Issues. CHARIOT. Service Profile . Communication Profile Architecture. Compression and Coding.Mobile Application Environments.The Principal Challenge of Receiver Design – RF Receiver Front. . the Role of Local Intelligence in Reconfiguration. Radio Resource Units over RRM Phases.Transmitter Architectures and Their Issues- Noise and Distortion in the RF Chain. ECE & M.ECE & M. ADC and DAC Distortion. Packet-Switched System. Optimization Algorithms. Optimisation Parameters and Algorithms. Understand the radio recourse management in heterogeneous networks. Definition of Radio Resource Management. Characteristics and benefits of software radio. Connection Elements. Understand the object oriented representation of radio and network resources. Global Interconnect Networks. Understand the design principles of software defined radio. 2. RRM Challenges and Approaches. 163 . XML Structure. Spectrum Ware. Specific Reconfiguration Requirements. Reconfiguration of Base Stations and Mobile Terminals. Dynamic Classmarks for Reconfigurable Terminals.Tech. UNIT -II: Profile and Radio Resource Management : Communication Profiles. Jeffrey H. Reed. 2017-2018 Academic Year TEXT BOOKS: 1. /MBA) w. Systems and Functions . Software Defined Radio: Enabling Technologies. .Tech. Software Defined Radio: Architectures. 3. 2000. III. John Wiley & Sons.ECE & M. 164 . Wiley Publications. Kambiz Madani. Software Defined Radio for 3G .Markus Dillinger. 2002.Paul Burns. 2002. Software Radio Architecture: Object Oriented Approaches to wireless System Enginering – Joseph Mitola. 2002. Wiley.Tech. Artech House.e. Software Defined Radio Architecture System and Functions. 2. Software Radio: A Modern Approach to Radio Engineering . Nancy Alonistioti.IDP (B. 4.Markus Dillinger. Kambiz Madani. WILEY 2003 2. PEA Publication. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1.Walter Tuttle Bee.f. 2003. Gold Codes. /MBA) w.e.Tech. . Pseudo Noise Sequences. Double Dither Non-Coherent Tracking Loop. UNIT -III: Initial Synchronization of the Receiver Spreading Code: Introduction. Understand various Code tracing loops for optimum tracking of wideband signals viz spread spectrum signals 4. 5. Maximal Length Sequences. UNIT -V: Performance of Spread Spectrum Systems in Jamming Environments: Spread Spectrum Communication System Model. Understand the principles of Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) and use of Spread spectrum concept in CDMA 3. CDMA System Capacity. Can provide detection and cancellation schemes for Multiusers in CDMA cellular radio.Coherent Tracking Loop. Optimum Tracking of Wideband Signals. Binary Shift Register Sequences for Spread Spectrum Systems: Introduction. UNIT -I: Introduction to Spread Spectrum Systems: Fundamental Concepts of Spread Spectrum Systems. Performance of Spread Spectrum Systems without Coding. Hybrid Direct Sequence Frequency Hop Spread Spectrum. Tau-Dither Non. Understand the procedure for synchronization of receiver for receiving the Spread spectrum signal. ECE & M.f. Interference Cancellation Techniques. Analyze the performance of Spread spectrum systems in Jamming environment and systems with Forward Error Correction. UNIT -II: Code Tracking Loops: Introduction.Tech. The Cellular CDMA System. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 SPREAD SPECTRUM COMMUNICATIONS (PG E – VI) Prerequisite: Communication Course Objectives: The objectives of this course are to make the student 1.IDP (B.ECE & M. Mathematical Background and Sequence Generator Fundamentals. Serial Search Synchronization Techniques. Understand the concept of Spread Spectrum and study various types of Spread spectrum sequences and their generation. Wide Band Mobile Channel. 2. 3. Interference Combat Detection Schemes. 2. Synchronization using a Matched Filter. Base Band Delay-Lock Tracking Loop. Linear Suboptimal Detectors. Code Division Multiple Access. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course student will be able to 1. Multi-User Detection in CDMA Cellular Radio: Optimal Multi-User Detection. Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. UNIT -IV: Cellular Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) Principles: Introduction. Synchronization by Estimated the Received Spreading Code. Problem Definition and the Optimum Synchronizer. Single User Receiver in a Multi User Channel. 165 . Generate various types of Spread spectrum sequences and can simulate CDMA system (Both Transmitter & Receiver).Tech.Tech. systems with Forward Error Correction and Multiuser detection in CDMA cellular radio. Definitions. Study the performance of spread spectrum systems in Jamming environment. Frequency Hop Spread Spectrum. 1995. 2005. Andrew Richardson . Steve Lee .Pearson.ECE & M.f. 3. 1 Edition.Spread Spectrum CDMA.“Introduction to Spread Spectrum Communication.“Wireless Digital Communications. /MBA) w. Andrew j. Decoding and Bit-Error Rate. 2002.“WCDMA Design Handbook. 4.Tech. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Kamilo Feher . . Viterbi Algorithm. 1st Edition. Clare D. 2008. Peterson and David E Borth .” Elsevier Publications. Cooper. McGraw Hill.Tech.IDP (B. Mosa Ali Abu-Rgheff – “Introduction to CDMA Wireless Communications. Calculation of Error Probability.e. TEXT BOOKS: 1. George R.” Pearson Education. Mc Gillem . Optimum Decoding Rule.“CDMA: Principles of spread spectrum communication. Rodger E Ziemer. 166 . Viterbi . st 2. 5.” Cambridge University Press. Roger L. 2. Elementary Convolution Coding Concepts.” PHI. 2017-2018 Academic Year Performance of Spread Spectrum Systems with Forward Error Correction: Elementary Block Coding Concepts.“Modern Communication and Spread Spectrum. 2009. 1995.” McGraw Hill. 1986. processing Devices. The sampling process.Tech. Data Addressing modes of TMS32OC54XX Processors.f. D/A Conversion Errors. Memory space of TMS32OC54XX Processors. /MBA) w. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Address Generation Unit. Course Outcomes Upon completion of the course. Discrete time sequences. On-Chip Peripherals.Tech. Address Arithmetic Unit. Introduction to Micro Signal Architecture. Digital filters. • Can inteace various devices to DSP Processors. Data Addressing Capabilities. Pipeline Operation of TMS32OC54XX Processors.ECE & M. Introduction to Blackfin Processor – The Blackfin Processor. Data Addressing modes of TMS32OC54XX DSPs. Bus Architecture and Memory. DSP Computational errors.invariant systems. Bus Architecture and Memory. • Be able to write simple assembly language programs using instruction set of TMS32OC54xx. Programmability and Program Execution.processing system. UNIT –I Introduction to Digital Signal Processing Introduction.Tech. Speed Issues. UNIT —II Architectures for Programmable DSP Devices Basic Architectural features. A Digital signal. • To give practical examples of DSP Processor architectures for better understanding. Control Unit. ECE & M. Compensating filter. Overview of Hardware Processing Units and Register files. DSP Computational Building Blocks. • To develop the programming knowledge using Instruction set of DSP Processors.Tech. UNIT -IV Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices —ALU and MAC block diagram. UNIT -III Programmable Digital Signal Processors: Commercial Digital signal. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS AND ARCHITECTURES (PG E – VII) Prerequisite: Digital Signal Processing Course Objectives The objectives of the course are: • To recall digital transform techniques. Interrupts of TMS32OC54XX processors. AID Conversion errors. Base Architecture of ADSP 2100.IDP (B. Decimation and interpolation. Shifter Instruction. 167 . . Basic Peripherals. Features for External interfacing. Dynamic Range and Precision. Program Control.Sources of error in DSP implementations. TMS32OC54XX instructions and Programming. Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FET).e. • To understand interfacing techniques to memory and I/O devices. Computational Accuracy in DSP Implementations Number formats for signals and coefficients in DSP systems. • To introduce architectural features of programmable DSP Processors of TI and Analog Devices. • Understand the architectures of TMS320054xx and ADSP 2100 DSP devices. ADSP-2181 high performance Processor. Linear time. the student • Be able to distinguish between the architectural features of General purpose processors and DSP processors. . John Wiley. TMH. 4. 2006/2009 3. S. Newnes. 2007 REFERENCE BOOKS 1. 168 . Digital Signal Processing — Jonatham Stein.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT -V Interfacing Memory and I/O Peripherals to Programmable DSP Devices Memory space organization. Architecture. TEXT BOOKS 1. R Vijayarajeswaran. 2000.Tech. 3. Wiley-IEEE Press.IDP (B. Thomson Publications. PHI 5. Embedded Signal Processing with the Micro Signal Architecture Publisher: Woon-Seng Gan. Kuo. DSP Division.ECE & M. Interrupts and I/O. New Age International. Architectures & Features — Lapsleyet al. Katz and Rick Gentile of Analog Devices.D. Direct memory access (DMA). Ananthi. Edited by Amy Mar. S. Sen M. Digital Signal Processing — Avtar Singh and S. Programming and Applications — B. Srinivasan.e. Chand & Co. Programmed I/O. /MBA) w. Embedded Media Processing by David J. Parallel I/O interface. 2. 2. External bus interfacing signals. Ph. A Practical Approach To Digital Signal Processing – K Padmanabhan. 2004.. 2005. ISBN 0-9660176-3-3. Digital Signal Processing Applications Using the ADSP-2100 Family by The Applications Engineering Staff of Analog Devices. ISBN 0750679123. Bhaskar. California Technical Publishing. The Scientist and Engineer’s Guide to Digital Signal Processing by Steven W. Digital Signal Processors. 1997 6. Smith.Tech. Memory interface. DSP Processor Fundamentals. Venkataramani and M. 2002. 2005. 169 . Durbin’s Recursive Solution for the Autocorrelation Equations. Perception : Anatomical pathways from the Ear to the Perception of Sound.e. 6.f. Extract the LPC coefficients that can be used to Synthesize or compress the speech. Speech Synthesis etc. 5.VII) Prerequisite: Advanced Digital Signal Processing Course Objectives: The objectives of this course are to make the student 1. average zero crossing rate. . Speaker Recognition. 2. 3. Speech Recognition. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 SPEECH AND AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSING (PG E . effect of losses in vocal tract.ECE & M. 5. Speech Compression.. Solution of LPC Equations : Cholesky Decomposition Solution for Covariance Method. Enhance the speech and can design an Isolated word recognition system using HMM. average magnitude. Short time energy.Tech. The Process of Speech Production. To study various Speech Signal Processing applications viz: Speech Enhancement. Properties of the Auditory Nerve. 2.Uniform lossless tube model. pitch period estimation using the autocorrelation function. Design a Homomorphic Vocoder for coding and decoding of speech. The Peripheral Auditory system. Formant Analysis using LPC Parameters. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. pitch period estimation using a parallel processing approach. effect of radiation at lips. comparison between the methods of solution of the LPC Analysis Equations.Tech. To study the concept of Homomorphic system and its use in extracting the vocal tract information from speech using Cepstrum which is a bye product of Homomorphic processing of Speech. Can design basic audio coding methods for coding the audio signal. Linear Predictive Coding (LPC) Analysis : Basic principles of Linear Predictive Analysis : The Autocorrelation Method. the short time autocorrelation function. To understand the articulatory and acoustic interpretation of various phonemes and their allophones. To analyze the speech in time domain and extract various time domain parameters which can be used for various applications like pitch extraction. Applications of LPC Parameters : Pitch Detection using LPC Parameters. ECE & M.Tech. Unit – I : Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing: Anatomy & Physiology of Speech Organs. end point detection.Tech. /MBA) w. The Acoustic theory of speech production. Model an electrical equivalent of Speech Production system. 6. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course student will be able to 1. The Covariance method. Understand the anatomy and Physiology of Speech Production system and perception model and to design an electrical equivalent of Acoustic model for Speech Production. average magnitude difference function. Hair Cell and Auditory Nerve Functions. Block schematics of the Peripheral Auditory system. Digital models for speech signals. 4. Speech vs Silence discrimination using energy and zero crossing. Unit – II : Time Domain models for Speech Processing: Introduction – Window considerations. To study various Audio coding techniques based on perceptual modeling of the human ear. 4.IDP (B. Can extract the features for Automatic speaker recognition system which can used for classification. 3. PE.. Features that distinguish speakers. Speech Communications: Human & Machine .. 2. . L. parametric representation of Speech. The Homomorphic Vocoder. The Complex Cepstrum of Speech. PHI. Multi Microphone Approach. Training & Testing of Speech using HMM. Comb filter. Spectral Subtraction. Enhancement by re-synthesis. Formant Estimation.e. nd 3.L. EEE Press.R Rabinar and R W Jhaung. Elements of HMM.Tech. MFCC.Douglas O'Shaughnessy. Speaker Identification System. W. Speech Enhancement: Speech enhancement techniques : Single Microphone Approach. Wiener filter. Rabiner and S. 2 Ed. MPEG - 2 Audio coding. 2. 170 .4 Audio Coding.2 Advanced Audio Coding. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Schafer. Pearson Education. 3. Homomorphic Systems for Convolution : Properties of the Complex Cepstrum. Performance Metrics. ISO-MPEG-1 Audio coding . MPEG . 1 Ed. Evaluating the similarity of Speech patterns. Speech & Audio Signal Processing. MPEG . delta MFCC.Ben Gold & Nelson Morgan. 1st Ed. Quateri. Computational Considerations .IDP (B. 2017-2018 Academic Year Unit – III : Homomorphic Speech Processing: Introduction . Wiley. 1978. 2nd Edition. Continuous word Recognition system. Discrete Time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and Practice . Digital Audio Signal Processing – Udo Zolzer. Psychoacoustics .f. Wiley REFENCE BOOKS: st 1. Unit – V: Audio Coding : Lossless Audio Coding. Digital Processing of Speech Signals. Lossy Audio coding.Thomas F. /MBA) w.Tech.R. Speaker Recognition Systems: Speaker Verification System . Isolated digit Recognition System.ECE & M. Automatic Speaker Recognition: Recognition techniques. Unit – IV: Automatic Speech Recognition: Basic pattern recognition approaches.. Digital Processing of Speech Signals . Pitch Detection . ECE & M.Tech.Tech.Peyton Z. Maximal Length Sequences (MLS/LRS/PN). 1999. Detection of Signals in Noise. Learn the appropriate model. UNIT –II: Radar Equation Probability Density Function. Generation and Decoding of FM Waveforms. UNIT -IV: Pulse Compression in Radar Signals Introduction. Transmitter Power. 2nd Ed. Radar Principles . Types. 3. 3. Skolnik. McGraw Hill. Stretch Techniques.R. 2.M. Skolnik. UNIT –III: Waveform Selection Radar Ambiguity Function and Ambiguity Diagram – Principles and Properties. Course Outcomes: Upon the completion of this course.I.VII) Prerequisite: Radar Systems Course Objectives: 1. 171 . 4. Jr. John Wiley. 2.e.1999. CFAR Receiver.. PRF and Antenna Parameters. Radar Block Diagram. Understand the concepts of pulse compression Radar. This course emphasis on the principles of Radar Systems and Signal Processing techniques.. Radar Design Principles . 3.. 2. /MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 RADAR SIGNAL PROCESSING (PG E.ECE & M. 2004. /MBA) w. UNIT -I: Introduction Radar.I. PHI. Reduction of Time Side lobes. Periodic Pulse Train. Specific Cases – Ideal Case. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. . Significance. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Block Diagram of a Phase Coded CW Radar. Radar Design Principles: Signal Processing and the Environment . Radar Equation. Nathanson.Tech. Acquire knowledge about pulse compression Radar. Nitzberg. 2001. Single Pulse of Sine Wave. Nathanson. Linear FM Pulse Compression – Block Diagram. 2nd Ed.Tech.f.E. Binary Phase Coding. To study the phase coding Techniques. Receiver Noise and the Signal to Ratio. the student will be able to 1. TEXT BOOKS: 1.Fred E.. Single Linear FM Pulse. Probability of Detection and False Alarm. calculate system performance parameters and assess the limitations of particular systems. Radar Cross Section of Targets. UNIT –V: Phase Coding Techniques Principles. Introduction to Radar Systems . 1969. 1991. Radar Handbook . Peebles. TMH.M.. Barker Codes. prf. 2. 3.F. Characteristics.IDP (B. 3rd Ed. Understand the principles of Radar Systems. McGraw Hill. Ability to understand the various parameters of Radar like pdf . 1st Ed. Radar Signal Processing and Adaptive Systems . Artech House. ECE & M. frequency and forewarning levels of different hazards Characteristics and damage potential or natural hazards. response time. tools and methods for disaster management Course Outcomes: Estimate.ECE & M. hazard assessment Dimensions of vulnerability factors. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. . Safety norms and survival kits Mass media and disaster management UNIT 5: Planning for disaster management Strategies for disaster management planning Steps for formulating a disaster risk reduction plan Disaster management Act and Policy in India Organizational structure for disaster management in India Preparation of state and district disaster management plans 172 . Mitigation and Preparedness Planning for Relief UNIT 3: Capacity Building Capacity Building: Concept Structural and Nonstructural Measures Capacity Assessment.Tech. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT OPEN ELECTIVE-I Pre Requisites: NIL Course Objectives: The subject provide different disasters.IDP (B. /MBA) w.f.Tech. national and regional) Hazards and Vulnerability Natural and man-made hazards.e.Tech. Prevention.Tech. vulnerability assessment Vulnerability and disaster risk Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards UNIT 2 : Disaster Management Mechanism Concepts of risk management and crisis managements Disaster Management Cycle Response and Recovery Development. Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk Counter-Disaster Resources and their utility in Disaster Management Legislative Support at the state and national levels UNIT 4: Coping with Disaster Coping Strategies. perform quantity survey & valuate various engineering works UNIT 1 : Understanding Disaster Concept of Disaster Different approaches Concept of Risk Levels of Disasters Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global. alternative adjustment processes Changing Concepts of disaster management Industrial Safety Plan. 6. London. Asian Development Bank. Geomorphological Techniques. Unwin Hyman. Ministry of Home Affairs.IDP (B. ADPC. 3.e. 1993. Carter. 4. Ltd. 2001. Chakrabarty. 2005. 2011.. 1997. (2005). W.K. New Delhi. D. Bangkok. A. 9. Ltd. District Disaster Management Plan-Model Template. Guwahati.f. & Murshed Z. New Delhi 2007. Government of India. New Delhi. 3. London 1990. New Delhi. Government of India. ULC press Ltd. 2005. NIDM. 2. . New Delhi. Manual on Natural Disaster Management in India. Community Based Disaster Risk Management: Field Practitioner’s Handbook. Disaster Management.N. New Delhi. Asian Book Pvt.C Remote Sensing Application in North East India. 2017-2018 Academic Year Text Books 1. Future challenge and opportunities. 173 . I. NCDM.Tech. Bangkok. Disaster Management in India. U. Alexander. 2009 7. References 1.K. Ministry of Home Affairs. Goswami. /MBA) w. 2. Disaster Management Act. International publishing home Pvt. Industrial Disaster Management and Emergency Response. 8. 2004. Goudie. Abarquez I. Purbanchal Prakesh. 5.Tech. Edited by Jagbir singh. National Policy on Disaster Management. 1991. S.ECE & M. Disaster Management: A Disaster Management Handbook. Natural Disasters. NDMA. UNIT .Various fuels.Solar radiation data.Solar ponds.II Solar-Electric Power generation.Classification of bio gas plants-Different Indian digesters. Geothermal Energy . Solar Thermal conversion.Estimation of Energy in Single and double basin systems .Open and closed cycles.Wind Energy conversion systems. • Wind energy conversion and devices available for it. UNIT .Betz Limit-Aerodynamics of wind turbine.Design and Principle of operation . 2009.concentrated collectors.Tech. UNIT .Geo-pressure resources . /MBA) w. ECE & M.Tracking. tidal) and conversion and devices.Factors affecting generation of bio gas .Tech. • Geo thermal resources and energy conversion principles and technologies. UNIT .Wind turbines.Solar Radiation on Earth’s surface-Solar radiation geometry-Solar radiation measurements.Solar radiation on horizontal and tilted surfaces. Objectives: • To introduce various types of renewable technologies available.Operation Methods .Fuel Cells .Heliostat systems-water heater-air heater-solar still.Ni-Cd Batteries.Basics of Batteries . G.Tech. Outcomes: • The student will be able analyse solar thermal and photovoltaic systems and related technologies for energy conversion.Bio Gas generation – Aerobic and anaerobic digestion . 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.sources.Advantages and disadvantages - Types of Electrodes – Applications .Rai – Non Conventional Energy sources.Horizontal and vertical axis turbines –their configurations.III Wind Energy.Components of tidal Power plants .Energy and Power from Waves-Wave energy conversion devices .Fundamentals of wind energy-power available in wind.Constructional details of Lead acid batteries .Digester design considerations - Gasification process .Principle of operation .f.Photovoltaic cells. 174 . Energy from Tides .Solar applications.e.I Fundamentals of Solar Energy-Solar spectrum.Maximum power point tracking .V-I Characteristics- Photovoltaic modules – constructional details.IV Energy from Bio Mass. 2. wave. • Fundamentals of fuel cells and commercial batteries.Petro-thermal systems (HDR) . TEXT BOOKS 1.IDP (B. • Biomass conversion technologies.V OTEC Systems. Renewable Energy Resouces. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 NON CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION OPEN ELECTIVE-I Pre-requisite: Nil.Hydrothermal convective .Sources-Conversion technologies-Wet Processes – Dry Processes. John Twidell & Wier. • Power from oceans (thermal.Tech.Principle of Tidal Power .D.Solar Thermo electric conversion.construction and thermal analysis. CRC Press. • The technologies of energy conversion from these resources and their quantitative analysis.Flat plate collectors.Magma Resources-Prime Movers.Equivalent circuit.design considerations.ECE & M.Gasifiers – Applications.Types of Fuel Cells . . Khanna publishers. UNIT . Principles and Applications. 2.C. F. Singal.Sukhatme.Fundamentals.TMH 175 . Solar Energy Principles and Application . 2009.Treble. Renewable Energy sources and Emerging Technologies.IDP (B.Kothari. D.Solanki. /MBA) w. PHI 2009 4. 3. .ECE & M.Tech.e. Solar Photo volatics. C.S.P . Generating Electricity from Sun.Tech.P. 2017-2018 Academic Year REFERENCE BOOKS 1.f. Ranjan. S.Rakesh. PHI. magnetic Anisotropy. T K BasaK: A course in Electrical Engineering Materials:. /MBA) w. OUTCOMES: Will be able to 1. piezoelectric materials. liquid and gaseous dielectrics. Processing of electronic materials. Ferrites. Structural Materials. magnetically soft and hard materials. 4. Insulating varnishes and coolants. integration techniques. Magnetostriction. Ferromagnetic materials. Laxmi Publications. Effect of moisture on insulation. Testing of Transformer oil as per ISI TEXT BOOKS 1.Tech. curie point. flashover. Understand various types of dielectric materials. liquid dielectrics. Large and very large scale integration techniques (VLSI) UNIT – IV MATERIALS FOR ELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS: Materials used for Resistors. electric carbon materials. special purpose materials. UNIT. TTTI Madras: Electrical Engineering Materials 4. Liquid and Gaseous insulating materials.Tech. Materials used in electrical engineering and applications. spontaneous. factors effecting permeability and hysteresis UNIT – III SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS: Properties of semiconductors. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS OPEN ELECTIVE-I Pre-requisites: Nil Objectives: To understand the importance of various materials used in electrical engineering and obtain a qualitative analysis of their behavior and applications. diamagnetism. R K Rajput: A course in Electrical Engineering Materials. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. polarization. anti-ferromagnetic materials.I DIELECTRIC MATERIALS: Dielectric as Electric Field Medium.Tech. spontaneous magnetization in ferromagnetic materials. 2. Silicon wafers. breakdown voltage. electric contact materials. breakdown in solid dielectrics. Adrianus J. pyroelectric materials. UNIT – II MAGNETIC MATERIALS: Classification of magnetic materials. transmission line structures. dielectric strength. ECE & M. Radioactive Materials.ECE & M. soft and hard solders. properties of ferromagnetic materials in static fields. . Properties and applications of mineral oils. 3.Tech. leakage currents. their properties in various conditions. New Age Science Publications 2009 3. 176 .e. thermocouple materials. ageing of magnets. 2009 2.f. Evaluate magnetic materials and their behavior. feebly magnetic materials. rheostats.Dekker: Electrical Engineering Materials.IDP (B. Solid. electric conductivity in solid. UNIT – V SPECIAL PURPOSE MATERIALS: Refractory Materials. Evaluate semiconductor materials and technologies. bimetals fuses. cast and cermet permanent magnets. dielectric loss. stranded conductors. THM Publication. heaters. Galvanization and Impregnation of materials. Sol-gels. Applications of nanomaterials. Dallas. .K. Poole Jr and Frank J. Atomic Structure. DNA-directed assembly and application in electronics. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.K. energy storage. OUTCOMES: • To evaluate electronic structural studies of nano materials and different synthesis methods to obtain nano structures. Geoff Smith. University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center. Colorado. Pathumthani. and Banerjee A. Introduction to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology. John J. Energy. using natural nanoparticles. USA. • Understand characterization techniques through various measurements to study electrical. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 NANO-TECHNOLOGY OPEN ELECTIVE-I Pre-requisites: Nil OBJECTIVES: To enable the student to understand fundamentals of nano materials and technologies for these materials and their manufacturing. applications in various fields.II Molecular Nanotechnology: Atoms by inference.V Applications: MEMS. nano electronics.Tech.IDP (B. Top down and Bottom up approach. Nanotechnology and Nanomachines .. UNIT . Scanning probe microscope-atomic force microscope. Electron Microscopes. tunneling microscope. Kamali Kannangara.Tech. Optoelectronic Devices. NEMS. Chatopadhyaya. Chatopadhyaya.e. Ball milling. UNIT . Wiley India Pvt Ltd. Michelle Simmons. Moore. Introduction to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Gabor L. Nanomedicine. Modern transmission electron microscope. Molecular and Atomic size. Introduction to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology. Fabrication of integrated circuits. NANOTECHNOLOGY Basic Science and EmergingTsechnologies by Michael Wilson. 177 . Plasma arcing. MEMS.CHAPMAN & HALL/CRC PRESS 2002. Electrodeposition. mechanical. Asian Institute of Technology. TEXT BOOKS 1. USA. 6. Self Assembly. Golden.N. 4. Burkhard Raguse. Molecules and Phases.Tech.thermal properties of nano materials. • Applications of nano materials for specific purposes like MEMS. Owens. NEMS. Introduction to Nanotechnology by Charles P. Scanning electron microscope.IV Nanoelectronics: Approaches to nanoelectronics.N. NEMS. Hornyak. NanoThread.F.Tech.K. Environmental Applications. Surfaces and Dimensional Space. and Banerjee A. 3. Inc.I Background of Nanotechnology: Scientific Revolutions. Colorado School of Mines.III Nanopowders and Nanomaterials: Preparation.f.Owens Wiley India Pvt Ltd. Introduction to Nano Technology by Charles P.ECE & M.K. Thailand. Coatings. H. UNIT . /MBA) w. ECE & M. UNIT . chemical vapor deposition. Tibbals. Golden. scanning. Joydeep Dutta. UNIT .The Periodic Table. Nano circuits. Introduction to nano tech by phani kumar 5. Quantum well. USA 2. Quantum wire. Poole Jr and Frank J. Formulation – Graphical solution – Simplex method – Artificial variables techniques: Two–phase method. Big-M method. TEXT BOOK : 1. 3.Bellman’s Principle of Optimality – Applications of dynamic programming- shortest path problem – linear programming problem.R /Taha/PHI 178 .Purchase inventory models with one price break and multiple price breaks –Stochastic models – demand discrete variable or continuous variable – Single Period model with no setup cost. Operations Research: Methods and Problems / Maurice Saseini. 5. Introduction to O. Operation Research /J.Sharma/ MacMilan. Operations Research / Wagner/ PHI Publications.Balasubramaniam. Duality Principle. . Operations Research/A. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 OPERATIONS RESEARCH OPEN ELECTIVE-I Prerequisites: None Objectives: Understanding the mathematical importance of development of model in a particular optimization model for the issue and solving it. unbalanced transportation problem – Degeneracy.M.Tech. Operations Research /A.2 x 2 games –m x 2 & 2 x n games . 2. UNIT – III SEQUENCING – Introduction – Flow –Shop sequencing – n jobs through two machines – n jobs through three machines – Job shop sequencing – two jobs through ‘m’ machines-graphical model REPLACEMENT: Introduction – Replacement of items that deteriorate with time – when money value is not counted and counted – Replacement of items that fail completely. Deterministic models – Types . Outcomes: Understanding the problem. Arhur Yaspan and Lawrence Friedman 2. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.graphical method – m x n games . UNIT – V WAITING LINES: Introduction – Terminology-Single Channel – Poisson arrivals and Exponential Service times – with infinite population and finite population models– Multichannel – Poisson arrivals and exponential service times with infinite population. Traveling Salesman problem. UNIT – II TRANSPORTATION PROBLEM – Formulation – Optimal solution.Variants of Assignment Problem.C. ECE & M.Group Replacement. ALLOCATION: Linear Programming Problem . identifying variables & constants.dominance principle.f.S. 4.Natarajan.R/Hillier & Libermann (TMH).ECE & M. Assignment problem – Formulation – Optimal solution .Tech.e. DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Introduction – Terminology. Tamilarasi/Pearson Education. formulas of optimization model and applying appropriate optimization Techniques UNIT – I Development – Definition– Characteristics and Phases – Types of models – Operations Research models – applications.Tech. P. A.IDP (B. UNIT – IV THEORY OF GAMES: Introduction –Terminology– Solution of games with saddle points and without saddle points. Introduction to O. /MBA) w. INVENTORY: Introduction – Single item.Kumar/Yesdee REFERENCE BOOKS : 1.K.Tech. (Heat Pump and Refrigerator). Cycle. . III Edition 2. Van Wylan & R. Relative Humidity.E.P. Engineering Thermodynamics – Jones & Dugan 5. Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics – G.Tech. Property. Thermodynamics – J.E.) and Reversed H.Psychrometric chart.Tech. Avogadro’s Laws of additive volumes – Mole fraction . Allahabad. Atmospheric air .Arora. Efficiency/COP. Specific Heats (cp and cv). Vapour pressure. the student should be able to • Understand and differentiate between different thermodynamic systems and processes • Understand and apply the laws of Thermodynamics to different types of systems undergoing various processes • Understand and analyze the Thermodynamic cycles UNIT – I Introduction: Basic Concepts: System. Concept of Continuum.Holman / McGrawHill 4.V Power Cycles : Otto. . Thermodynamics / C. ECE & M. Irreversible Process. Thermodynamic Equilibrium. Universe.P. Property of Entropy. 3. Surrounding. Specific Humidity. Control Volume. Boundaries.Tech.Description and representation on P–V and T-S diagram. Degree of saturation – Adiabatic Saturation . Point and Path functions. Ideal Gas Scale UNIT – III First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics: First Law: Cycle and Process. Thermodynamics & Heat Engines – Yadav – Central Book Depot. Wet Bulb Temperature. Volume gas Thermometer – Scales of Temperature. Equivalent Gas const. Process. Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach – Yunus Cengel & Boles /TMH 2. Macroscopic and Microscopic viewpoints. T-S and P-V Diagrams UNIT IV Mixtures of perfect Gases – Mole Fraction.Tech. Types of Systems.ECE & M. Exact & Inexact Differentials. State. /MBA) w. Carnot Cycle. Carnot Efficiency. Vapour compression cycle-performance Evaluation. Concept of Heat Engine (H. Engineering Thermodynamics / PK Nag /TMH.IDP (B.E. Dew point Temperature. saturated Air.f. Thermal Efficiency. Heat. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Statement of Clausius Inequality. Mean Effective Pressures on Air standard basis Refrigeration Cycles: Bell-Coleman cycle. Second Law: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 BASICS OF THERMODYNAMICS OPEN ELECTIVE-I Pre-requisite: Engineering Chemistry and Physics Course Objective: To understand the treatment of classical Thermodynamics and to apply the First and Second laws of Thermodynamics to engineering applications Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics – Concept of Temperature – Principles of Thermometry – Reference Points – Const. Limitations of First Law. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Volume fraction and partial pressure. 179 . Heat interactions in a Closed System for various processes. Causes of Irreversibility UNIT II Types. Reversibility – Quasi – static Process. UNIT .e. Sonntag – John Wiley Pub. Mass friction Gravimetric and volumetric Analysis – Dalton’s Law of partial pressure. Diesel cycles . Displacement & Other forms of Work.Psychrometric Properties – Dry bulb Temperature. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. e. recrystallisation and grain growth.Crucible melting and cupola operation – Defects in castings. oxy-fuel gas cutting.Tech. Patterns - Pattern making. one should be able identify the manufacturing process. Principles of Gating – Requirements – Types of gates. MIG welding. Resistance welding. Production Technology / R. Heat affected zone in welding. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 FABRICATION PROCESSES OPEN ELECTIVE-I Prerequisites: Nil Objectives: Understand the philosphipies of various Manufacturing process.casting. die. Inert Gas Welding _ TIG Welding. explosive welding. Casting processes – Types – Sand moulding. UNIT – I Casting : Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its applications. Rao/TMH REFERENCE BOOKS : 1. /MBA) w. Hydrostatic extrusion. Forces in extrusion UNIT – V Forging Processes : Forging operations and principles – Tools – Forging methods – Smith forging. Materials used for patterns. Forces in forging operations. destructive and non- destructive testing of welds. strain hardening. Soldering and Brazing. . forming and other cold working processes. types of Riser and Riser design. swaging. Types. Drop Forging – Roll forging – Forging hammers : Rotary forging – forging defects – cold forging.Tech.Types. Metal Casting / T.Forward extrusion and backward extrusion – Impact extrusion – Extruding equipment – Tube extrusion and pipe making. Principles of Metal Castings / Rosenthal. Manufacturing Technology / P. 4.IDP (B. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Laser Welding. UNIT – III Hot working. Blanking and piercing – Bending and forming – Drawing and its types – wire drawing and Tube drawing – coining – Hot and cold spinning. 180 . ECE & M. cold working.ECE & M. Methods of Melting . Welding Process / Parmar / 5. Types of presses and press tools. submerged arc welding. Production Technology /Sarma P C / 6. Centrifugal casting. Outcomes: For given product. pattern allowances and their construction. shell moulding. recovery. Welding defects – causes and remedies. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology/Kalpakjin S/ Pearson Edu. Properties of moulding sands. forge welding. Jain 2.Tech. UNIT – IV Extrusion of Metals : Basic extrusion process and its characteristics.N. Stamping. Hot extrusion and cold extrusion .V Ramana Rao / New Age 3.K. Forces and power requirement in the above operations.f. Thermit welding. Gas welding .Tech. Arc welding. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Investment casting. UNIT – II Welding: Classification – Types of welds and welded joints. Design of gating systems – Riser – Function. Unit-III: Measuring Instruments: DC Voltmeters. /MBA) w. Block Schematic of CRO. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – David A. Meter Protection. Course Outcomes: On completion of this course student can be able to • Identify the various electronic instruments based on their specifications for carrying out a particular task of measurement. signal analyzers for generating and analyzing various real-time signals. Sweep Frequency Generators.D.D. Unit-IV: Recorders: X-Y Plotter. Cooper: PHI 5th Edition 2003.e. Cage TMH Reprint 2009. Dynamic Characteristics. 2nd Edition 2004. Static Characteristics. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Root Sum Squares formula.f. CRT. 2. Lissajous Figures. Digital Temperature sensing system. • Measure various physical parameters by appropriately selecting the transducers. Function Generators. Force and Displacement Transducers. Resolution. Piezoelectric Transducers. Thermocouples.IDP (B. 1997. AC Voltmeters and Current Meters.Kalsi – TMH. CRO Probes. TEXT BOOKS: 1.S. Oliver. unbounded.ECE & M. Magnetic recording techniques.M. Specifications of Instruments. Precision. recorders and measuring equipment. D’ Arsonval Movement. • Provides understanding of principle of operation.Tech. working of different electronic instruments viz. RF Signal Generators. LVDT. Synchros. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 ELECTRONIC MEASURING INSTRUMENTS OPEN ELECTIVE-I Note: No detailed mathematical treatment is required. pen driving mechanisms. • Use various types of signal generators. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation: B. ECE & M. Reproducibility. Unit-V: Transducers: Classification. Unit-II: Signal Generators: AF. . Helbincs. REFERENCES: 1. signal generators. Gaussian Error.Tech. Pulse and Square wave Generators. Bell. Press. Multimeters. Oxford Univ. Extension of Range. • Provides understanding of use of various measuring techniques for measurement of different physical parameters using different classes of transducers. Hotwire Anemometers. True RMS Responding Voltmeters. Time Base Circuits. Prerequisite : Nil Course Objectives: • It provides an understanding of various measuring systems functioning and metrics for performance analysis. Electronic Instrumentation: H. Strain Gauges. Fidelity. Curve tracer. Resistance Thermometers. Unit-I: Block Schematics of Measuring Systems and Performance Metrics: Performance Characteristics. Repeatability.M. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques: A. Bounded. 2. Types of Errors.Tech. signal analyzers. Ohmmeters. Servo transducers. W. and Specifications. Accuracy.Tech. 181 . Magnetic Recording. DC Current Meters. Galvanometric Recorders. Arbitrary Waveform Generator. Special Resistance Thermometers. Lag. Magneto Strictive Transducers. Variable Capacitance Transducers. J. /MBA) w.e. . Padmanabham Springer 2009.f. Industrial Instrumentation: T.ECE & M. Lal Kishore. 4.Tech. 182 .Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year 3.IDP (B. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation – K.R. Pearson Education 2010. Differences between multi threading and multitasking. messages. defining an interface. Base class object. using final with inheritance. A course on “Computer Programming & Data Structures” Objectives 1. Defining. overriding and exceptions. nested and inner classes. recursion. polymorphism. super uses. menu bar. scope and life time of variables. simple java program.Tech.Concepts of exception handling. UNIT II: Inheritance.Need for OOP paradigm. methods. thread priorities. method binding. exception hierarchy. garbage collection. Delegation event model. abstraction mechanisms.Tech. inter-thread communication. variables. usage of try. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. choices. summary of OOP concepts. flow. data types. event handling and multithreading 5. construction. Packages and Interfaces – Hierarchical abstractions.e. check box groups. ECE & M. constructors. Event sources. creating threads. Enumerations. Introduces the implementation of packages and interfaces 4. auto boxing. /MBA) w.io. methods. . control statements. forms of inheritance. subclass. layout manager – layout manager types – border. abstract classes. handling mouse and keyboard events. limitation. dialogs. Member access rules. this keyword. the Object class. Develop applications for a range of problems using object-oriented programming techniques 2. The AWT class hierarchy. graphics. Adapter classes. parameter passing. Introduces object oriented programming concepts using the Java language.util. combination. Introduces the design of Graphical User Interface using applets and swings Outcomes 1. String handling. applying interfaces. overloading methods and constructors. generics.f. importing packages. History of Java. responsibility. Design simple Graphical User Interface applications UNIT I: Object oriented thinking and Java Basics. text components. extension. Event Listeners. built in exceptions. variables in interface and extending interfaces. Creating and Accessing a Package. inheritance.ECE & M. user interface components. synchronizing threads.labels. throws and finally. expressions.Tech. subtype. Introduces exception handling.method overriding. Exploring java. thread life cycle. Introduces the principles of inheritance and polymorphism. scrollbars. throw. check box. Understanding CLASSPATH. canvas. A way of viewing world – Agents. UNIT IV: Event Handling: Events. differences between classes and interfaces. catch. UNIT III: Exception handling and Multithreading-. benefits of exception handling. benefits of inheritance. card and grid bag. costs of inheritance. exploring string class. specification.Tech. button. implementing interface. daemon threads. Java buzzwords.specialization. thread groups. Event classes. substitutability. concepts of classes. and demonstrates how they relate to the design of abstract classes 3.IDP (B. objects. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA OPEN ELECTIVE-I Prerequisites 1. arrays. grid.Exploring java. coping with complexity. access control. lists panels – scroll pane. type conversion and casting. creating own exception sub classes. 183 . 2. operators. Termination or resumptive models. annotations. An Introduction to programming and OO design using Java. Check boxes. life cycle of an applet. 2. Budd. Swing – Introduction. Hosch. Pearson Education. Introduction to Java programming. Trees. Daniel Liang. 3. Pearson Education.IDP (B. J. Java the complete reference. 2. types of applets.JApplet. components. Understanding OOP with Java. exploring swing.f. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Radio buttons. Icons and Labels. Tabbed Panes. buttons – The JButton class.ECE & M. T. R. differences between applets and applications. MVC architecture. 7th editon. creating applets. TMH. text fields. JFrame and JComponent. An introduction to Java programming and object oriented application development. limitations of AWT. Scroll Panes. 184 . 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT V: Applets – Concepts of Applets. Herbert Schildt. and Tables. updated edition.Tech.Nino and F.Tech.e.A. Johnson- Thomson. containers. /MBA) w.A. . Combo boxes. REFERENCES: 1. Y. John Wiley & Sons. passing parameters to applets. window to view-port coordinate transformation. scaling. computer animation languages. The aim of this course is to provide an introduction of fundamental concepts and theory of computer graphics. composite transforms. overview of graphics systems. Topics covered include graphics systems and input devices. back-face detection. Be able to design applications that display graphic images to given specifications UNIT-I: Introduction: Application areas of Computer Graphics. reflection and shear transformations.Tech. random scan systems. spline representation. viewing coordinate reference frame. Hermite curve. rotation. Polygon Filling UNIT-III: 3-D object representation: Polygon surfaces.ECE & M. including animation 3. viewing coordinates. Basic illumination models. Visible surface detection methods: Classification. .IDP (B. 2. matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates. area sub-division and octree methods 185 . UNIT-IV: 3-D Geometric transformations: Translation. Sutherland –Hodgeman polygon clipping algorithm.f. viewing and projections.Tech.e. reflection and shear transformations. viewing functions. scan-line. illumination and color models. transformations between coordinate systems 2-D viewing: The viewing pipeline. video-display devices. depth-buffer. boundary-fill and flood-fill algorithms UNIT-II: 2-D geometrical transforms: Translation. quadric surfaces. raster-scan systems. 2. Bezier curve and B-Spline curves. raster animation. A course on “Computer Programming and Data Structures” Objectives 1. rendering and implementation. line drawing algorithms (Bresenham’s and DDA Algorithm). visible surface detection. /MBA) w. polygon rendering methods. Be able to design basic graphics application programs. ECE & M. scaling. Outcomes 1.Tech. Acquire familiarity with the relevant mathematics of computer graphics. geometric representations and 2D/3D transformations. Bezier and B-Spline surfaces. key frame systems. mid- point circle and ellipse algorithms Filled area primitives: Scan-line polygon fills algorithm. UNIT-V: Computer animation: Design of animation sequence.Tech. view volume and general projection transforms and clipping. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 COMPUTER GRAPHICS OPEN ELECTIVE-I Prerequisites 1. Cohen-Sutherland and Cyrus-beck line clipping algorithms. 3-D viewing: Viewing pipeline. motion specifications. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 2. graphics monitors and work stations and input devices Output primitives: Points and lines. animation. BSP-tree methods. depth sorting. composite transformations. rotation. Familiarity with the theory and use of coordinate geometry and of linear algebra such as matrix multiplication. general computer animation functions. “Computer Graphics Principles & practice”.e.Pauline Baker. David F Rogers. TMH References: 1. Foley. Pai. 3. Pearson Education 2. Tata Mc Graw hill. second edition in C. Procedural elements for Computer Graphics. 2005. Pearson Education.Tech. Van Dam.Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year Text Books: 1. 2nd edition. Neuman and Sproul. Shalini Govil.f. Steven Harrington. “Computer Graphics C version”. Feiner and Hughes.ECE & M. Principles of Computer Graphics. Computer Graphics.IDP (B. /MBA) w. 2. Springer. 3. TMH. . Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”. Donald Hearn and M. 186 . 1994. Copper Alloys and Titanium Alloys. 2007. New York. Simple Heat Treatments.Tech. Magnesium Alloys. Askland. Properties and Applications of Ceramics. TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Metal Matrix Ceramic Matrix and Laminar composites. Polymers and composites for a given engineering applications and service condition. Ceramics. 3. Polymerization. To gain an knowledge about the uses and application of various non ferrous alloys. properties and applications. Pradeep P. Thomson Publishers. W. UNIT-III CERAMIC MATERIALS: Introduction. Phule. Classification of Polymers. William D. Principles of Materials Science and Engineering. The Science and Engineering of Materials (4th Edition). 187 . 2. 2003. student would be able to recommend 1. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 ENGINEERING MATERIALS OPEN ELECTIVE-I Pre requisites: Nil Course Objectives: 1. UNIT-V COMPOSITES: Introduction. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. To gain an knowledge about the uses and application of various ferrous metals and alloys.Smith. 3. Ferrous metals and alloys for a given engineering applications and service condition. UNIT-IV POLYMERS: Introduction. polymers and composites for different engineering applications.e. To gain an knowledge about the uses and application of various ceramics. Callister Introduction to Material Science and Engineering. 3. Mc Graw Hill. 2.Tech. Effect of Alloying Elements. .f. Classification. Glasses and Refractories. Non ferrous alloys for a given engineering applications and service condition.IDP (B.Tech. 2. Properties and Applications of Polymer matrix.ECE & M. Aluminum Alloys. John Wiley and Sons. Typical Thermoplastics and Thermosets. ECE & M.Tech. UNIT-I FERROUS ALLOYS: Introduction. UNIT-II NONFERROUS ALLOYS: Introduction.F. Designations and classifications for steels. Donald R. Degree of Polymerization. /MBA) w. 1997 3. The student will be able to justify the various testing methods adopted for metals.Tech. 2. Malleable irons. E. Gain a working knowledge of basic testing methods for metals.Tech. An introduction. NY. Carbon steels UNIT-II Heat Treatment of Steels: The Iron carbon systems. Suryanarayana.Tech. Balasubramaniam. Crystal structure of metals. Classification of steels.e. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – SH Avner. Gain a knowledge about properties and uses of cast irons and non ferrous metals. John Wiley. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 METALLURGY FOR NON METALLURGISTS OPEN ELECTIVE-I Pre requisites: Nil Course Objectives: 1. NJ. Super alloys UNIT-V Testing of Metals: Hardness testing. Be. Hardening and tempering UNIT-III Cast irons: Properties and applications of Ductile irons. UNIT-I Introduction: Crystal structure and defects. To describe the basic principles of metallurgy and the importance of metallurgy in various discipline of engineering. Fatigue Testing. Experimental Techniques in Mechanics and Materials.Tech.2006 Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering – WF Smith 188 . Materials Science and Engineering. Common phases in steels. TEXT BOOKS 1.. To use and apply metallurgy in his own branch of engineering. 2. . 4. /MBA) w. Impact Testing. Metallurgy for Engineers. Indian edition. TATA Mc GRAW HILL . Normalizing. WD Callister. Mg. UNIT-IV Non Ferrous Metals: Properties and applications of Light Metals (Al . John Wiley. Tensile Testing. Gain a thorough knowledge about heat treatment of steels. Jr. 2007 2. Mechanical Metallurgy – G.IDP (B. USA. Adapted by R. John Wiley & Sons.f. Engineering Physical Metallurgy and Heat treatment – Y Lakhtin 2. C. Ti). Annealing. ECE & M. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course Student would be able 1. 3.ECE & M. Compacted graphite iron.Clark and Varney 4. Dieter REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Treatment of gaseous effluents.IDP (B.ECE & M. measurement of air pollutants UNIT -III General methods of control air pollutants removal of sulphur dioxide. /MBA) w. .Oxford and IHB publ. UNIT –II Air pollution. Mahajan TMH. Air pollution control by P.e.K. Removal of particulate matter – principle and working of setting chambers.1985 2. New Delhi References: 1.Tech. pulp & paper and petroleum industries. Sludge treatment and disposal . /MBA) III Year I-Sem L T P C 3 1 0 3 INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION CONTROL ENGINEERING OPEN ELECTIVE-I Objective: To expose the students to various types of industrial pollutions and controlling techniques.Tech.Prathap mouli and N..f. Aerated lagoons – stabilization ponds – fluidized bed contractors. India. estimation of oxygen demands – DO. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. S. UNIT -IV Introduction to water pollution – water pollutants classification – characteristics of liquid effluents from fertilizer. Richardson number-Plume raise-plume behavior and characteristics. 2. Jodhpur. Major air pollutants and their sources.Tech. – Wiley Eastern Limited. OUTCOME: The student will be able learn the sources of air. Text books: 1.P. UNIT -V Physical Treatment methods : Principle and working of screening – sedimentation – flotation – filtration – flocculation.Venkata subbayya. . COD. Pollution control in process industries by S.Tech. effective stack height. conventional activated sludge process – Trickling filters. Tertiary Treatment methods – carbon adsorption – lon exchange – Reverse Osmosis. Waste water treatment by M.Narayana Rao and A. oxides of nitrogen and organic vapors from gaseous effluents.Meteorological aspects of pollution dispersion-adiabatic lapse rate-Environmental lapse rate-Turbulence and stability of atmosphere. Boralin Chlorinating – Ultra filtration.Datta. 189 . oxygen sag curve – modeling of BOD curves Biological treatment of waste waters – aerobic and anaerobic methods – suspended and attached growth processes – bacteria – Reproduction in bacterial – Bacterial growth crushes. removal of chromium and phenol from liquid effluents. ECE & M. BOD. cyclone separators. fabric and fibre filters – electro static precipitators. Environmental legislatures- standards and guidelines. Environmental pollution and control engineering by Rao C. Effects of pollution as environment and ecosystems-global warming-green house effect. 1993. Divya Jyothi Prakashan. water pollution and also their treatment methods UNIT-I Introduction to industrial pollution and types of pollution from chemical industries. TOC – BOD curves. Tech.I. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. /MBA) w.N. To have knowledge of using SOR & SSR for analysis of rates on various works . Three in flat Roof & one in Sloped Roof 2.Tech. QUANTITY SURVEY & VALUATION OPEN ELECTIVE -II Pre Requisites: Concrete Technology. Estimating and Costing by B. Desgin of Steel Structure Course Objectives: The subject provide process of estimations required for various work in construction. I. .S. Course Outcomes: Able to provide control steps for disaster mitigation steps UNIT – I General items of work in Building – Standard Units Principles of working out quantities for detailed and abstract estimates – Approximate method of Estimating.f. Standard Schedule of rates and standard data book by public works department. Valuation -Standard specifications for different items of building construction.e. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 ESTIMATION. UNIT – IV Rate Analysis – Working out data for various items of work over head and contigent charges. UBS publishers. 2000.) 3. UNIT – II Detailed Estimates of Buildings . ECE & M. Chakraborthi. 2. RC Design.Tech. Costing and Specifications by M. Exercises on Data – three Nos. Laxmi publications.Tech. 190 . Text Books: 1. Birdie Reference books: 1.ECE & M.Reinforcement bar bending and bar requirement schedules UNIT – III Earthwork for roads and canals. NOTE : NUMBER OF EXERCISES PROPOSED : 1. 1200 ( Parts I to XXV – 1974/ method of measurement of building and Civil Engineering works – B. S. Estimating and Costing by G. 2. Dutta.S.IDP (B. UNIT-V Contracts – Types of contracts – Contract Documents – Conditions of contract. Estimation. UNIT – V DESIGN OF ILLUMINATION SCHEMES: Introduction. Three phase four wire distribution system. Practical lighting schemes LED.e. Amitabh Bajaj. Design of Electrical Installations.Tech. ECE & M.III OVERHEAD AND UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION LINES: Introduction. Indoor substations – Floor mounted type.II ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF BUILDINGS AND SMALL INDUSTRIES: Electrical installations for residential buildings – estimating and costing of material. Jain. • To design and estimation of wiring. Neutral and Earth wire. Types of substations. UNIT . BhattAcharya. Electrical installations for small industries. Systems of wiring. Outdoor substation – Pole mounted type. Raina. Sub-Circuits. Location of Main Board and Distribution board. Location of Outlets. University Science Press. Load Assessment. Protection of Electric Installation against over load. 2.I DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS: Electric Supply System. testing of installations. . estimating and costing of Electric installations. CFL and OCFL differences. New Age International Publisher. short circuit and Earth fault. laws of illumination. General requirements of electrical installations.Tech. Electrical installations for commercial buildings. Location of Control Switches. Indian Electricity rules. Types of loads. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Er. B. TEXT BOOKS 1. substations and illumination design.f. Mechanical Design of overhead lines. K. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 DESIGN ESTIMATION AND COSTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS OPEN ELECTIVE-II Pre-requisite: Power systems-I and Power Systems-II Objectives: Objectives of this course are • To emphasize the estimating and costing aspects of all electrical equipment. Service Mains. 191 . Guide lines for Installation of Fittings. Earthing. Electrical Design Estimating and Costing. UNIT . K. UNIT . • To design electrical installation for buildings and small industries. Permissible voltage drops and sizes of wires.Tech. Terminology in illumination. /MBA) w. K. UNIT .IDP (B. • To design overhead and underground distribution lines. Er. Service connections . Underground cables. various types of light sources. Distribution lines – Materials used. OUTCOMES: Students are in a position to Understand the design considerations of electrical installations.Tech. V. Supports for transmission lines. installation and designs to analyze the cost viability.ECE & M. Design of underground cables. S. • To identify and design the various types of light sources for different applications.IV SUBSTATIONS: Introduction. Tech. 2017-2018 Academic Year REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Gupta J. B. /MBA) w. 2.(System voltage not exceeding 650 volts). Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance of induction motors. 6. Indian Standard Institution. IS: 3106-1966.. 5. IS: 900-1965. IS: 2274-1963. IS: 4648-1968. Indian Standard Institution.f. Indian Standard Institution.IDP (B. 8. IS:3043-1966. Code of Practice for earthling.ECE & M. Electrical Installation. Code of Practice for electrical wiring. Code of practice for Electrical wiring installations. Guide for Electrical layout in residential buildings. Katson. 3. Electrical Installation buildings Indian Standard Institution. IS: 732-1983. IS: 2032.e. Ludhiana. Indian Standard Institution. Indian Standard Institution. 7. Installation of Maintenance of fuse (voltage not exceeding 650V). Installations (system voltage not exceeding 650 Volts).Tech. . 192 . estimating and costing. 4. Code of Practice for selection. Indian Standard Institution. Synthetic natural gas (SNG). The roles from the viewpoint of a utility. Eyer. /MBA) w.Tech. less fossil fuel. Flywheel energy storage (FES).IDP (B. TEXT BOOKS 1. Utility use (conventional power generation. Hydrogen (H2). Aggregating EES systems and distributed generation (Virtual Power Plant). the student • Can analyze the characteristics of energy from various sources and need for storage • Can classify various types of energy storage and various devices used for the purpose • Can apply the same concepts to real time problems. Flow batteries. Long distance between generation and consumption. .e. The Electrical Energy Storage by IEC Market Strategy Board. Double-layer capacitors (DLC) .ECE & M.V Applications: Present status of applications. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS OPEN ELECTIVE-II Pre-requisite: None Objectives: Objectives of this course are • To enable the student to understand the need for energy storage. UNIT . Smart Grid.f.III Features of Energy Storage Systems: Classification of EES systems . Internal configuration of battery storage systems.Renewable energy generation. More renewable energy. Congestion in power grids.Superconducting magnetic energy storage (SMES). Technical comparison of EES technologies. The roles of electrical energy storage technologies. Management and control hierarchy of storage systems. Chemical energy storage. ECE & M. Pumped hydro storage (PHS). 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Iannucci and Garth P. UNIT .Tech. UNIT . 2. The roles from the viewpoint of consumers.II Needs for Electrical Energy Storage: Emerging needs for EES. Electric vehicles. grid operation & service) . UNIT .IV Types of Electrical Energy Storage systems: Electrical storage systems. Electrochemical storage systems. Mechanical storage systems. Smart Grid uses. devices and technologies available and their applications. High generation cost during peak-demand periods. Need for continuous and flexible supply. OUTCOMES: After this course. Transmission by cable. New trends in applications .Thermal storage systems . External connection of EES systems . Joseph J. Secondary batteries. Smart Micro grid. Energy Storage Benefits and Market Analysis’ by James M.Standards for EES. Electricity and the roles of EES.Tech.Tech. The roles from the viewpoint of generators of renewable energy. 193 .I Electrical Energy Storage Technologies: Characteristics of electricity. Consumer use (uninterruptable power supply for large consumers). Compressed air energy storage (CAES). Corey. Smart House. UNIT . Battery SCADA– aggregation of many dispersed batteries. Jim Eyer. Garth Corey: Energy Storage for the Electricity Grid: Benefits and Market Potential Assessment Guide. Report.ECE & M. Sandia National Laboratories. . 194 .Tech.e.f. Feb 2010. 2017-2018 Academic Year REFERENCE BOOKS: 1.Tech.IDP (B. /MBA) w. Feedback Devices: Position .Control modes – Position .Control Methods: Standalone .DC brushed motors – DC brushless motors . resolution. Circular . PTP .Applications : SPM. thermal dissipation . Filtering Noise using passive components – Registors. PI . Simulation) . MICROCONTROLLERS OVERVIEW: 8051 Microcontroller . high pass . feed drives.Application. notch filtering UNIT – II PRECISION MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: Modern CNC Machines – Design aspects in machine structures.Programming : Ladder diagram - Timers. measuring systems. I. open University.D. CMOS interfacing .” Prentice Hall.Controlled Velocity Profile . SPM. Curve . motors Isolation schemes.W.Optical Incremental encoders . buffer IC’s . 2. Robot. Infrared . Mechatronics Source Book by Newton C Braga. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement systems. “Designing Intelligent Machines”. Mechatronics HMT REFERENCE BOOKS 1.Applications: identification of sensors and actuators in Washing machine. Engine Management. Histand and David G. C. London.Stepper Motors . Internal Relays and Counters . Mechatronics by M.” 3. GOTO Position . resetable fuses.Tech.Core functionalities – Home .Velocity Profiles – Trapezoidal.f. Mechatronics System Design / Devdas shetty /Richard / Thomson.PLC Selection . Programming – Assembly.4-quadrant servo drives .Power Supply . gauging and tool monitoring. Thomson Publications. Mechatronics – N.P . J. Velocity Sensors . SIGNAL CONDITIONING : Introduction – Hardware . PWM’s .Data Handling - Analog input/output .Tech.DC servo motors . ECE & M. over current sensing. CIM. Alciatore. C ( LED Blinking . control software and operator interface.Protection schemes – circuit breakers. UNIT – V PROGRAMMABLE MOTION CONTROLLERS: Introduction .e. PID Control . Chennai.Electronic Gearing . Analog input – ADC . Graphical User Interface . 2.Proximity Sensors : Inductive .Drive System load calculation.Master and Jump Controls .Bipolar transistors / MOSFETs UNIT – III ELECTROMECHANICAL DRIVES: Relays and Solenoids . 7. 195 .ECE & M.Digital Signal Processing – Low pass . Velocity and Torque . 3.Shift Registers .Multi axis Interpolation .System Transfer Function – Laplace transform and its application in analyzing differential equation of a control system . .Sensor interfacing – Actuator interfacing – solenoids . /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 MECHATRONICS OPEN ELECTIVE-II UNIT – I INTRODUCTION: Definition – Trends . “Tata MC Graw Hill 4. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Digital I/O .IDP (B. CNC.Continuous and discrete processes . UNIT – IV PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS: Basic Structure .Analog Interfacing .Pulse Width Modulation – Variable Frequency Drives. Pearson Education Press.Singh. 2005.opto coupling.Tech.Joshi PHI. 3rd edition. /MBA) w.Amplifying signals using OP amps –Software . spindle and spindle bearings. PC Based ( Real Time Operating Systems. Linear . 6. capacitors . Shanmugam / Anuradha Agencies Publisers. TEXT BOOKS 1.Analog to Digital Convertors - Applications. Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering by W Bolton.S. guideways. Voltage measurement using ADC). Desi ha. FMS. ELECTRONIC INTERFACE SUBSYSTEMS: TTL.G. Michel B. 5. Capacitive. micro processor structure – Digital Interfacing . Robotics.Digital to Analog Convertors .Tech. “Control sensors and actuators. Record position . Automatic Camera.Control System Performance & tuning - Digital Controllers . Vector Drives . student should be in position to 1. and chamber wall stresses. Liquid Rocket Propulsion System: Liquid propellants – classification. summer field criteria. Understand the physics of Solid propellant rocket engine. Burning rate and burning rate laws. Composite propellant oxidizers and binders. ignition delay of hypergolic propellants.f. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 JET PROPULSION AND ROCKET ENGINEERING OPEN ELECTIVE-II Prerequites: None Course outcomes: After doing this course. Unit . 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. . Unit . /MBA) w. Understand Turbo Jet Propulsion System 2.Tech. Learn the Aero thermo chemistry of the combustion products 5. thrust coefficient. Nozzle Theory and Characteristics Parameters: Theory of one dimensional convergent – divergent nozzles – aerodynamic choking of nozzles and mass flow through a nozzle – nozzle exhaust velocity – thrust. Heat transfer and cooling aspects. Heat transfer considerations in solid rocket motor design. constructional features. simple pyro devices. Effect of binder on propellant properties. Transient and pseudo equilibrium operation.III: Aero Thermo Chemistry of The Combustion Products: Review of properties of mixture of gases – Gibbs – Dalton laws – Equivalent ratio. turbo fan. 2) specific impulse 3) total impulse 4) relationship between the characteristic parameters 5) nozzle efficiency. Unit . homogeneous and heterogeneous propellants. non-adapted nozzles. Rockets and air breathing jet engines – Classification – turbo jet . characteristic length. turbo prop. blade aerodynamics. Flight Performance: Forces acting on vehicle – Basic relations of motion – multi stage vehicles.II: Principles of Jet Propulsion and Rocketry: Fundamentals of jet propulsion. Turbo machinery.Tech. Rocket motor hard ware design. enthalpy changes in reactions. rocket (Solid and Liquid propellant rockets) and Ramjet engines. end burning and burning grains. combustor. combustion efficiency and overall efficiency. Solid Propulsion System: Solid propellants – classification. Liquid Rocket Propulsion System & Ramjet and Integral Rocket Ramjet Propulsion System: Unit . ECE & M. engine off design performance analysis.IV: Solid propellant rocket engine – internal ballistics.I: Turbo Jet Propulsion System: Gas turbine cycle analysis – layout of turbo jet engine.e. departure from simple analysis – characteristic parameters – 1) characteristic velocity. Understand Principles of Jet Propulsion and Rocketry & Nozzle Theory and Characteristics 4. injectors – various 196 .IDP (B. Ac / At of a nozzle. methods of determining burning rates. Liquid propellant rocket engine – system layout. feed system components. heat of reaction and heat of formation – calculation of adiabatic flame temperature and specific impulse – frozen and equilibrium flows. Ignition system. physical and chemical characteristics of liquid propellant. Cryogenic and storage propellants. Mono and Bi propellants.Tech. Uncooled engines. double base propellant compositions and manufacturing methods.compressors and turbines. Supersonic nozzle shape.ECE & M.Tech. Analyze the flight performance 3. grain design. pump and pressure feed systems. equilibrium motor operation and equilibrium pressure to various parameters. factors influencing the burning rate. Design of combustion chamber. Rocket propulsion –Sutton 2. air intakes and their classification – critical. Unit . gross thrust coefficient. 197 . 2017-2018 Academic Year types.Ramaswamy / Jaico Publishing House. engine intake matching. Gas Dynamics & Space Propulsion M. combustion efficiency of ramjet engine. TEXT BOOKS: 1. /MBA) w. injection patterns. . Gas Turbines and propulsive systems-P.Ganesan /TMH. classification and comparison of IIRR propulsion systems. Gas Turbines-V.C.e.V: Ramjet and Integral Rocket Ramjet Propulsion System: Fuel rich solid propellants. Gas Turbines /Cohen.Tech. gross thrust.ECE & M.IDP (B.Dubey/Dhanpatrai pub. propellant tank design. 2.f. 3. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. super critical and sub-critical operation of air intakes.Tech.P. Rogers & Sarvana Muttoo/Addision Wesley & Longman. injector characteristics.Khajuria& S. and atomization and drop size distribution. User. Motion and Time Design and Measurement of work/ Barnes Ralph.e.Tech. FMJ versus FJM.Tech. Statistical Essentials. UNIT V Visual Environment: Measurements and Design. Cantered Workspace Design Anthropometric Data.Tech. • understand ergonomic risk assessments and appropriate control measures. • appreciate environmental aspects of good ergonomic design. Modern Work Systems and Neo. Hearing. Applications Of Anthropometry in Design. and Safety. Design of Acoustic Environment. Human factors in Engineering and Design/E. Structure and Function. Status of Anthropometry in Ergonomics. Human Relations and Occupational Psychology. Taylor & Francis Group References 1. and Near Work. Basic Work Systems. Biomechanics of Spinal Loading. Design of Manual Handling Tasks. UNIT III Physically Demanding Work: Stress and Fatigue. / John Wiley & sons Newyork. 2002 198 .McCormick/ TMH Edison 2. Multiple Workspace Configurations. healthier and more efficient and effective activities in the workplace. • appreciate workplace layout and equipment design. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 ERGONOMICS OPEN ELECTIVE-II Prerequists: None Objectives: Provide a broad based introduction to ergonomic principles and their application in the design of work. Measurement of Light. Physical work capacity. Muscles. Low Back Pain. ECE & M. and Capacity.IDP (B. Types of Anthropometric Data. Participation. Human. Accidents. Ergonomics and Musculoskeletal System in General. UNIT IV Human Error. Eyestrain. Occupational Medicine. Measurement of Sound.Bridger/CRC Press . and Accidents. Human Performance Psychology. • understand the causes of upper limb disorders and how to reduce them.S. Micro ergonomics. ergonomic aspects of the environment as well as to the social and legal aspects.f.J. Vision and the Eye. UNIT I Introduction to Ergonomics. Anatomy and Biomechanics of Manual Handling. Lighting Design Considerations. Human Factors and Ergonomics. Taylorism. Prevention of Manual Handling Injuries in the Workplace. Effectiveness and Cost Effectiveness. Course Outcomes: On completing this course successfully the student will be able to: • understand and apply ergonomic principles to the creation of safer. . UNIT II Design and Evaluation of Manual Handing Tasks. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. /MBA) w. Macroergonomices: Performance Shaping Factors. Text books 1. manual handling.ECE & M. Noise and Vibration. Effectiveness and Cost Effectiveness of Ergonomics in General. Body Mechanics at Work: Risk Assessment and Design. Human Error.Tech. Hearing Protection. Machine Interaction. Status of Methods in Risk Assessment and Task design. Introduction to Ergonomics(Third Edition)/ R. equipment and the workplace. Prevention of Error in Human. Physically and Psychologically Demanding Work.. Attempts to Humanize Work. Visual figure. Machine Systems. Hawthrone Experiments. Sound. Consideration is given to musculo-skeletal disorders. Generic Tools in Ergonomics. Digital I/O .Data Handling - Analog input / output . 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Drive System load calculation.Pulse Width Modulation – Variable Frequency Drives. UNIT – I INTRODUCTION: Definition – Trends . SPM. CIM. UNIT – V PROGRAMMABLE MOTION CONTROLLERS : Introduction .System Transfer Function – Laplace transform and its application in analysing differential equation of a control system . PI . Automatic Camera.Amplifying signals using OP amps –Software . Robot. buffer IC’s . guideways.Electronic Gearing .Velocity Profiles – Trapezoidal. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 MECHATRONICS OPEN ELECTIVE-II Pre-requisites: None.Power Supply . notch filtering UNIT – II PRECISION MECHANICAL SYSTEMS : Modern CNC Machines – Design aspects in machine structures.Continuous and discrete processes . Voltage measurement using ADC). PC Based ( Real Time Operating Systems. SIGNAL CONDITIONING : Introduction – Hardware .Controlled Velocity Profile . resetable fuses . resolution. Outcomes: • Develop a relationship between mechanical elements and electronics elements for proper functioning of mechanical systems. CNC. Programming –Assembly. PWM’s .Stepper Motors . gauging and tool monitoring. FMS. C ( LED Blinking .e.Shift Registers . /MBA) w. thermal dissipation . Vector Drives . Graphical User Interface .DC brushed motors – DC brushless motors . Velocity Sensors . motors Isolation schemes. Simulation ) .Control System Performance & tuning - Digital Controllers .Feedback Devices : Position . over current sensing . high pass .Tech.Tech.S. Curve . feed drives.f. Note: (text book: Mechatronics HMT – chapter 5) ELECTRONIC INTERFACE SUBSYSTEMS : TTL. Internal Relays and Counters . spindle and spindle bearings. PID Control .4-quadrant servo drives .Tech.ECE & M.Control Methods: Standalone . measuring systems.IDP (B. Engine Management.Application.Bipolar transistors / mosfets UNIT – III ELECTROMECHANICAL DRIVES : Relays and Solenoids .Programming : Ladder diagram - Timers.Digital Signal Processing – Low pass . .Master and Jump Controls . MICROCONTROLLERS OVERVIEW : 8051 Microcontroller . CMOS interfacing . Course objectives: • They should be able to link up mechanical and electronics. control software and operator interface.Digital to Analog Convertors .P .Control modes – Position .Applications: identification of sensors and actuators in Washing machine. UNIT – IV PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS : Basic Structure . Analog input – ADC .Multi axis 199 .opto coupling.Analog Interfacing . micro processor structure – Digital Interfacing .Tech.Optical Incremental encoders . Velocity and Torque . capacitors .Protection schemes – circuit breakers . Infrared .Analog to Digital Convertors - Applications.Sensor interfacing – Actuator interfacing – solenoids . ECE & M.DC servo motors . Filtering Noise using passive components – Registors.Proximity Sensors : Inductive . Capacitive .PLC Selection . 2 Michel B.Joshi/PHI. Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering by W Bolton. /MBA) w. 5 Mechatronics Source Book by Newton C Braga. C.IDP (B.Applications : SPM. REFERENCE: 1 “Designing Intelligent Machines”.Tech.W. 3rd edition.Tech. Linear . 2. TEXT BOOKS : 1. Mechatronics/M.Core functionalities – Home .” Prentice Hall. . Record position . PTP . Pearson Education Press. “Tata MC Graw hill 4 I. Shanmugam / Anuradha Agencies Publisers.f.Singh/J. Circular .” 3 Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement systems. Histand and David G.e. Chennai. Desi ha. Mechatronics System Design / Devdas shetty/Richard/Thomson. Robotics. 2005.D.G. GOTO Position . Alciatore. London. open University. “Control sensors and actuators. 200 . 2017-2018 Academic Year Interpolation . 6 Mechatronics – N.ECE & M. Thomson Publications. Digital Modulation Techniques-ASK. Freeman. Introduction to data communications and networking. GSM. 2. PWM. Optical Transmitters & Receivers. . Fiber –Optic Cables. optical. AMPS.Tech.Tech. Artech House Telecommunications Library. Davis. Unit 2: Simple description on Modulation: Analog Modulation-AM. Ethernet LANs. Printice Hall. Optical Communication Systems. Electronic Communications systems. mobile and telephone communication systems. Unit 3: Telecommunication Systems: Telephones Telephone system. McGraw Hill publications. 2002. Frequency translation. Attenuation and decibels. Wayne Tomasi. Louis E. • Should be able to use these communication modules in implementation. Wimax and MANs. 4e. QPSK modulation and demodulation schemes. Token Ring LAN. PANs and Bluetooth. Theodore Rappaport. Course Outcomes: By completing this subject. 201 . 3. UWB. Infrared wireless. Pulse Modulation-PAM. 1999 Reference Books: 1. PSK. • Will have a basic understanding of various wireless and cellular. Unit 1: Introduction: Need for Modulation. Optical Communication: Optical Principles. 2005. /MBA) w. Tarmo Anttalainen. ZigBee and Mesh Wireless networks.Tech. mobile. Unit 4: Satellite Communication: Satellite Orbits. Wiley publications. satellite subsystems.IDP (B. Wavelength Division Multiplexing. LAN hardware. Pearson Education. Roger L. Global Positioning systems.e. 2. WCDMA. Kennady. 4. Principles of Electronic Communication Systems. Gain. Unit 5: Cellular and Mobile Communications: Cellular telephone systems.f. FM. 2e. • They can have a broad understanding of satellite. Wireless Technologies: Wireless LAN. Text Books: 1. Ground Stations Satellite Applications. ECE & M. RFID communication. PCM. Fundamentals of Telecommunications. TMH. Wireless Communications-Principles and practice. satellite communication systems. Networking and Local Area Networks: Network fundamentals. Frenzel. FSK. the student can • Work on various types of modulations. 2008. 3e. Paging systems. CDMA. Introduction to Telecommunications Network Engineering. Internet Telephony. wireless and telecom concepts.Tech. Electromagnetic spectrum. cellular. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OPEN ELECTIVE-II Prerequsite : Nil Course Objectives: The objective of this subject is to: • Introduce the students to modulation and various analog and digital modulation schemes.ECE & M. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. SQL Injection. Cybercrime and Punishment Cyber law. . Steganography. UNIT-II Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices Introduction. UNIT III Cyber crimes and Cyber Security: the Legal Perspectives Introduction Cyber Crime and Legal Landscape around the world.Tech. Password Cracking. Challenges in Computer Forensics. ECE & M. Understanding Computer Forensics Introduction. Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime. Digital Forensics Lifecycle. Social Engineering. Cloud Computing. Network Forensics. Intellectual Property Rights and cyber terrorism Outcomes 1. The purpose of the course is to educate on cyber security and the legal perspectives of cyber crimes and cyber offenses. /MBA) w. How Criminals plan the Attacks. A Global Perspective on Cyber crimes. Employ security and privacy methods in the development of modern applications such that personal data is protected. Cybercrime and Information security. Attacks on Wireless Networks. Topics include. cyber offenses. 2.Tech. The Indian IT Act. Trends in Mobility. and provide safe Internet usage. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 CYBER SECURITY OPEN ELECTIVE -II Prerequisites 1. Digital Forensics Science. Challenges to Indian Law and Cybercrime Scenario In India. Proxy services and Anonymizers. Cyber offenses : How Criminals Plan Them Introduction. Chain of Custody concept. Tools and Methods Used in Cyber Crime: Introduction. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.IDP (B. Introduce tools and methods for enhancing cyber security. A Course on “Network Security and Cryptography” Objectives 1. 3. The Need for Computer Forensics. Trojan Horses and Backdoors. Proliferation of Mobile and Wireless Devices. Phishing. Technology and Students: Indian Scenario.f. Forensics Analysis of Email. Cyber Forensics and Digital evidence. Organizational Security Policies and Measures in Mobile Computing Era. Amendments to the Indian IT Act. Organizational Measures for Handling Mobile. Forensics Investigation.ECE & M. who are cyber criminals. Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000.Tech. Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices. Demonstrate the knowledge of cyber security and understand the Indian and Global Act concerning cyber crimes 2. Digital signatures and the Indian IT Act. Authentication service Security. tools and methods to prevent cyber crimes. Special Tools and Techniques Forensics Auditing 202 . Mobile Devices: Security Implications for Organizations.cyber crimes. UNIT-I Introduction to Cybercrime: Introduction. computer forensics. Why Do We Need Cyber laws: The Indian Context. Laptops. Credit card Frauds in Mobile and Wireless Computing Era. Attacks on Mobile/Cell Phones. Classification of Cyber crimes. Historical background of Cyber forensics. Keyloggers and Spywares.Tech. Registry Settings for Mobile Devices. Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes. cyber crimes on mobile and wireless devices. Attack Vector. Cyber stalking. Approaching a computer.e. legal perspectives of cyber crimes and cyber security. DoS and DDoS Attacks. Cybercrime: The legal Perspectives and Indian Perspective. Buffer Overflow. Virus and Worms. cost of cyber crimes and IPR issues. Cybercrime and Cyber terrorism: Introduction.Tech. Illustrations of Financial Frauds in Cyber Domain. 203 . the ethical dimension of cyber crimes the psychology. /MBA) w.Tech. Wiley INDIA.f. social media marketing: security risks and perils for organizations. James Graham. Parliament Attack. security and privacy implications. social computing and the associated challenges for organizations. Nina Godbole and Sunil Belapure. web threats for organizations. Indian Banks Lose Millions of Rupees.IDP (B. mindset and skills of hackers and other cyber criminals UNIT V Cybercrime: Illustrations. Computer Forensics and Legal Perspectives. Cyber Security Essentials. An Indian Case of Intellectual Property Crime. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes. . Mini-Cases: The Indian Case of online Gambling. intellectual property in the cyberspace. CRC Press. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT IV Cyber Security: Organizational Implications Introduction. Pune City Police Bust Nigerian Racket. Text book: 1.e. Digital Signature-Related Crime Scenarios. Examples and Mini-Cases Examples: Official Website of Maharashtra Government Hacked. e-mail spoofing instances. Richard Howard and Ryan Otson.ECE & M. Reference book: 1. introduction to nested queries. Concurrent Executions. UNIT III: Relational Algebra: Selection and projection. destroying/altering tables and views. Validation. aggregation operators. schema refinement in database design. storage structures and access techniques. Serializability. concurrency control. THIRD normal forms. set operations. FOURTH normal form. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS OPEN ELECTIVE-II Prerequisites 1. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. enforcing integrity constraints. Multiple Granularity. comparison using null values. ECE & M. the ER model. Testing for serializability. 204 . OR and NOT. the query processor. Failure with loss of nonvolatile storage. lossless join decomposition. database design. To understand the basic concepts and the applications of database systems. 4. A course on “Advanced Data Structures” Objectives 1. /MBA) w. data models. instances and schemas.ECE & M. form of basic SQL query. introduction to views. complex integrity constraints in SQL. relational algebra. Joins. DB2. SQL Server.Based Protocols.f. Relational calculus. Be acquainted with the basics of transaction processing and concurrency control. Transaction State. Log–Based Recovery. Domain relational calculus. Recoverability. FIFTH normal form. Implementation of Atomicity and Durability. history of data base systems. SECOND.IDP (B. disallowing NULL values. logical data base design. Schema refinement: Problems caused by redundancy. Division. AND. Recovery with Concurrent Transactions. multi valued dependencies. Tuple relational Calculus. data base design and ER diagrams. dependency preserving decomposition. relational model. Oracle. Recovery and Atomicity. 2. data abstraction. beyond ER design entities. Familiarity with database storage structures and access techniques UNIT I: Database System Applications: database system Vs. decompositions. impact on SQL constructs. correlated nested queries. Lock Based Protocols. database users and administrator. database design and normal forms 2. storage manager. transaction management. database languages. attributes and entity sets.Tech. UNIT IV: Transaction Concept. BCNF.Tech.Tech. database system structure. Implementation of Isolation. renaming. transaction control. file system. Timestamp Based Protocols. querying relational data. set comparison operators. 3. relational model. concept design with the ER Model. NULL values. additional features of ER model. Topics include data models. logical connectivity’s. Outcomes 1. FIRST. To master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL. 3. relationships and relationship sets. triggers and active data bases. Gain knowledge of fundamentals of DBMS. problems related to decomposition. Advance Recovery systems.Tech. outer joins. Buffer Management. Master the basics of SQL for retrieval and management of data. other models. view of data. Examples of Algebra overviews. database access for application programs.e. UNIT II: Introduction to the Relational Model: integrity constraint over relations. DDL. examples of basic SQL queries. Remote Backup systems. reasoning about functional dependencies. DML. conceptual design for large enterprises. Expressive Power of Algebra and calculus. . Oracle for Professionals. Database System Concepts. L. Primary and Secondary Indexes. Indexed Sequential Access Methods (ISAM). Elmasri Navrate Pearson Education 3. 2.ECE & M.Shah and V. Johannes Gehrke. References: 1. 5. File Organization and Indexing. Shah. 6. Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel 7th Edition. Tata Mc Graw Hill 3rd Edition 2.f. Tree base Indexing. Text Books: 1.Tech. Implementation. V edition. B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure. 205 . M. Introduction to Database Systems. C. Silberschatz. Database Systems design. Raghurama Krishnan. Database Systems Using Oracle: A Simplified guide to SQL and PL/SQL. Fundamentals of Database Management Systems. and Management.J. . Hash Based Indexing. 2017-2018 Academic Year UNIT V: Data on External Storage. Gillenson. The X Team.PHI. Mc Graw hill. Wiley Student Edition. Date Pearson Education 4. S. Indexes and Performance Tuning. SPD. Cluster Indexes. Intuitions for tree Indexes.Tech.e.IDP (B. Comparison of File Organizations.Shah. /MBA) w. Fundamentals of Database Systems. Database Management Systems. Index data Structures. Korth. Theory of Corrosion and Protection of Metals. Two metal corrosion: Sacrificial anode. cathodic and anodic protection. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 CORROSION ENGINEERING OPEN ELECTIVE-II Pre-requisites: NIL Course Objectives: 1. Tomashov. rd 2. Wiley. weld decay.Tech. environmental effects (oxygen. Erosion corrosion: cavitation damage. environmental factors. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Hydrogen damage (hydrogen blistering. Introduction. Pitting corrosion: Pit shape and growth. Hydrogen embrittlement. To gain knowledge in various types of electrolytic cells and the processes taking place in them. corrosive concentration. 2. Fontana. oxidizers. Material selection. 206 . Forms of corrosion.Tech.ECE & M. Corrosion Engineering. H. applications of thermodynamics to corrosion. Electro Chemistry principles.III Intergranular corrosion: Sensitization. 3. and also for getting into jobs in industries. UNIT . H. Corrosion and Corrosion Control. electrochemical reactions.I Introduction. Definition. . Polarization. EMF and Galvanic Series. To determine corrosion rate/ resistance of metals and alloys. UNIT . Crevice corrosion. N. Macmillan.IDP (B. velocity.e. Corrosion rate expressions and measurements. The course is useful for higher studies. Design.V Modern theory and applications of corrosion: Introduction. 3 edition. Stress corrosion cracking: crack morphology. M. fretting corrosion. temperature. classification. 1985. 1985. uniform corrosion. To obtain knowledge about the importance of controlling corrosion and its prevention measures.IV Corrosion prevention methods: Alteration of Environment (Inhibitors). Metallurgical aspects.Tech. Prevention). emf series. /MBA) w. metallurgical factors. Uhlig.Tech.f. ECE & M. free energy. 1967. To explain corrosion protection methods and tests. G. Knife-Line attack. D. UNIT . cell potentials.II Corrosion. UNIT . Environmental effects. Galvanic coupling). Coatings. 3. 3. passivity. corrosion testing. 2. UNIT . R&D. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able: 1. McGraw-Hill. Corrosion fatigue. To demonstrate electrometallurgy principles in deposition winning and the efficiency of the bath. stress effects. Autocatalytic Nature of pitting. Text / Reference Books: 1. Dieter 2. Effect of stress concentration. Rockwell hardness tests. 3. Magnetic Particle. ECE & M. Mechanical behavior . RHN 4.Tech. Stress cycles.Tech. Suryanarayana 207 .Tech. Importance of testing Hardness Test: Methods of hardness testing – Brinell. Stress-Strain diagrams for steel. Recognize the importance of crystal defects including dislocations in plastic deformation.COD and CTOD tests. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 TESTING OF MATERIALS OPEN ELECTIVE-II Pre-requisites: NIL Course Objectives: 1. E. 4. UNIT – IV Creep and Stress Rupture: Introduction. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Ed. Classify mechanical testing of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys. To gain and understanding of the response of various metals under the application of stress and/or temperature. Vickers.Tech. The creep curve.III Fatigue Test: Introduction. 3. conditions for necking. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to: 1.IDP (B. Mechanical Metallurgy – White & Lemay. Testing of Materials . Obtain a working knowledge of various hardness testing machines BHN. To build necessary theoretical back ground of the role of lattice defects in governing bot. TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. The Impact Test: Notched bar impact test and its significance. Charpy and Izod Tests. UNIT . 2. size.ECE & M. . Tensile properties. Radio graphy and Ultrasonic tests. 2.II The Tension Test: Engineering stress-strain and True stress-strain curves.A.e. fracture toughness testing .V.K. Advantages and Limitations of Liquid Penetrant. Mechanism of creep deformation. theories of creep. S-N Curve. Mechanical Metallurgy – G. Fracture at elevated temperature. Effect of mean stress. surface condition and environments on fatigue. Stress-rupture test. Structural changes during creep.h elastic and plastic properties of metals will be discussed.f. Obtain a working knowledge of creep and fatigue and analysis of data. Wulf. Mechanism of fatigue failure. 4. UNIT – V NDT: Principle. 3. Identify the testing methods for obtaining strength and hardness. significance of transition temperature curve. Operation. Aluminum and cast iron. VHN. Examine the mechanisms of materials failure through fatigue and creep UNIT – I Introduction. /MBA) w. UNIT . Reduction in raw material usage. Unit III Processing Techniques: Mechanical volume reduction. distillery. Land filling and land forming. Component separation. Recovery of biological conversion products. Details of energy recovery systems. Unit IV Material recovery: Mechanical size alteration. Drying and dewatering. Unit V Case studies: Major industries and management methods used in typical industries – Coal fired power stations. Other material recovery systems. .e.Tech. Narose Publishing House. McGraw Hill International Edition. On site handling. special and hazardous wastes. 2. • Suggest processing waste for material for energy recovery. Text Books: 1. Physical and chemical characteristics. Hazardous Waste Management.f.Tech. 1995.Estimation and factors effecting generation rates. Reduction in solid waste generation.. Determination of output and efficiency. Energy recovery: Energy recovery systems and efficiency factors. Deep well injection. McGraw Hill. Unit II Engineered systems: Typical generation rates. Peavy. Variation of composition and characteristics.A. 2.IDP (B. Transfer and transport.Tech. 1986. Waste Treatment Plants. Environmental Engineering. Lagrega. Recovery of thermal conversion products. Sastry C. /MBA) III Year II-Sem L T P C 3 0 0 3 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT OPEN ELECTIVE-II Objectives: • To know the Classification of solid waste and characterization of the same • Understand the sense of onsite handling storage and collection systems including transportation • Understand the different processing technologies of solid waste.ECE & M. Thermal volume reduction. Reference Books: 1. Municipal. Howard S. 1994. Types of solid waste. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Legislations. characteristics and perspectives of solid waste. oil refinery. Refuse derived fuels (RDF). Unit I Introduction: Definition. Narose Publishing House. Combustion incineration and heat recovery. and radioactive waste generation units.Tech. textile industry. 208 . Gasification and pyrolysis. General effects on health and environment. General aspects: Overview of material flow in society.Storage and processing. Outcomes: The student will be able to • Apply the knowledge of characterization of waste and develop a suitable management plan • Assess the cost of transportation and laboratory processing of solid waste • Identify hazardous nature of waste if any and can suggest suitable dumping methods. 1999. Electromagnetic separation. Dutta. ECE & M. Industrial Solid Water Management and Land Filling Practice. /MBA) w. Collection systems and devices. Reuse and material recovery. sugar industry. industrial. Customer Value and Marketing Mix : Consumer Decision Making. ECE & M. alternative channel. classifying products. Marketing Strategies & Plans.Tech. Case 1: (Segmentation) Zee TV (lamb. /MBA) w. Developed Vs Developing Marketing. Social & Personal Factors.segmentation of consumer market. Analyzing Consumer Markets – Consumer Behavior – cultural. public relations. searching for insight (Adrian palmer – Page no: 175). 1. new product development. marketing communication. Market Research-Definition of MR. MIS. Case 1: Bata (Rajendra. PLC. Marketing Environment. theories and techniques for analyzing a variety of marketing situations By reading text and relating the concepts through cases the student would be able to understand the importance and role of marketing in a global environment They will be able to analyze markets and design customer driven strategies and will be able to communicate the decisions towards business development with superior customer value.ECE & M. personal selling. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. positioning strategy.page no: 296). 4. channel strategy decisions. / MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MARKETING MANAGEMENT PG CORE-I (Students must read textbook. Case 5: Drawing on data.  T o understand the basic marketing trends through case studies. Case 1: Small New Phones (Adrian palmer. Core Marketing Concepts. Case 4 :( Positioning) Dalda (Arun Kumar page no:195).  To familiarise with basic concepts of marketing mix and strategies  To get oriented to the tools required to help develop and implement marketing strategies. line & mix.communication process. channel for consumer products.e.Tech. positioning – positioning maps.Tech. product range. Case 3: Ready Meal Manufactures (Adrian palmer.IDP (B. Designing a Customer Driven Strategy: Market segmentation. 3. business market. Introduction to World of Marketing: Importance. factors effecting the promotion mix Case 1: Barista (Arun Kumar – page no:33). market targeting – evaluating market segmentation.Tech. MR Online. Analyzing Marketing Opportunities. Hair – page no:52) Case 3: Indigo (lamb. Neelamegham page no 225). page no: 70). requirement for effective segmentation. sales promotion. The promotional mix. Hair – page no:356). Case 2: Nano Car (lamb. developing products & brands – product levels. selecting target market segmentation. Case 2: (Targeting) Kellogg’s (lamb. advertising. Commissioning MR. Case 4: TESCO (Adrian palmer page no : 388 ) 209 . scope of Marketing.P Maheshwari page no: 03) Case 2: Mahindra Scooters (Arun Kumar page no: 89). Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: The aim of the Marketing Management Course is to provide students the marketing skills and enable them . Promotion & Communication Strategies : Marketing Channels. MR & Ethics.f. 2. Hair page no 212). International MR. MR Process. Distribution Decisions. Case 4: Santoor –(lamb Hair– page no : 238). business and industrial products. . Channel intermediates and functions. Marketing Philosophies. communication promotion mix. Hair page no 300 ) Case 3: (Positioning) Nimbooz (S. Creating Customer Value. channel structure. Learning outcome: The students would be able to describe key marketing concepts. Hair – page no: 557). 5. Cengage Learning. A South Asian Perspective. relationship Marketing. 2013. Mudra Institute of Communications.per year-better buy and play). Sharma.Hair Page no:650) Case 6: Nokia (Neelamegham page no– 645). Case 7: Shakti (Rajendra . Social marketing.e. ethics of pricing strategy.f. market sustainability and ethics. Case 1: Coca Cola(lamb. TMH. Hair – page no: 112). markup pricing. Hair. profit maximization pricing. cost determinant of price. /MBA) w.Tech. break even pricing.Importance of price.150/. BOP. post modern marketing. Case 3: Akash Tablet (lamb. 2012. Rural marketing. Journal : MICA Communications Review – A Marketing Communications Journal. Case 2: I phone ( lamb. Lamb. Ahmedabad. Global marketing. Hair Page no:446) Case 6: Avon Cosmetics (lamb.ECE & M. Business Game Music2Go Marketing: (Marketing Management Simulation Game). 2017-2018 Academic Year Case 5: Hero Motor Corp (lamb.Tech. You can play on any computer with internet (Rs. Case 8: Home Shop (Arun – page no: 639). Case 7: Eureka (Arun – Page no: 711). 210 . Pricing Decisions & Personal Communication . pricing strategy. product line pricing. Hair – page no: 534). WOM. Case 4: Compact car (Arun Kumar page no :369) Case 5: Chick (lamb. Hair Page no:497). Case 8: Airtel (Arun – page no: 901) Case 9: Beer Marketing (Adrian palmer page no:529) Textbook: 1.IDP (B. . Mc Daniel: MKTG.P Maheswari – Page no:408). Digital marketing. Management Appraisal –Techniques for Performance Appraisal –Career Management –Employer Life Cycle –Career Management & Talent Management. No. No. 671) 211 . Job Enrichment.f. No. 79) Case: where do you find the Bodies? (Robert L Mathis P. /MBA) w. 667) Case: Performance Appraisal at Cola Magic Drinks (Robert L Mathis P. Analyzing Training needs & Designing the program –Implementing different training program –Implementing Management Development Programs –Evaluating the Training Programs . No. Case: Social Surveyors in Flood-hit Areas (Gary Dessler page no 160) Case: Finding people who are passionate about what they do (Gary Desslerpage no 195) Case: HR. compensation and employee retention approaches and strategies.267) Unit-III: Performance Appraisal and Training & Development of Employees –Concept of Performance. HRP –Recruitment & Selection Process –Planning & Forecasting –Sources of Recruitment – Recruitment of Diverse Work Force –Employee Testing & Selection –Basic types of Interviews – Errors in Interviews –Translating Strategy into HR-Policies & Practices. 79) Case: The Reluctant Receptionist (Robert L Mathis P. 231) Case: Strategic Selection: A Review of Two Companies (Robert L Mathis P. 647) Case: The Dilemma Within (Robert L Mathis P. No. Job Rotation. CULTURE and Business Results Success at Google. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: To understand various terms in HRM and be able to manage the human resources of an organization effectively and efficiently.Tech. No.Tech. performance appraisal. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.IDP (B. / MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PG CORE-II (Students must read textbook.193) Case: Recruiting at Kia (Robert L Mathis P. 119) Unit-II: Recruitment and Placement: Basics of Job Analysis –Methods for Collecting Job Analysis Information –Job Descriptions –Job Satisfaction –Job Enlargement. No.Tech. ECE & M. . They will be able to understand the process of recruitment. No. Learning Outcome: Students should be able to understand the basic HR concepts. No. training & development. *** Unit-I: Introduction of HRM: Introduction to HRM –Line Managers –HR Duties –New Approaches to Organizing HR –Globalization & Competition Trends Technological Trends –Trends in Nature of Work –Workforce and Demographic Trends –Economic Challenges –HRM in India –High Performance Work System’s–Labor Legislation in India –Equal Employment Opportunity 1990-1991 –HR Score Card developed by TVRLS India. 118) Case: Mitsubishi Believes in EEO-Now (Robert L Mathis P. No.No.ECE & M. No. Case: Training Crucial for Hotels (Robert L Mathis P. 35) Case: Religious Accommodation (Robert L Mathis P. Case:Reinventing the wheel at apex door Company (Gary Dessler page no 309) Case: Xerox Focuses on HR (Robert L Mathis P. selection. 159) Case: Accenture –Retaining for Itself (Robert L Mathis P. No.e. No. Scripps and UPS (Robert L Mathis P. 393) Case: Just Another Job (Robert L Mathis P. 307) Case: performance management improvements for Bristol-Myers Squibb (Robert L Mathis P.Tech. 435) Case: Benefiting Connie (Robert L Mathis P. • K. No. No. Aswathappa. No. 12thEdition. No.Tech. . Cengage Learning2012.Rao. • Robert L Mathis.f. “Human Resource Management” Pearson. /MBA) w. 507) Unit-V: Employee Relation–Labour Movement –Collective Bargaining Process –Grievances – Managing Dismissals –Employee Safety and Health –Occupational Safety Law –Work Place Health Hazards Problems & Remedies –Salient features of Industrial Disputes Acts 1947 –Factories Act. • R.Mamoria & V. 36) Case: Compensation changes at JC Penny (Robert L Mathis P. 2012.Wayne Mondy.e.ECE & M. 2009 212 .S. “Human Resource Management. Pearson-2012. “Human Resource Management”. 2011.Tech. 2012. TMH. 2017-2018 Academic Year Case: Appraising the secretaries at Sweet water U? (Gary Dessler page no 349) Unit-IV: Compensation–Basic Factors in Determining pay structure –Establishing pay rates –Pricing Managerial and Professional Jobs –Special Topics in Compensation –Benefits –Insurance – Retirement Benefits –Personal Services & Family friendly benefits –Salient features of Workmen Compensation Act & Minimum Wages Act. • Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya “Human Resource Management”. Manas Ranjan Tripathy “Human Resource Management-A South Asian Perspective ”. Mines Act. 629) REFERENCES: • Gary Dessler.IDP (B. • C. Text and Cases”.B. Case : The New Safety and Health Program (Gary Dessler page no 623) Case : Full Disclosure on Sex Offenders? (Robert L Mathis P. HPH. Case: Salary inequities at ACME Manufacturing (Gary Dessler page no 429) Case: HR Contributes at CSSCO (Robert L Mathis P.P. John H Jackson. 231) Case : Wal-Mart and Watching Its “Union Prevention” (Robert L Mathis P. Excel Books. Personnel Management. No. Tech. To expose students to the tools and strategies necessary for designing. Learning outcomes:  The student should be able to manage the sales force and distribution processes through sales planning and Budgeting . routing and scheduling sales persons.. Panda.IDP (B. Distribution Channels for Rural Markets. designing the Marketing Channels.Sridhara Batt. methods used for deciding sales budget. page no 576 to 577) Case: 2 Sales Force Strategy at Life Insurance Corporation (K. establishment of sales territories (Richard R Still. Modern Day Sales Activities.Tech.Still page no 115 to 118) 2. market cost analysis. ECE & M. sales force motivation. 1.Tech. sales force control and evaluation. Selling Process. Selling Strategies. (Richard R. the role of Distribution Channels and enabling them to manage Channel partners. establishment of sales budgeting program.105) Case: United air flow manufacturer of households appliances sales persons job. types of Selling. sales forecasting methods. / MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 SALES AND DISTRIBUTION PG Elective-I (Marketing) (Students must read textbook. (Tapan K.Tech. Case: 1 Adjusting Compensation Plan to Motivate Sales Representatives ( K. reasons for establishing or revising sales territories.  The Students should be able to understand & appreciate the diverse variables affecting the sales & distribution function and analyse their impact on the sales and distribution processes. sales budgeting process. sales force compensation. Motivating and Evaluating Channel Members. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Sridhara Batt page no 618 to 620) Case: 2 The National Handloom Development Corporation. (K. . Sales Planning and Budgeting: Sales planning process. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Aim: The aim of this course is to enable students to the sales and distribution processes with particular focus on Sales Management and Sales Personnel. motivating and evaluating sales & distribution management systems.Still page no 104.e.Sridhara Batt.f. Selling Skills. Introduction to Distribution Management Definition of Distribution Management. Sunil Sahadev page no. (Richard R Still. difference between Selling and Marketing. Page no 603 to 605) Case: Midland office engineering. Inc. importance of Sales Management. (Richard R. 504) 213 . /MBA) w. need for Distribution Channels. page no 588 to 589) 3. Case: Plastic Industries.ECE & M. page no 579) 4. types of quotas and quota setting procedure. Sales Force Management: Recruitment and selection of the sales force. Introduction to Sales Management: Evolution of Sales Management. . training the sales force. Case: Augsberg Wiesel Ltd. manufacturer of table ware. Capturing the Customer requirements Case: 1 Fed Ex’s Value Chain Solutions. The role of Personal Selling in creating Market. Managing International Channel of Distribution. Panda. Ahmedabad. Designing Channel Systems. (Tapan K. Managing Channel Institutions Managing Channel Information Systems.f. TMH. Ethical issues in Sales and Distribution Management Case: 1 Kinetic Engineering Company. Wholesalers. . Music2Go is a Principles of Marketing/Marketing Management simulation game. 2nd edition. TMH. This helps the students to have a hands – on business experience in the classroom – experiential learning at its best.Tech.Sunil Sahad page no 719) Textbook Krishna K Havaldar. 2017-2018 Academic Year 5. Business Game : Music2Go Marketing: (Marketing Management Simulation Game). 214 .Tech. 2011. Journal : MICA Communications Review – A Marketing Communications Journal. reasons for Channel Conflicts. Vasnt M Cavale.150/. where the students are required to formulate and implement their own Sales and Marketing Campaign. Managing Conflict. Mudra Institute of Communications.ECE & M. Managing Retailers. Handling Channel Conflict. /MBA) w. (Krishna K Havaldar.e. Franchisers. Vasant page no 461) Case: 2 Indian Ayurveda Pharmacy Limited. You can play on any computer with internet (Rs. Sales and Distribution Management. 2013.per year-better buy and play).IDP (B. Rathan Reddy “ Effective Human Resource Training & Developing Strategy “ Himalaya. OJT. important concepts and meanings. implement training programs. developing objectives.Nick Blanchard. Training methods: Matching methods with outcomes. Anjali Ghansekar “Training & Development” Everest.Anand Ram.Tech. . Learning Outcome: 1. P L Rao : HRD Trainer's Handbook of Management Games. The student will be familiar with how to do training need analysis 2. cross functional teams. 5. games and simulations. Case : Training & Development at Godrej. They also gain the knowledge to evaluate the effectiveness of training programs. understand motivation and performance. transfer of training. major players in training & development. training for talent management and competency mapping. sexual harassment training. Case : Developing a training package at westcan (Nick Blanchard) Case : The Training program (Fabrics Inc. 3.Tech. (Nick Blanchard) 5. 3. To introduce the knowledge of evaluation of training programs in the organization.f. R K Sahu “Training for Development” Excel Books. TNA and Design. To provide the students information on the Career opportunities in training. important concepts and meanings. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Objectives: 1.IDP (B. /MBA) w. 1. Thacker. 2. (Nick Blanchard) Textbook: • P.e. types of evaluation. cross cultural training. Training in organizations: Trends in training. 2013. / MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT PG Elective – I (HR) (Students must read textbook. Need Analysis and Training design: The Training Need Analysis (TNA) Model. aligning training design with learning process. design training programs. computer based training. B. design theory. 6. organizational constraints.ECE & M. Excel. Amitabh Deo Kodwani. 2012. implementation. rational for evaluation. References: 1. Case : Taking Charge at Domtar : What it takes for a turnaround? (Nick Blanchard) Case :LG Electronics ((Nick Blanchard) Case : The wilderness training lab((Nick Blanchard) 2. Implementation & Evaluation of Training: Development of training. Career opportunities in training. 2012. implementation 3. 2012.(CBT). Rolf Lynton. Pearson. 2013 215 . strategy and training. Integrating OD. diversity training. (Nick Blanchard) Case 3 : Training designed to change behavior and attitude. Raymond A Noe. 2012. (Nick Blanchard) 4. Students will be able to learn various training methods. James W.Tech. ECE & M.) (Nick Blanchard) 3. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. To enable the students to understand the design of training. Integrating strategy and training. 2012. team training. Uday Pareek “Training for Development” Sage.2012 . 7. Facilitation of learning and training transfer to the job. G Pandu Naik “Training & Development “Excel Books. resistance to training evaluation. 4. “Employee Training and Development” McGraw Hill. Case 4: The competent employee. A. Areas of organizational Training: Orientation training. lectures and demonstrations . Case : Jack goes to training.Tech. ” Effective Training” 4e. 2. Developing Cash Flow.The importance of current assets management in working capital planning. A brief discussion on dividend policies of Indian companies. 5. Debt vs. Wealth vs.e.Tech. This course will further help the students to understand the deligent use of resources efficiently. selection criterion. Equity. operating leverage and composite leverage. Declaration and payment of dividends. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. ECE & M. Major forms of dividends – Cash and Bonus shares. Profit vs. equity capital and retained earnings. Economic rationale of Mergers. preference shares. Capital structure Theories –The Modigliani Miller Theory. Financing of working capital through Bank finance and Trade Credit – Recommendations of Tandon and Daheja Committee on Working Capital. EBIT-EPS Analysis. – Basic strategies for cash management. the operating cycle approach.ECE & M. 3. net working capital. gross vs.IDP (B. Marketable security alternatives. financial structure .Tech. IRR Debate. . Management of Current Assets: Management of cash. Corporate Restructuring: Corporate Mergers. The NPV vs. Major theories centered on the works of GORDON. Planning of working capital. project evaluation. Learning Outcome: The students will gain skills to understand. Cost of capital: Concept and measurement of cost of capital. Bonus shares. Capital budgeting decision under conditions of risk and uncertainty. WALTER and LITNER. the Agency relationship and costs. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) *The students need Discounting Table and Annuity tables for the examination Course Aim: To give an overview of the functions of a financial manager in the commercial world with a particular focus on the concepts and theories of corporate finance. cost of equity. Factors determining Dividend Policy-dividends and valuation of the firm-the basic models. /MBA) w. Welfare. Data for New Projects.Project generation. Dividend Decisions: Dividends and value of the firm . NOI Theory and Traditional Theory –A critical appraisal. relevant and reliable financial and non-financial information. the MM hypothesis. Evolution of finance function – Its new role in the contemporary scenario –Goals of finance function – maximizing vs. cash budget. satisfying. Importance of cost of capital in capital budgeting decisions. 216 . evaluate and resolve the problems confronted by the financial managers. 2. The Investment Decision: Investment decision process. Management of receivables and Management of inventory. They will gain in insight into the decision making process of a financial manager based on timely. Indifference Point/Break even analysis of financial leverage. Financial evaluation of Mergers.Tech.Relevance of dividends. weighted average cost of capital and marginal cost of capital. The theoretical backdrop – Dividends and valuation. cash management techniques/processes. Rights issue. financial leverage. effectively and economically. Marketable securities: characteristics. determinants of working capital needs. Capital Budgeting Techniques –Traditional and DCF methods. NI. motives for Mergers. project selection and project Implementation. Acquisitions and Takeovers: Types of Mergers.Tech.f. Approaches for reconciliation. Capital Structure Decisions: Capital structure vs. 4. Cases. Risk-Return trade off. share-splits. / MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT PG Elective-I (Finance) (Students must read textbook.Capitalization. 1 The Finance Function: Nature and Scope. Working Capital Management: Components of working capital. Concept of Time Value of Money – Future Value and Present value and the basic valuation model. 6th Edition.f. “Financial Management” Kalyani Publishers .IDP (B. Vikas . Cases in Financial Management. 2012 6. Rajiv Srivastava. 2012 . 2. 8 Edition.K.Y Khan. 2013.A. TMH . .C. TMH. James C Van Horne. “Financial Management Theory and Practice”. P.Gupta. Bharat Tulsian .2012 4. Anil Mishra . R.Sharma . Financial Management.2012 5.C. /MBA) w.Chand Publications. P K Jain: “Financial Management-Text and Problems”.2012 th 3. 2012. IM Pandey. Financial Management” Oxford University Press. IM Pandey. TMH 2/e 2012 217 . M. 2017-2018 Academic Year Textbook th 1. 10 Edition.Tulsian. “Financial Management” S. New Delhi.Tech. 7. Shashi K. “Financial Management and Policy” Pearson Education.e.Tech. Prasanna Chandra. References: 1.ECE & M. Sanjay Dhamija. Deciding Combination of Methods. To provide students basic concepts of MIS and IS models 2. IS Strategic Grid. Obrein: Management Information Systems. ERP in Practice. 5/E. Himalaya publishing House .S. troubleshooting and maintenance aspects of MIS 3.I Introduction to IS Models – Nolan Stage Hypothesis. McGraw Hill.Tech. 2009. Quality Management System. Gordon B. 4. et al: Management Information Systems. C Laudon and Jane P. Methods of minimizing risks. Students learn different models of MIS and their applicability in various business resource requirement plans 2. Maintaining ERP & IS. 2009. Vaman. IS Security. ERP System Options and Selection. 2. Foundations of IS in Business. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Need for Security. Outsourcing.e. Gerald V. UNIT-II Types of Information Systems– Transactions Processing System.V. Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems. Irvin McGraw Hill. To explain integration process of MIS with Enterprise Resource Planning ( ERP) 3. Wards Model. David L Anderson: Management Information Systems. Strategic Information System.2009 218 . 3. Accounting Systems. Plant Maintenance System. Advantages and limitations of ERP. 9. Integrated Management Systems. Critical Success Factors. Sales and Distribution Systems. User Training. Tata McGraw-Hill .Tech. 2008 8. Prototype and End User Computing. James A. / MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (MIS) PG Elective – I (SYSTEMS) Course Objectives 1. . MRP. Davis & Margrethe H. Decision Support System. UNIT.Post. operations. Soft Systems Methodology. Manufacturing and Production Systems. Strategies to Attain Success. UNIT –IV ERP Modules: Finance. Case Studies. Features of Successful ERP Implementation. New Delhi. C. Students will appreciate what is the successful design and implementation of MIS in business departments and operations 1.System Vulnerability and Abuse. 2009 5. . References 1. Business Modeling. Obstacles of applying IT. 3.Olson: Management Information Systems. UNIT –V ERP Implementation and Maintenance: Implementation Strategy Options. Tata McGraw-Hill . 2009. IS Audit. To provide a practical framework for Information System operations and management Learning Outcomes 1.Laudon. 4. ERP proposal Evaluation. Expert System. Office Automation System.Tech. Alexis Leon. control. W S Jawadekar: Management Information Systems. David L Olson. Management Information System. Students learn user training. Integrated Data Model. System Develop Life Cycle. Earl’s Multiple Methodology. Knowledge Work Systems.Murthy: Management Information System. business value of security and control. /MBA) w. Reasons for the growth of ERP. Tata McGraw-Hill . Tata McGraw-Hill. Control and Audit .f. ECE & M.Tech. Tata McGraw-Hill . ensuring system quality. Materials Management System.IDP (B. Pearson Education. Human Resource Systems. 5.III Induction to ERP: Overview of ERP. 2009 7. 2. Socio- Technical Systems Approach (Mumford). ERP (Demystified). MRPII and Evolution of ERP. 2009. UNIT.ECE & M. Application Packages. International Edition-2009. 6. 11. Concepts in ERP. Dharminder and Sangeetha. 14. 2017-2018 Academic Year 10. Cengage. WILEY-India. 13. Management Information Systems.. 2009.e. Introduction to Information Systems. Enterprise Resource Planning. 2008. 2007.IDP (B.ECE & M. Rainer. /MBA) w.Tech. Ashim Raj Singla. Excel books. Cengage. Enterprise Resource Planning. Potter. 2009 12.f. . 219 . 2009. PHI. Turban. Monk.Tech. et al. Vinod Kumar Garg. Exercises on Personality Development Skills • Self-esteem (Case Study) • Positive Thinking (Case Study) • Emotional Intelligence (Case Study) • Team building and Leadership Skills (Case Study) • Conflict Management (Case Study) 3. ECE & M.etc.Tech. Requests.IDP (B.e.Body Language – Closing and Handling Questions – Rubrics for Individual Evaluation (Practice Sessions) 4.Tech. /MBA) w.Analyzing the audience. Exercises on Productivity Development • Effective/ Assertive Communication Skills (Activity based) • Time Management (Case Study) • Creativity & Critical Thinking (Case Study) • Decision Making and Problem Solving (Case Study) • Stress Management (Case Study) 2.Tech. role plays etc.Individual & Group Presentation. Exercises on Professional Etiquette and Communication • Role-Play and Simulation.ECE & M. • Telephone Etiquette • Active Listening • Group Discussions (Case study).Introducing oneself and others. thereby preparing students to become successful professionals INTRODUCTION Definition and Introduction to Soft Skills – Hard Skills vs Soft Skills – Significance of Soft/Life/Self Skills – Self and SWOT Analysis and 1. Agreement & Disagreement…. body language and various other activities which boost their confidence levels and help in their overall personality development • To encourage students develop behavioral skills and personal management skills • To impart training for empowerment.Assignments 220 . 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Apologies. • To train students in group dynamics. Greetings.Understanding the Nuances of Delivery.Group Discussion as a part of Selection Procedure- Checklist of GDs • Analysis of Selected Interviews (Objectives of Interview) • Mock-Interviews (Practice Sessions) • Job Application and Preparing Resume • Process Writing (Technical Vocabulary) – Writing a Project Report. . Exercises on Presentation Skills • Netiquette • Importance of Oral Presentation – Defining Purpose.f. / MBA) IV Year I-Sem L T P C 0 0 4 2 SOFT SKILLS LAB (Activity-based) • To improve the fluency of students in English • To facilitate learning through interaction • To illustrate the role of skills in real-life situations with case studies.Tech.Tools and Multi-media Visuals • One Minute Presentations (Warming up) • PPT on Project work.Planning outline and preparing the Presentation.Graphical Organizers. P. • Topics mentioned in the syllabus are activity-based. Social and Cultural Values . 1993. K.com’ o Preparing for being Interviewed.A Self-Learning Guide to Conversation Practice. 2013. Dixson. Cambridge: CUP 221 .Tech. Universities Press. New Delhi: CUP India Pvt Ltd 11. o Interviewing Skills.Tech. 2011. New Delhi.Importance of Values in Various Contexts • Significance of Modern and Professional Etiquette – Etiquette (Formal and Informal Situations with Examples) • Attitude. Pearson Publishers. & Savithri. The ACE of Soft Skills by Gopalaswamy Ramesh & Mahadevan Ramesh. The Hindu Speaks on Education by the Hindu Newspaper 13. Management Shapers. Chand Publishers 2. S. L et al.e. Prentice Hall India Pvt Ltd 10. Sreehari. Alex. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill 8. 2005. Sherfield. SUGGESTED SOFTWARE: The following software from ‘train2success. Exercises on Ethics and Values Introduction –– Types of Values .Personal. 2004.Dealing with the Challenged (Live Examples) • Professional Responsibility – Adaptability (Live Examples) • Corporate Expectations Note: • Hand-outs are to be prepared and given to students. Robert M. Rod. New Delhi: Foundation 7. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill 9. P. o Decision making SUGGESTED READING 1. 2011. 6. Jean and Revell. P. Group Discussion and Interview Skills. Naterop. /MBA) w. J. o Telephone Skills.f. A. et al Cornerstone: Developing Soft Skills. Suresh Kumar.IDP (B. o Time Management o Team Building. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill 12. 3. Mukhopadhyay. Telephoning in English. 2012. 2005. Rizvi. B. • Training plan will be integrated in the syllabus. Collection of 28 Books by different Authors.V. 2012. Soft Skills.An Integrated Approach. Communication Skills and Soft Skills. Everyday Dialogues in English. Richard J. Polyskills. Spoken English . Pearson 4. M. How to Succeed at Interviews. V & Dhamija. 2009. 2017-2018 Academic Year 5. Effective Technical Communication.ECE & M. Good Manners and Work Culture (Live Examples) • Social Skills . 2011. o Positive Thinking.E. Sudhir Andrews. New Delhi: Pearson 5. Sasikumar. Patnaik. . IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. ECE & M.Tech. / MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY & STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PG CORE-III (Students must read textbook. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: To understand the basic statistical tools for interpretation of quantitative and qualitative data. Learning Outcome: Students will be able to apply the principles of research methodology for the research design for the various mini and major projects of the MBA programme. They will be able to analyse the data statistically. 1. Research Methodology: Introduction-Topic-Review of Literature-Research Gaps-Research Questions-Objectives-Hypotheses-Scope of the study-Period of the study-Sampling Techniques- Data Collection-Primary data –Questionnaire design-Secondary data-Data Analysis-Limitations of the study-Appendix-References. 2. Tabulation, Graphical presentation of data: Histogram, Diagrammatic representation of data: Bar diagram, Multiple Bar diagram, Sub-divided Bar Diagram, Pie Diagram, Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode. Measures of Dispersion: Range, Standard deviation and Variance, Coefficient of variation, Measure of Skewness. 3. Linear Correlation and Regression Analysis: Covariance, Pearson’s Correlation Coefficient, Scatter plot, Spearman’s rank Correlation Coefficient, Regression lines. 4. Parametric and Non- Parametric Hypothesis Testing: Procedure for Testing of Hypothesis, One Sample t-test for the Population Mean, Two Sample t-test for independent Samples, Paired Sample t-test. F-test for two population Variances (Variance ratio test), ANOVA One Way Classification, ANOVA two way Classification, Chi Square test of association, Chi Square test of independence. 5. Time Series and Data Analysis: Fitting a trend line to a time series, Method of least Squares and Method of Moving Averages, Measure of Seasonal Variation. Textbook 1. Glyn Davis & Branko Pecar “Business Statistics Using Excel” Oxford University Press, 2012. References: 1. P N Arora” Comprehensives Statistics Methods” S. Chand, 2012. 2. Sharma” Business Statistics” Pearson, 2012. 3. David Cooper, Business Research Methods, TMH, 9/e 2013. 4. Zikmund, Business Research Methods, Cengage, 2012. 5. S C Gupta, ”Fundamentals of Statistics”, HPH, 2012 6. C B Gupta “ An introduction to Statistical Methods” Vikas, 2012 7. S L Gupta ‘Business Research Methods” TMH, 2012. 8. Pannerselvam” Research Methodology” PHI, 2012. 9. Ranjit Kumar “Research Methodology” Sage, 2012. 10. R P Hooda “Statistics” Vikas, 2012 11. Newbold” Statistics for Business and Economics” Pearson, 2012. 12. Levin, Rubin, Rastogi & Siddiqui, “Statistics for Management” Pearson, 2013 13. Mukul Gupta & Deepa Gupta “Research Methodology” PHI, 2013. 14. Bhardwaj : Mathematics and Statistics for Business, Excel, 2013. 222 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. ECE & M.Tech. / MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 BUSINESS LAW AND REGULATION PG CORE-IV (Students must read textbook along with cases. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: The aim of this course is to enable students understand legal and regulatory framework for doing business in India. Learning Outcome: After going through the text and case lets in terms of various court judgements, the students should be able to understand the formalities involved in incorporating a company and the nuances related to the Law of Contract. The student will also be able to know the implications of direct and indirect taxes, negotiable instruments Act and also about the cyber laws. 1. Companies Act, 1956: Steps and procedure for incorporation of the company, Appointment of Directors, Powers, duties, & liabilities of Directors, Company Meetings, Resolutions, Winding-up of a Company. 2. Law of Contract: Nature of contract and essential elements of valid contract, Offer and Acceptance, Consideration, Capacity to contract and free consent, Legality of object. Unlawful and illegal agreements, Contingent contracts, Performance and discharge of contracts, Remedies for breach of contract. Contracts-II: Indemnity and guarantee, Contract of Agency, Sale of goods Act -1930: General Principles, Conditions & Warranties, Performance of Contract of Sale. 3. Direct and Indirect Tax: Income Tax Act -1961 - Important Provisions of Income Tax Act: Assessment year –Assesee, Gross Total Income, Procedure for advance payment of tax and tax deducted at source. Assessment procedure. Central Excise Act -1944: .Basic concepts related to excisable goods, classification of goods, and Basic concept of VAT. 4. Negotiable Instruments Act - 1881: Negotiable Instruments- Promissory Note, Bills of Exchange, & Cheque, and their definitions and characteristics, Types of endorsements, Holder- Holder in due course, Discharge of Parties. 5. Cyber Crime and the Legal Landscape-the world-Why do we need cyber laws in tha indian context-The indina IT act-challenges to indian Law and cyber crime scenarion in india. (Refer Nina Godbole & Sunit Belapure) Textbook: 1. RSN Pillai, Bagavathi, Business Law, S.Chand, 2013. References 1. Akhileshwar Pathak: Legal Aspects of Business, TMH, 4/e, 2013. 2. Nina Godbole & Sunit Belapure “ Cyber Security” Wiley India 2012. 3. K.R. Bulchandani: Business Law for Management, 5/e, Himalaya Publishing House (HPH), 2012 4. Ravinder Kumar “Legal Aspects of Business”, 2nd Edition Cengage Learning, 2012. 5. Kuchal: Business Law, Vikas, 2011 6. Tulsian:Business Law, TMH, 2012. 7. S S Gulshan, Business Law, 4th edition, Excel Books, 2012 8. S.N. Maheshwari, S K Maheshwari, A Manual of Business Laws, Himalaya Publishing House (HPH), 2013. 9. C L Bansal, Business and Corporate Laws, Excel Books, 2011. 10. Tejpal Sheth, Business Law, Pearson, 2012 11. P.K.Padhi, Legal Aspects of Business, PHI, 2013 223 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. ECE & M.Tech. / MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUCATION PG Elective-II (Marketing) (Students must read textbook. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Aim: The aim of this course is to a) enable students to understand management of marketing communication, marketing mix and ethical aspects of marketing communication b) choose a marketing communications mix to achieve the communications and behavioral objectives of the IMC campaign plan. Learning outcome  The student should be able to design innovative integrated marketing communication strategies for a given product or service using social media  Students will able to create an integrated marketing communications plan to promote IMC strategies and to measure their effectiveness. 1. Understanding Integrated Marketing Communication: Understanding Marketing Communication, Integrated Marketing Communication, Integrated Marketing Communication as an Integral part of Marketing, Understanding Consumer Behaviour, Understanding the Communication process, Communication Mix. Case : Cadbury Manages a Crisis with Integrated Marketing Communications (Kruti Shah page no 59) 2. Budgeting, Objectives and Evaluation of IMC: Setting Communication Objectives, DAGMAR Approach to setting objectives and measuring advertising effectiveness, allocating the Marketing Communication Budget, Conducting research to measure communication effectiveness, Post- Testing tools and techniques, Evaluating other promotional tools and IMC. Case : The Premium Milk Food Private Ltd. (Kruti Shah page no 820) Case : Archias, Advertizing (Jaishri Jethwaney, Shruthi Jain, Oxford, page no 195) 3. Marketing Communication Mix I: Creative Execution in Advertising, Decision in Print, Execution on Radio, Execution on online and television, getting that ‘Big Idea’ of creativity. Case : Tata Salt (Part I,II,III) (Kruti Shah page no 282,284,310-311,367-372) 4. Marketing Communication Mix II: Sales Promotion, Direct Marketing, Personal Public Relations, Publicity and Corporate Advertising, Unconventional Promotional Media: Sponsorships, Mobile Advertising, Word Of Mouth, Village Farmers, Out of Home Media, World Wide Web Communications. Case : Amul taste of India (Kruti Shah page no 793) Case : Rasha Prankees promotion (Kruti Shah page no 600) 5. Regulation, Social and Ethical Aspects of Advertising and Promotion:- Federal Regulation of Advertising, regulations of Advertising and Promotion in India, regulation of other Promotional Areas, Social and Ethical Criticisms of Advertising, ethical aspects of Advertising – Truth in Advertising, Advertising to children, Advertising controversial products, Social Aspects of Advertising. Case : Surrogate advertising(Jai shri Jethwaney page no 475-480) Case : The Unilever experience (Jai shri Jethwaney page no 606) Textbook: • Krutishah, Alan D’Souza, Advertising and promotions on IMC Perspective, TMH, 2012. 224 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year Journal : MICA Communications Review – A Marketing Communications Journal, Mudra Institute of Communications, Ahmedabad. Businesss Game : AdSim Advertising: (Advertising & Promotion Simulation Game), TMH, 2013. You can play on any computer with internet (Rs.150/- per year-better buy and play). AdSim is a simulation game for the Advertising & Promotion course, where the students are required to formulate and implement their own Advertising and Promotion campaign. This helps the students to have an hands – on business experience in the classroom – experiential learning at its best. References: 1. Jaishri Jethwaney, Shruthi Jain, Advertising Management, Oxford, Second edition, 2012. 2. George E Belch, Michael A Belch , Keyoor puravi , Advertising and Promotions – An Integrated Marketing Communications perspective , TMH, 2013. 3. Semenile , Allen, O Guinn , Kaufmann, Advetising and Promotions, An Integrated brand approach, Cengage, 6th edition , 2012. 225 IDP (B.Tech. - ECE & M.Tech. /MBA) w.e.f. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech. ECE & M.Tech. / MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS PG Elective – II (HR) (Students must read textbook. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course objectives: 1. The aim of the course is to enable HR elective students develop awareness towards labour laws. 2. The students will be introduced, how to deal with legal problems emanating from employer and employee relations in organizations. 3. To introduce the students with the concept of collective bargaining, employee welfare, wage policy act. Learning Outcomes: 1. The student understands the industrial relations, its importance in HR 2. Various Labour Laws like Factories Act, Wage and Bonus Act and Dispute Preventive and Corrective Mechanisms are learnt. 3. They will also understand the role of Trade Unions, Settlement of disputes, Collective Bargaining, Wage Policy. 1. Industrial Relations: Introduction, Dunlop’s Industrial Relations Systems, Characteristics of Indian IR System; Trade Unions: Union Purpose. Trade Union , Functions, Methods, Politics, Types of Unions, Trade Unions in India: Union Structure and characteristics. Recognition of Unions: States provisions for Recognition. Rights of recognized Unions, Unfair Labour Practices: Case 1. Let us get back to work (p.no. 720, C.B.Mamoria) Case 2. A case of complicated multi-union manoeuvres (J.A. Kulkarni) 2. Settlement of Disputes: Role of state Dispute Settlement Machinery and its instruments, Legislation: Causes of disputes, Right to Strike, Major Strikers, Tripartite and Bipartite Bodies, Standing orders and Grievance Procedure. Case 1. Stop the shouting game please (p.no. 760, C.B.Mamoria) Case 2. The dish ends ltd. (p.no.07, J.A. Kulkarni) 3. Collective Bargaining, Conciliation, Arbitration, Adjudication, The Industrial Dispute Act 1947, Labour Welfare work, Labour Welfare officer, Worker’s Participation. Case 1.who is to be blammed (p.no. 685, C.B.Mamoria) 4. Wage Policy and Wage Regulation Machinery, Wage Legislation, Payment of Wages Act 1936, The Payment of Bonus Act,1965 Case 1. Rules and regulations still guide actions at UPS (p.no. 37, C.B.Mamoria) 5. The Factories Act 1948, Mines Act 1952, Industrial Relations and Technological Change. Case 1. Organizations and unions working as partners (p.no. 738, C.B.Mamoria) Textbook: • Mamoria, Mamoria, Gankar “Dynamics of Industrial Relations” Himalaya Publishing House.2012. Cases: 1. C.B.Mamoria, VSP Rao “personnel management- text & cases”, Himalaya Publishers th 13 edition, 2012. 2. J.A.Kulkarni, Asha Pachpande, Sandeep Pachpande, “case studies in amangement”, pearson, 2011. 226 Sharma “Industrial Relations and Labour Laws”. Venkata Ratnam “Industrial Relations” Oxford. Punekar S. Dr K S Anandram “Cases in Personnel Management Industrial Relations and Trade Relations” Everest. 7. .Ranjeet Nambudiri. Kubendran. 6.D. “Himalaya Publishing House. 10.IDP (B. 2017-2018 Academic Year References: 1. 2012.e.2011.Kodeeswari. 2012. A.Singh “Industrial Relations”Excel Books 2008. 5.V.D. Saras wathi Sankaren”Labour Welfare.M. /MBA) w. 9. Padhi “ Labour and Industrial Relations” PHI.2013. 8. Arun Monappa. Himalaya Publishing House. TMH. 227 . B. S C Srivastava “Industrial Relations and Labor Laws” Vikas.K “Industrial Relations and Labour Laws “Himalaya Publishing House.2012. 2012.Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations. 2012. 4.f.B.2011. Ratna Sen “Industrial Relations-Text and cases “Macmillan Publishers.Deodhar S.Tech.Selvaraj “ Industrial Relations and Labour Laws” .ECE & M.Tech. 2.2012 3. Ronald J Jordan: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management.ECE & M. 2012. CAGR. Vision. interest rate futures. Online investment simulation game for Finance students to trade on Stocks. TMH.IDP (B. options. / MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 SECURITY ANALYSIS PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT PG Elective-II (Finance) (Students must read textbook.Risk and Return. Economic Value Added (EVA) and MVA. Jensen Model. Yield to Maturity. MDI. EMH (Efficient Market Hypothesis) 2. Strategies. 3. Mean- variance approach. Price/Book value. ZVI Bodie. Donald E Fischer. future options and international stocks with virtual money.e. th 3. 5. 2012. bond immunization. Decision. Stock-Trak is the most comprehensive. Fama’s Decomposition. Cengage. TMH. F. Business Game : Stock-Trak: (Finance Simulation Game). 2012.You can play on any computer with internet (Rs. Brown: Analysis of Investment and Management of Portfolios.Sharpe Model. Structure. b) Security Analysis: Fundamental Analysis.Tech. Interest rates. IIMA. 6 Edition. futures. /MBA) w. investment alternatives. 1. The P/E Ratio & Earnings multiplier Approach. bond duration. Option Markets. Price/ Sales ratio. 2013. Trey nor Model. Active and Passive bond management Strategies. portfolio selection-efficient portfolios.Sharpe. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: To Understand the investment alternatives. Alan J Marcus : Investments. the investment management process. Trends in Indian Mutual Funds. bonds. bond volatility. spots. TMH. Bond pricing theorems.per year-better buy and play). References: th 1.Tech. Stock index futures. (a) Equity Valuation : Equity Analysis & Valuation. William. 2012. Reilly. mutual funds.150/. ECE & M. a) Investment Environment in India. overview of Indian financial system securities trading in stock markets. Yield to Call. This game is created specifically for classroom use and students can play this game 24*7 to give them hands-on experience on Investments.f. Prentice Hall. . arbitrage pricing theory. 4. Yield to Maturity. AlexKane. bond convexity. Cash market and also Mutual funds. Textbooks: 1. Holding Period Return. Performance Evaluation Models. 4. 228 . Journals : Vikalpa. Balance sheet Analysis equity valuation models. Gordon j Alexander & Jeffery V Bailey: Fundamentals of Investments. Term Structure of interest rates. NAV(Net Asset Value). (b) Derivatives: Overview of derivatives Markets. IIMC. Portfolio Analysis: The returns and risks from investing. Prasanna Chandra: Investment analysis and Portfolio Management” 4th Edition.Markowitz portfolio Theory. The single index model-capital asset pricing model.Tech. Mutual Funds: Types of Mutual Funds Schemes.2012. 10 Edition. Bond Analysis & Valuation & management: Types of bonds.Tech. IIMB Review. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Option Strategies and option valuation forward & future markets. intrinsic value & market price. measuring bond yields. Pearson. Technical Analysis. Swaps contracts. process and portfolio management Learning Outcome: The objective of this course is to provide the conceptual and Practical understanding of Stock markets Equity & Bond Valuation . 2. Vikas. 6.ECE & M. 2 Edition . 229 .IDP (B.Tech. 8. Stephen J Brown. 2012. /MBA) w. Jones: Invest Analysis and Management. Edwin J Elton. . Ranganatham. Wiley. Madhumathi: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. M. Theory and Investment Analysis. 2017-2018 Academic Year 5.e. Punithavathi Pandian : Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. R.f. Martin J Gruber. Pearson.Goef Z Mann : Modern Portfolio 9. 2012. nd 7.Tech. William N. 2013. To provide students the foundations of ERP planning and system options 2. David L.supply chain Managmeent & e-market place-e-businesss & ERP-e supply chian & ERP. 5 ERP – Produciton and Material Managment-Control process on produciton and manuifacturing- Produciton module in ERP.IDP (B. 2. Fiancial modules in ERP systems. . 2012 5.Tech. TMH . Ellen Monk “Enterprice Resource Planning” Cengage. Textbook: 1..ECE & M.(David L.Future directions for ERP. ECE & M.Tech. Goyal “Enterprice Resource Planning” TMH. 4 ERP . Mary Sumner “ Enterprice Resource Planning” Pearson.Demonstation of the system-Failure method-system Architecture & ERP (David L.Olson “ Managerial Issues in ERP systems” TMH 2012.Managment control process in sales and markring-ERP custoemr relatonship managment-ERP systems.Foundation for Understanding ERP systems-Buisiness benefits of ERP-The challenges of impelmenting ERP system-ERP modules and Historical Developement.Accounting & Fiance control processes. /MBA) w. 3. 1. To provide students a risk-benefit analysis of ERP system Learning Outcomes 1. Case: Response top RFP for ban ERP system (Mary Sumner). 2012. Referencs: 1. Alexis Leon “Enterprice Resource Planning” 2e. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Objectives 1. 2. 230 . / MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING PG Elective – II (SYSTEMS) (Students must read textbook.sales and Marketing.2012 4. Case: Atlantic Manufacturing (Mary Sumner).IS/IT Management results-Risk Identificatioon analysis-System Projects.olson).Tech. Introduciton to ERP. 2012.Olson) Case: DataSolutiions & Technology Knowledge (Mary Sumner). (Mary Sumner). To provide framework of general and specialized modules of ERP 3.e. Jagan Nathan Vaman “ERP Srategies for Steering Orgnizationsal competence and competetive Advantage” TMH. 3 ERP system Installation Options. 2012. Case: HR in atalntic manufacturing. Case: atalantic manufacturing (Mary Sumner).f.information Technology Selection-ERP proposal evaluvation-Project Evaluvation Technique. ERP system options & Selection methods-Measurement of project Inpact.Tech. Students understand a) integration of various ERP modules with each other and with Business Environment b) the issues in operation and implementation of a successful ERP system and c) how to face the challenges associated with the present and future ERP systems. References: 1.  Understand application of ANOVA. Shelly.ECE & M. PART B – STATISTICAL TOOLS FOR EXECUTION USING EXCEL I. Editing. Managing. Getting started with excel: Opening a blank or new workbook. Measure of central tendency: mean. Basic Formulas and Use of Functions. Saving.Tech. Page Setup. add-inns. Manipulating Data. and Printing.  Understand application of statistical measures of central tendency. Using and Formatting Tables. 4. 3. mode. Working with Data: Entering. Using the Excel help function. F-test.e.  Test hypotheses. II. Paste. Using Headers and Footers. independence of attributes. chi square test. bar diagram. t. MS Office. ECE & M. median. 20. 10. Data from External Sources.f. moving average method. Business Statistics in Practice. III.  Analyse trends. formulas. Syllabus . V. General EXCEL Lessons 6. Doing Data Analysis with SPSS. 11. standard deviation. Cengage. 7. 2012. 2. Tabulation. Winstion “Excel 2010 Data Analysis and Business Modelling” PHI Learning Private Limited. 21. 17. Uses of Excel. 2009. 6.Tech. and Copying Worksheets. Formatting Data and Using the Right Mouse Click. 2012. 15. Robert H Carver. Filters and Sort and Validation Lists. IV. 9. Coefficient of variation. Advanced Data Analysis using PivotTables and Pivot Charts. Inference and discussion of results. 8. 5/e 2012. ADVANCED EXCEL LESSONS 19.Tech. ANOVA one way classification. view. Pie diagram. page layout. Customizing the Quick Access Toolbar. 5.IDP (B. David Whigham “Business Data Analysis Using Excel’’ Oxford University Press.Tech. Correlation. 5. New functions and features of excel 2007. Insert. 2013 231 . Time series: forecasting Method of least squares. D P Apte : Statistical Tools for Managers USING MS EXCEL. 2. Highlights and main functions: Data. 12. Securing the Excel Document (Protect Cells and Workbook). Cut. 18. / MBA) IV Year II-Sem L T P C 0 0 4 2 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS LAB USING SPSS / EXCEL Course aim: The course aims is to understand MS Excel for applying statistical tools learnt in RMSA. 2007. Highlights and main functions: Home. using Data Names and Ranges. Text 1. Multiple Bar diagram.test. Cengage. Data Analysis Using Charts and Graphs. Paste Special. review. regression lines. . /MBA) w. 14. Glyn Davis & Branko Pecar “Business Statistics Using Excel” Oxford University Press. Bruce Bowerman. Introduction. TMH. Bajpai “Business Statistics” Pearson.PART A About EXCEL 1. Copy. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 16. Advanced Formulas and Functions. 7. Excel. Inserting. 13. general organization. Creating and Using Templates. 4. 3. Measure of dispersion: variance. 2012. Learning Outcome: The learning outcome is that the students should be able to:  Analyse the data to draw inference for decision making. 2013. Advanced Worksheet Features. Mission and Objectives-Strategic Leaders-Strategic Management process-The External Environment: Opportunities.Building Core Competencies . Case:Bajaj Auto limited (Hitt & IrelandPage no 80).f. Competitive risk with Cooperative strategies.Tech. Case: ITC Limited (Hitt & Irelandpage no 30). no 256) Case 2 selecting a new CEO (Hitt & Irelandpage no 282) Case 3 The Continuing innovation revolution at Amazon: The kindle and E-books(Hitt & Ireland page 304) 232 . . Ethics of Finance & Accounting professionals. Competencies and Competitive advantages. Unit-II: Formulation of Strategic Actions: Business level strategy-Effectively managing relationships with Customers-the purpose of Business strategy.Popularity of Mergers & Acquisitions strategies.A Model of Competitive Rivalry-Competitor Analysis-Drivers of Competitive actions and responses-Competitive rivalry and dynamics. Unit-I: Strategic Inputs: Introduction to Strategic Management-Strategic Management and Competitiveness- Technology and Technology change-Vision. understand different types of strategies and structures.e.Tech. /MBA) w. Competition and Competitor Analysis. Ethics & Human rights Case 1 CISCO’s Evolution of Strategy and Structure. External Environmental Analysis. Segments of the External Environment. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT PG CORE-V (Students must read textbook. Porters 5 Force Model. Threats.Tech.IDP (B. Professional Ethics. Case: Using Cooperative Strategies at IBM (Hitt & Ireland page 206) Unit-V: Structure and Controls with Organizations-Organizational Structure and controls. Fundamental principles of Ethics. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: The aim of this subject is to enable the students develop a holistic perspective about Strategic management of an organization Learning Outcome: By reading the text and discussing the cases students should be able to understand how to scan internal and external environment of an organization. ECE & M. change strategies if necessary and implement strategies. Leadership Implications for Strategy - Entrepreneurial Implications for Strategy. Cyber crimes. no 176). problems in achieving Acquisition Success-Restructuring. Strategic Acquisitions & Restructuring . Case: Foster’s Group Diversification into the Wine Business (Hitt & IrelandPage 150) Case: Merger and Acquisition Activity during a Global Crisis: Global and in India (Hitt & Ireland page 154) Focus : Troubles in the Godrej –P & G Alliance(Hitt & Irelandpage. With that knowledge they would be able to formulate strategies. Case: Entry into India & China by Foreign Firms and Indian/Chinese Firms Reaching for Global markets (Hitt & Irelandpage. (Hitt & Irelandpage. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Evolutionary Patterns of strategy and organizational structure. The internal Environment: Resource. Outsourcing. Analyzing internal organization . no108) Unit-III: Corporate level Strategy-Levels of Diversifications and reasons-Value creating diversifications. Capabilities. Case: Coca cola Vs Pepsi in India (Hitt & Irelandpage. no 223) Unit-IV: Global Strategy-Identifying International Opportunities and international Strategies-Strategic competitive Outcomes and risk in an international Environment. Competitive Rivalry and Dynamics .Tech. They will also be able to evaluate strategies and take corrective steps.ECE & M.Value Chain Analysis. strategies of the competitors. turnaround strategies. Corporate Implications for strategy- Strategic Alliances-corporate level cooperative strategy. Case:Bharti Airtel (Hitt & Irelandpage no 4). global strategies and strategic control. • C.2e. • Adrian & Alison” Strategic Management: Theory & Application” Oxford UniversityPress. 2012.Tech. Implementation & Control “Vikas Publishing house. Excel Books. 2015. • Mason A Carpenter et al. 3rdEdition. TMH.IDP (B.L.Tech. Cases in Strategic Management. 2010. • A Nag” Strategic Management:Analysis. 1/e. . Business and Corporate Laws.ECE & M. 2006 233 .”Strategic Management: A dynamic Perspective”Pearson.f. 9e. /MBA) w. 2017-2018 Academic Year REFERENCES: • Hitt & Ireland and Manikutty. 2012.” Strategic Management: A South Asian Perspective”: Cengage Learning. 2012 • Mital.e.Bansal. Supply Chain Business Process. SCM. models of buying behaviour. demographics of Indian shoppers. the competitive market place. ownership-based. (Suja Nair page no 434) Case: Shoppers stop. ceilings. History. merchandise display-fixtures. types of competition. Price Adjustment Strategies.Meaning of Retail & Retailing. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: The main aim of this course is a) to enable students to gain an insight into retailing industry and shopping environment.Tech. theories of retailing. Learning outcome: a. Case: Café Coffee Day. Case: Godrej and Boyee’s. Case: The Classic story. . attribute based model of store format choice.ECE & M. Case: Nirula’s. materials & finishes – floors. merchandising & assortment plans-merchandise plan. layouts for e-tailers. (Suja Nair page no 440) 3. merchandise plan for basic stocks retail buying groups. future changes in retail competition. service retailing. Understanding Shoppers & Shopping . SCM components. ECE & M. music. Retail Inventory Management. shopping patterns in India. framework of Supply Chain Management-SCM network structure. Case: Multinational Fast Food Chains in India. negotiations in retail.Pricing Objectives & Policies. store based. b. interior walls. ethics in retailing. the demand side of retailing. lifestyle of Indian shoppers. derivers of SCM. /MBA) w. retailing in Europe. To enable the students to link Modern Retailing Concepts to cases and understand the present Retailing Trends. evolution of retail competition. functions. Retail Management (Suja Nair page no 474) Case: Changing Indian Consumers. width. global retailing. 1. other retail formats. (Suja Nair page no 452) Case: McDonalds India. (Aditya Prakash page no 287) 2. utilities. interior signage.Tech.f. psychographic profile of Indian shoppers. Value Based Model of store format choice. retailing in Asia. types of supply chain-supply chain length. store layout & design. Retail Logistics Management.(Aditya page no 283) Case: The Panwallah. (Suja Nair page no 470) 5. graphics-exterior signage. shopping process shopping behaviour. (Suja Nair page no 466) 234 . / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 RETAILING MANGEMENT PG Elective-III (Marketing) (Students must read textbook. lightings. buyer-responsibilities. Introduction to Retail Management . different Pricing Strategies. SCM & competitive advantages. structure of Indian retail industry. Rural marketing.Shopping Environment. retailing buying behaviour. Delivering Value though Retail Functions .e. EDI in SCM. Retail Buying & Managing Retail Operations-objectives of buying. (Aditya page no 258) Case: Tanishq. FDI retailing. shopping in a Socio Cultural Contest. control of supply chain. types. Pricing & Supply Chain Management .introduction. non-store based. contract in retail. Marketing Structure. Interactive Pricing Decisions.Tech. (Suja Nair Page no 448) Case: Hot Breads. non price decisions. Harjit Singh page no 417) 4.Classification of formats.IDP (B. (Suja Nair page no 459) Case: Automobile and Niche Marketing ( Dr.Tech. b) to familiarize them with concepts of Retailing through cases and motivate them to go for a career in retailing industry. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. e-tailing. To facilitate the students to be able to managing retail operations efficiently and effectively. organization buying. positioning of merchandise. IIMC. S. Ahmedabad. Retail Management.Srivastava. 3. Arif sheikh. References: 1. MICA Communications Review – A Marketing Communications Journal. Ajay Pundit. Oxford. Pearson. 9. Dr. Retail Management. Suja Nair. 2012. Kaneez Fatima. Dunne. Carver.Tech. Retail Marketing Management. 4. Chetan Bajaj. IIMB Review. Noopur Agrawal. 2017-2018 Academic Year Textbook • Piyush Kumar Sinha. Retail Management a global perspective text and cases. Barton Weits. Himalaya Publication House-2012. Himalaya Publication House. .e. 2nd edtion.ECE & M. 7. 7th Edition. Retailing Management. McGraw-Hill.f. Retail Management-Text & Cases. 2011. Decision.Chand. Retail Management. Himalaya Publication House. Managing Retailing. Harjit Singh. 2013. Lusch.Tech. 2012. TMH. 2011. Journals : Vikalpa. David Gilbert. Mudra Institute of Communications. Swapna Pradhan. Dwarika Prasad Uniyal.IDP (B. Rajnish tuli. Aditya Prakash Tripathi. 5. First Edition. 2009. Vision. MDI. 2013 235 . 2. oxford. /MBA) w. Cengage Learning. 2013. 8. 6. Michael levy. 2nd edition. Nidhi Varma . 2nd Edition. Fundamentals of Retailing (text and cases). Introduction to Retailing. 2012. IIMA. Textbook 1.Tech.Tech.G. (Vinnie Jauhari Page 336). Focus on the Consumer: Consumer behaviour in services. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Kirti Dutta Page no 106-108) 3. Case 1: The United Indian Bank (Govind Apte Page no 55-56) Case 2: Online air travel: Expedia. Ahmedabad.ECE & M. Journal : MICA Communications Review – A Marketing Communications Journal. Case 2: Total Assurance Ltd. Physical Evidence and the Services cape. Provider Gap. staying focusing on customer. Fifth edition. pricing strategies that link to the four value definitions. . 5. TMH. high performance service innovations. delivering service through intermediaries and electronic channels.Tech. Understanding Consumer Requirements-listening to customers through research. Customer defined service standards-factors.G.f. (Vinnie Jauhari Page 236-238). customer’s roles in service delivery. approaches to pricing services. Learning Objective: The objective of the course is to provide a deeper insight into the Marketing Management of companies offering Services as product. managing services promises. 236 . (Govind Apte Page 207-208). service recovery.e. Mudra Institute of Communications. service blueprinting. align service design and standards. Foundations of Service Marketing: What are Services? Why Services Marketing? Role of Services in Modern Economy. types. (John E. characteristics of services compared to goods. managing demand and capacity. new Service Development Processes. delivering service. Gaps model of Service Quality- Customer Gap. Aligning Service Design and Standards: Service innovation and design-challenges. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: To facilitate the students about the concepts of Services Marketing through cases.IDP (B. Closing Gap. stages in service innovation and development.Tech.Zeithaml & Mary Jo-Bitner: Services Marketing – Integrating customer focus across the firm. Managing Service Promises: Integrated services marketing communications-need for coordination. 1. Orbitz and Travelocity lead the pack ( John E. (Govind Apte Page no 186). Delivering and Performing Service: Employee’s roles in service delivery. Case1: The Crestwood Inn. understand consumer behaviour in services. /MBA) w. Case 1: Relationship between Employee satisfaction. Case 2: IT Trainers Limited. 2011. consumer perceptions of service. Customer satisfaction and market share: The case of Hewlett-Packard. 4. The students will be able to understand the characteristics of services.Bateson Page no 82-83) 2. and development. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 SERVICES MARKETING PG Elective-IV (Marketing) (Students must read textbook.Bateson Page no 320-321) Case 2: Population growth and the urban poor (Vinnie Jauhari. building customer relationships. five categories of strategies to match service promises with delivery. types of service innovations. Valarie A. ECE & M. Consumer expectations in service. Case 1: Physical evidence a case of KF. Service and Technology. Services Marketing Mix. Case 1: Why Differential Pricing helps the poor? (Vinnie Jauhari et al Page 336). Pricing of Services-three key ways that service prices are different for customers. Tech. 2nd edition Pearson. Pearson.2012. Rajendra Nargundkar. /MBA) w.Bateson.IDP (B. Macmillan.The Indian Prespective. John E. textbook of Marketing of Service the Indian Experience. HPH. 2011.Jochen wirtz. Fourth Edition.f. 3rd edition. 2nd edition.e. Biplab Halder. 2012. Cengage Learning. Justin Paul.Marketing.G. Oxford University Press. B. Dr.Douglas Hoffman : Services Marketing. 2012. Services Marketing. Kirti Dutta: Services.2012. S. Dr. Steve Baron. 2012. Oxford Press. 8. Macmillian. 237 . Second edition. 7. Kim Harris and Toni Hilton.Varma: Services Marketing text and cases. Vinnie Jauhari. S. th 6. 2011. 3.Tech. R. 2017-2018 Academic Year References 1. Services Marketing. 7 edition Pearson 2013.Rama Mohan Rao. Jayanta Chatterjee. Govind Apte : Services Marketing. Operations and Management. Excel Books. TMH. 5. . 2011. PHI. 2009. 14.2012. Ramneek Kapoor. 2. Services Marketing text and cases.Chand. Shajahan. Services Marketing Concepts and Practices. 9. Services Marketing. Nimit Chowdhary. Services Marketing the Indian context. Services Marketing and Management. Christoper lovelock. K. . K. 12. Harsh V. 4. Services Marketing. TMH.ECE & M. 3rd edition. Monika Chowdhary. 13. Ravi Shanker : Services Marketing . Srinivasan. 2011. 2012. 10. 2013. Balaji. 11. Assessing Global Market Opportunities: Global vision through Market Research: Market Selection. Svend Hollensen.Rathor. 2013. Promotion Strategies.International Marketing-1st edition-Excel Books-2010 5.Tech.K. International Marketing-4 edition-Excel Books-2012 4. Economical. Pearson page no 412) 4.International Marketing-12 Edition-HPH-2012. Case: 1 IKEA Catalogue. . IMAX corporation (Svend & Madhurima.Pearson page no 356) Case:3. Environment of Global Markets: Types: Political. nd 2. Cateora. Prashant Text ) 2. John L graham. ECE & M. /MBA) w. (Philip. rd 6.International Marketing-4th edition.ECE & M. Pricing strategies. Francis Cherunilam. Prashant Salwan. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Tech.Tech. Pearson page no 312) Case:2 Mahindra & Mahindra (Svend & Madhurima.Keogan. environment of global markets. th 7. (Philip John Prashant Text ) 3. Rajagopal –International Marketing-2 Edition –Vikas -2011 th 3. Why International? International Marketing Theories. 1.e. John. Social. (Svend & Madhurima -Pearson page no 242) Case: 2 Mc. Types of Economics & Markets. Warner J.Vasudeva. TMH. EXIM Policy. P.Bghargava-Global Management-7 Edition-Person-2011 th 8. World Market Stages. Steve Carter-Global Marketing Management-3 edition-Oxford-2011. Learning Objective: The objective of the course is to provide a deeper insight into the global marketing management.Pearson-2010. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING PG Elective-V (Marketing) (Students must read textbook. 9. Kiefer Lee. Difference between Domestic and International Marketing. Rathor. Case: 1 Starbucks –going Global fast.Pearson page no 709) Textbook • Philip R. Naval K. Scope. International Marketing -13th edition – TMH-2011.HPH-2011 238 . Government Policies of Target Markets.Tech. Developing Global Market strategies: Segmentation product & services decisions for consumers and Business: Marketing channels and Distribution. E-Marketing channels organization & controlling of the global marketing programme. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: To enable the student understand the Global Markets. Case: 1 NTT DOCOMO (Svend & Madhurima. formulate of Global Marketing Strategies and Implement. Case:1 Harley-Davidson:-Price level (Svend & Madhurima. Dr. Features. Jani. Case:1 Reliance Entertainment(Svend & Madhurima. Madhumita Benerjee-Global Marketing-4th Edition. Legal and Technological Environments. International Trade and its barriers trade in Goods & Services. Implementing Global marketing strategies: Negotiation with customers and selection method.IDP (B. SWOT Analysis of Target Markets. Introduction to International Marketing: Definition. Justin Paul. International Marketing – Text and Cases. References 1. assessing global market opportunities.pearson page no 510) Case:2 Mc Donalds Great Britain –the Turnaround (Text page no 793) 5. Role of Culture.f.Gajender Sharma. Donalds and obesity. developing and implementing global marketing strategies. International Trade Agreements. 2013. 7. 2012. Benefits Determination Process. 2012. Learning Outcome: The student understands how to design the compensation for various levels of jobs in the organization. Mix and pay structures. person-based Structures. The Pay Model Strategy: The Totality of Decisions.Tech.e. . Jerry M Newman. pay for performance. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: It enables the student understand the concepts issues and challenges of compensation and reward management. Performance Appraisals. “Compensation” Sage. Joseph J. 3. 2012. 6. Case: Compensation of special groups (George T Milkovich page no 443) Case: Coke and IBM(George T Milkovich page no 491) 5. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.Martocchio “Strategic Compensation” Pearson.Tech. Case: Burger Boy(George T Milkovich page no 249) Case: Incentives in the club House(George T Milkovich page no 279) 3. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 COMPENSATION & REWARD MANAGEMENT PG Elective – III (HR) (Students must read textbook. Case: Communicating by copier(George T Milkovich page no 575) Textbook: • George T Milkovich. Government and legal issues in compensation Public sector pay Management: Making it work. 20 239 . 2012. Defining Competitiveness. Union role in wage and Salary administration. Kanchan Bhatia “Compensation Management” Himalaya. /MBA) w.2012 2. 1. ECE & M. The Evidence pay for performance plans. Michale Armstrong” Employee Reward” University Press. Pearson. Designing pay levels.ECE & M. Evaluating Work. Case: Merit pay: Making policies and practices that work (George T Milkovich page no 319) 4. Job Evaluation. Case: So you want to lead an orchestra (George T Milkovich page no 72) Case: Job Evaluation at whole foods (George T Milkovich page no 125) 2.f. statutory Benefits including Health care. 2012. Luis R. Compensation of Special Groups. International pay systems.Mejia “Compensation and Organizational Performance” Yesdee Publishing. C S Venkata Ratnam” TMH. References: 1.Tech. Employee welfare and Retirement Benefits. Government and legal issues in compensation design.IDP (B. Defining Internal Alignment.FGomez. B D Singh “Compensation and Reward Management” Excel books. designing the compensation for special groups. 4.Tech. Job Analysis. Henderson “Compensation Management in a Knowledge Based World” 3e. 5. Barry Gerhart. Management of Change. 6.Mike Millmore.Tech.2012.Strategic Reward Management (Adrian page no 191). Involvement Strategies. Sage Publications . change communication and resistance to change and the role of HR in change management. Case: Restructuring at Flexco (Adrian page no 57) Case: Cultural change at Dupont Nylone (Adrian page no 65) 3. The role of paradigms and perspectives. Organizational design and change. Universities Press. Case: Downsizing at Energy Co (Adrian page no 268) Case: Evaluating a possible change to training methods at telesales Incorporated (Adrian page no 300) Textbook: • Mark Hughes. Change communication. Adrian Thornhill. 2011. Palmer Dunford ‘Managing Organizational Change” TMH. Change Agents and Agency. Employee Relations. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: The course enables the student to understand the concept change management. Downsizing and the Management of Change.2011. History and organizational change. Nic Beech “ Managing Change” Cambridge Press” 2012 240 .2012.f. Organizational change classifications. Technological Change. Palgrave. 5. 2012. Reward Managements & The Management of Change. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B.2012. 3. External and Internal change contexts.e. 1. /MBA) w.IDP (B. 5.ECE & M.2012. 2. 4. and Individual level change. Performance Management &Management of Change. Radha R Sharma “Change Management and Organizational Transformation” Mc Grawhill. Learning Outcome: The student understands the need to bring change. 8. Organizational Structure. References: 1. politics and Organizational change. Evaluating and Promoting change. ECE & M. Organizational learning. John Hayes “ The Theory and Practice of Change Management”. Mark N K Saunders “Managing change”.Tech. Niloanjan Sengupta “ Managing Change in Organizations” PHI . role of leadership in change management. Pearson. The leadership of Change. Robert A Paton “Change Management” 3e .Tech.2012. .Tech. Case: Changing times at Factory Bank (Mark Hughes page no 70) 2. Ethics and Managing Change. This will help them to emerge as leaders in the organizations. resistance to change. Dipak Kumar “ Organizational Change and Development” Oxford. Organizational Culture and Management of Change. Case: Recruitment and Selection at Unicol (Adrian page no 117) Case: Reward Management at Midland Main Line . “ Managing Change – a critical perspective”. Case: Funding crisis at Musicians in the community (Mark Hughes page no 221) 4. power. Group and team level change. strategic level change. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE PG Elective – IV (HR) (Students must read textbook. 7. Managing Change Conundrums. HR and Managing Change: Recruitment & Selection & The Management of Change.Phil Lewis. how to design change in the organizations. Reference 1. and other performance related concepts. Case: Performance Management at Network Solutions. Implementing a performance Management System. Performance Management process. “ Performance Management System. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Gathering performance Information. Case: Accountabilities.Inc (Herman Aguinis page no 26) Case: Performance Management at the University of Ghana (Herman Aguinis page no 48) 2. 2010. Case: Possible Illegal Discrimination at Tractors.e. R K Sahu : Performance Management System. Measuring Results and Behaviours. B D Singh. Case: Implementation of 360 degree feed back system at Ridge intellectual (Herman Aguinis page no 204) Case: Was Robert Eaton A Good Coach (Herman Aguinis page no 233) 4.ECE & M.Inc. Anjali Ghanekar’ Essentials of Performance Management’ Everest Publishing House. 4. Performance Management strategic planning. Managing Team performance. “ Performance Management” Pearson. (Herman Aguinis page no 283) 5. 1. Himalaya Publications.Tech.f. Defining performance and choosing a Measurement Approach.Tech. Case: BHEL. Reward System.IDP (B. Relevant Performance related concepts: Bench marking. Lance A Berger & Dorothy R Berger “ The Talent Management Hand Book” 2nd edition TMH.Tech.Tech. Performance Management and employee development. 1. Srinivas K Kandula “Performance Management” PHI. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: To give an understanding about performance management and reward system linked with performance. /MBA) w. (Herman Aguinis page no 265) Case: Team Performance Management at Duke University Health systems. Coaching and Mentoring Pygmalion effect. Learning Outcome: The students can understand the importance of performance Management. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT PG Elective . Performance Management skills.a holistic approach” excel Books. 2011. Six Sigma. 6. Job Analysis.V (HR) (Students must read textbook.EVA Incentive Schemes: (B D Singh page no 589) Case: The TCS Approach and experience(B D Singh page no 601) Case: NTPC Performance Management System(B D Singh page no 632) Case: Performance Management system(PMS) at Bharti Telecom(B D Singh page no 663) Textbook. Herman Aguinis. Objectives and Standards (Herman Aguinis page no 113) Case: Evaluating the appraisal form used by a Grocery Retailer ((Herman Aguinis page no 145) 3. 2012. Competency Mapping. 2013 241 . Excel. Prem Chadha “Performance management” Macmillan. ECE & M.2010 5. 2012. Vikramender Singh & Suman “Performance management text and cases”. Ram Kumar Balyan. Performance Management and reward systems in context. Reward Systems and legal issues. Balance Score card. 2010 3. 7. . 2013. 2. Performance Appraisals. . Financing Decisions: Mergers and Acquisitions Basic Issues. Problems on Mergers & Acquisitions and cases Textbooks:  Ravi M Kishore “ Strategic Financial Management. 1. 2012 2. Portfolio Risk and diversified projects. Bail-out pay back. borrowing vs. TMH.Cost of Mergers . and Leasing Decision in practice. I. Advantages of Leasing. Financing Implementation and Review.Tech. 6/e. 242 . 4. Investment decisions under conditions of Risk and uncertainty: Concepts of risk and uncertainty. References: 1. To examine various risk models in capital budgeting. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Aim: To develop an understanding of the role of financial strategy. Types of Mergers . surplus life and surplus pay back. Hire purchase and Instalment decisions. multi-period capital constraint and an unresolved problem. in the investing. Significance of information and data bank in project selections. 2012. Investment Decisions under capital constraints: Capital Rationing Vs. 3.f. Equivalent Annual Cost. 8/e. G. Diversification and Mergers and Acquisitions . decision trees. Strategic Financial Management . Prasanna Chandra: Projects: Planning.ECE & M. Brigham & Ehrhardt: Financial Management. 2012 3. Problems & Cases. 2.Tech. financing and resource allocation decisions with in an organization. ECE & M. TMH.Tech. Modified IRR. Terminal Value. Strategic Analysis of selected investment decisions: Lease Financing. 2012. Risk adjusted rate of return. certainty equivalents.IDP (B. single period constraints. MY Khan and PK Jain: Financial Management: Text.M. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AND FINANCING DECISIONS PG Elective – III (Finance) (Students must read textbook. simple and mixed investments. TMH. Adjusted NPV and impact of inflation on capital budgeting decisions. Lorie Savage Paradox. probability distribution of cash flows. Vikas 2012. Operating Risk. post pay back. Types of Investments and disinvestments: Project abandonment decisions. Lease Risk Management. Pandey: Financial Management. /MBA) w. To discuss the impact of general and specific inflation on financial and investment strategy decisions. NPV mean variance analysis. 5. sensitivity analysis and Monte Carlo Approach to Simulation.e. Text and Cases. Leasing Vs. procuring. Multiple IRR. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Pure. Return on Investment. To develop an understanding of the various strategies that are in use to trade off risk and return Learning Outcome: To explain the role and nature of investment and financial strategies and its relationship to maximization of wealth/shareholders value. Risk Analysis in Investment Decisions. Strategy . Theories of Mergers.Tech. Leasing as a Financing Decision. Portfolio. Critical analysis of appraisal techniques: Discounted pay back. Himalaya Publishing House 2012 6. Prasanna Chandra: Financial Management. Hertz Simulation and Hillier approaches.Satya Sekhar.V. Government guidelines for Takeover. Analysis. Taxman 2012. To evaluate the motives for financial implications of mergers and acquisitions and lease financing. Cengage. 4. Evidence of IRR. 5. e. Ephraim Clark: International Finance. Importance. parallel loans . interest rates and exchange rates – Purchasing Power Parity – International Fisher Effect – Fisher Effect. Reid. International Capital structure and cost of capital.International Cash management. Cengage. References: 1.f.Tech. nature and scope. major participants. Sharan. International Stock market. Overview of the other markets – Euro currency market. Euro credit market. Indian BoP Trends. Fundamentals of BoP. Jeff Madura: International Corporate Management.Click& Joshua D. Gold Standard. Second Edition. 3. (b) Relationship between inflation.Tech. The prerequisite for the course is Financial Accounting and Analysis and Financial Management. /MBA) w. .Coval.Eun Choel and Risnick Bruce: International Financial Management.Apte: International Financial Management. the flexible exchange rate regime. 5. PHI 2012 243 . Payment methods of international trade. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: To give an understanding about MNC Financial Management. Alan C. recent amendments in EXIM policy. Factors influencing exchange rates. Bond financing.Tech. Learning Outcome: The objective of the course is to provide students with a broad view of International Monetary Systems and its understanding to enable a global manager to do business in a global setting. Madhu Vij: International Financial Management. inventory management. evaluation of floating rates. 2012 7.PHI2012 3. Government influence on exchange rates – exchange rate systems. W. Recent changes and challenges in IFM 2. Export – Import bank of India. 2012. International Financial Management: An overview. International Monetary System: Evolution. International arbitrage and interest rate parity. International Financing: Equity. TMH 2012. Foreign Exchange Market: Function and Structure of the Forex markets. (a) Exchange Rates: Measuring exchange rate movements. Foreign exchange quotations. 5. International Flow of Funds: Balance of Payments (BoP). International Business Methods. International Portfolio Management. ECE & M. Thomson. the current exchange rate arrangements. . S. Accounting components of BOP. John Wiley.IDP (B. 2012 2. 4. International Capital Budgeting.Shapiro: Multinational Financial Management. Excel. Asset–liability Management: Foreign Direct Investment. 6. the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Process of arbitrage. Managing Foreign exchange Risk. speculation in the forward market .Tech. Factors affecting International Trade flows. Textbooks: 1. 1.ECE & M.Currency Futures and Options Markets.V: International Financial Management 5Th Ed. types of transactions and settlements dates. trade finance methods. P. 2012. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT PG Elective – IV (Finance) (Students must read textbook. TMH. Bretton Woods’s system. Euro bond market. 4. Agencies that facilitate International flows.G. accounts receivable management. regulations and guidelines. commodity and Forex markets.Madhumathi) 5. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Aim: To give an understanding about the derivatives in stock. Functions & Trading. 2012. Pricing and Valuing Swaps. ECE & M. Currency Options. Uses of Derivatives. Miller: Derivatives Valuations and Risk Management. Fundamental linkages between spot & Derivative Markets. Oxford. Commodity Exchanges.Tech. Currency futures and Forwards. Future Markets. Features of Swaps. using Swaps to Manage Risk. Interest Rate Swaps.ECE & M. Interest rate futures. John C Hull: Options. 2012. Evolution of Swap Market. Commodity Futures and Options.Tech. (a) Options – Distinguish between Options and Futures. Hedging with Options. Uses & Misuses of derivatives.e. Futures and other derivatives.IDP (B.f. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 DERIVATIVES PG Elective – V (Finance) (Students must read textbook. Pearson . Future and Forward Market structure of forward and Future Markets. Commodity Market Derivatives. ThomsonT 2012 3. . Gupta: Financial Derivatives. Structure of Options Market. Dubofsky.Ranganatham & R. PHI 2012 4. (b) Basic Option Strategies. Textbooks: 1. 3. Types of Derivatives. . Currency Swaps. etc 1. Don M. Trading with Options. 244 .Role. 5. References: 1. giving them the knowledge of basics in Derivatives. Swaps – Concept and Nature. Credit Risk in Swaps. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Determination of forward and future prices. Using futures. 2012 2. Principles of Option Pricing.Ranganatham & R. 4. The Black – Scholes Merton Model. Mechanics of future markets. /MBA) w.Tech. Pearson. Swaps. Robert Brooks: Derivatives and Risk Management Basic. 2. (Refer : M. Robert A Strong: Derivatives – An Introduction. 2012. Equity Index Swaps. Commodity Swaps. Cengage. Chance.MCX. Option Pricing Models: The Binomial Model. M. Advanced Option Strategies. Learning Outcome: The objective of this course is to make students efficient in the area of Derivatives. Hedging Strategies.Introduction. NCDEX. The Role of Derivatives Market. Major types of Swaps. Types.Madhumathi : Derivatives and Risk Management. Credit Swaps. Introduction to Derivatives – Development and Growth of Derivative Markets. Option Strategies.Tech. Advantages of E-Business.commerece management. Case Nokia ( Ref 1 Kulkarni) 5. Creating E-Business plans. 2013. Parad Diwan : e-commerce A Manager's Guide to e-business. . / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 E-BUSINESS PG Elective – III (SYSTEMS) (Students must read textbook. 3.E-Business Strucutre.Tech. E-Business plans. 5th edition.Understanding new Internet Economy and Business-E-business an e- commerce-Features of E-Business.E-Business models. Reference 1.Application Integration. ECE & M.Charactersttics o E-Business applications-Project palning approach for E-Business applications.application in various domains. Napier et al “ Creating A Winning E-Business” Cengage.softwareprograms to create a business.strategy.Busines Environment- Establishing E-Business. e-business & e. pearson. 2. Electronic Business.Tech. Dave chaffey.f. Com (Ref 1.Tech. 2012. Case : Barnes & Noble nad Amazon. 2012.ECE & M.Tech. Case: Asmi Agencies-e-market ( Ref 1 Kulkarni) Textbook: • Kulkarni et al.e-Marketinmg and sales Strategies-website and portal managmenet.IDP (B. “E-Business” Oxford. Case: B2C model at Aradhana Tours. 2. E-Business Models.e. 245 .E-Business model Design-IT infrastructure requirement of E-business models. E-Business Appliications. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 2013.Business 1. ( Ref 1 Kulkarni) 3.business continuity planning-Network and web site security-web sire Defacement-Secuiryt audit and Pentration Testing. /MBA) w. Securing your e-business. Learning Outcome: The student understands E-Business. implementation and practice.Kulkarni).risk Managment. Excel. its Models. Case” FLOP (ref 1 :Kulkarni) 4. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: It enables the student understand the concepts of Electronic Business. E-Business Application and Securing E.Phases /Aspects of E- Business. Textbook: • Nina Godbole & Sunit Belapure “Cyber Security”. Harish Chander. Computer forensic system. Learning Outcome: The student understands the cyber crimes. PHI learning pvt.ECE & M. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. 4. 2. “cyber laws & IT protection”. Vivek Sood. ”MACMILLAN.K. Reference: 1. 2012.IDP (B. TMH. Excel. Cyber crime: Mobile and Wireless devices-Trend mobility-authentication service security-Attacks on mobile phones-mobile phone security Implications for organizations-Organizational measurement for Handling mobile-Security policies and measures in mobile computing era.2010. .M.ltd. 246 . Pankaj Agarwal : Information Security & Cyber Laws (Acme Learning).Tech. Forensic of Hand –Held Devices-Understanding cell phone working characteristics-Hand-Held devices and digital forensic. Faculty are free to choose any cases) Course Aim: It enables the student to understand Cyber crime.Geetha & Ms. 2013.Tech. 3. ECE & M. Dhiren R Patel. Wiley india. 2012.f. 2. 3. Cyber Law Simplified.e. 4.Toolkits for Hand-Held device-Forensic of i-pod and digital music devices-Techno legal Challenges with evidence from hand-held Devices. Tools and methods used in cyber crime-Proxy servers and Anonymizers-Phishing-Password cracking-Key loggers and Spywares-Virus and worms-Trojan Horse and Backdoors- Steganography-SQL Injection-Buffer overflow-Attacks on wireless network.PHI learning pvt ltd.Swapne Raman”Cyber Crimes and Fraud Management. Understanding computer forensic-Historical background of cyber forensic-Forensic analysis of e- mail-Digital forensic life cycle-Network forensic-Setting up a computer forensic Laboratory- Relevance of the OSI 7 Layer model to computer Forensic-Computer forensic from compliance perspectives. 5. 5. 2012. and Cyber Security. 1. Cyber Security –Organizational implications-cost of cybercrimes and IPR issues-Web threats for organizations: the evils and Perils-Social media marketing-Security and privacy Implications- Protecting people privacy in the organizations-Forensic best practices for organizations. MS. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 CYBER SECURITY PG Elective – IV (SYSTEMS) (Students must read textbook. Tools and methods used in cyber crime and Cyber Security.Tech.Tech. 2012. /MBA) w. “Information security theory & practice”. f. Reference: • DP Dube. Managing Audit tools and Strategy and Standards for Auditing.Tech.Tech. Cases.communication.Strategic palnning. V P Gulati.ECE & M.Managmeent consultancy.The need for IT audit function. 2017-2018 Academic Year JNTUH COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING HYDERABAD IDP (B. Cases. Auidit proces in a inforamtion Technology Envionment-Risk Assesmant-Audit budget. ECE & M.Objectives and context-prelimenary review-Feildwork and implermentating audit Methodology-Docukenting results.demand managmeent- Architecture and standards.Tech. Cases. Strategy and standards for Auditing. Audit Process. 247 . Cases. 2008.Busines architecture. Faculty are free to choose any other cases) Course Aim: It enables the student understand the concepts of Information System and Control. /MBA) w. 1.Tech.Defininf critical data-Flowcharting technique-Generalizing audit software-Computer forensic.role of the IT auditor-Legal implications. Computer assistance Audit tools.application and inforamtion architecture- Architecture fuanctions. 3. . TMH. 2.e. 5. Information System Audit and Assurance – Includes case studies and chelists from the banking industry. 2012. Cases. / MBA) V Year I-Sem L T P C 4 0 0 4 INFORAMTION SYSTEM CONTROL AND AUDIT PG Elective – V (SYSTEMS) (Students must read textbook. 4. Computer Assistance Audit tools. Textbook: • Sandra Senft & fredrick “ Inforamtion Technology Control and Audit “ CRC Press. Audit and review the role of Inforamntion Technology-Audit standards-Importance of audit standard independence.Auditor productivity tools-Flowcharting Techniques- Flowcharting an nalytical tool.Estabish a career develpement and planning-Evaluvating IT audit quality- criteria for IT audit quality-IT auditing in new millinieum-code of ethics and professional standards- Private industry.AICPA proannouncmenet.IDP (B. Learning Outcome: The student understands the audit standards. Managing IT audits.